epc contract for wagon tippler and coal handling plant 26 sep

BHARAT ALUMINIUM COMPANY LTD. POWER PROJECT, KORBA (C.G.)

Balco Power Project Wagon Tippler of 191

TENDERING SPECIFICATION for

WAGON TIPPLER (COAL HANDLING SYSTEM)



Contents:

SL. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE

1. BATTERY LIMIT AND SCOPE MATRIX

3

2. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE TEST & LD CLAUSE 132

3. PROJECT EXECUTION SCHEDULE

136

4. VENDOR LIST

137

5.

GENERAL SPECIFICATION - ELECTRICAL AND C&I SYSTEM

145



BATTERY LIMIT & SCOPE MATRIX

Note: 1. No Comments/deviations shall be allowed, from this master doc. 2. Since presently there is no stockyard requirement, everything related to

stockyard stands null & Void. 3. Attached drawings (especially GA of WT project) are however for contract

purpose only & without detailed survey. Final plot plan shall be by the contractor in line with this submitted plot plan.

4. All ‘OK’ or ‘NOTED’ means noted & confirmed

1.0 Scope & Battery Limit Matrix:

2.0 All agreed points for the successful bidder regarding the civil jobs, structural jobs, electrical & instrumentation jobs, equipment’s, utilities, fabrication, erection, installation, testing and commissioning with PG test with strict compliance to Balco’s HSE norms/ standards & Vedanta’s Sustainability Standards are described in the following table:



3.0 Scope & Battery Limit Matrix table:

Sl. No. SCOPE & BATTERY LIMIT BALCO

BIDDER’S SCOP

E

REMARK/ FINAL RESOLUTIONS

1.0 Scope of Work:

Design, Engineering, Procurement, loading, Transportation, Supply, Unloading at site, Storage, Fabrication, Transportation within the site premises, pre-assembly, assembly, erection, installation, testing, commissioning, trial run with Performance Guarantee test for the Coal Handling augmentation in our 1200 MW & 540 MW power plant at Balco, Korba with 1 no. of Wagon Tippler (WT), say WT 2 in one MGR track (farthest from 1200 MW MGR track, towards North), finally single streams shall be constructed, considering Apron feeder, Crushers (i.e. Ring granulators), Pipe & belt conveyors (single stream with no future provisions left out) etc., Transfer points, Control rooms, Crusher house with necessary Civil, Structural, Mechanical equipment, E & I with utilities job with total safety complying Balco’s HSE & sustainability (Vedanta’s) norms to establish the total new CHP system together with main raw water inlet to 1200 MW power plant line re-routing & termination with area grading (at the N-side of our MGR railway track) of the area within new boundary and WT complex and 1200 MW plant DM plant area retaining wall construction (besides ROB of the plant main gate) etc. and contract shall be on EPC basis.

√

√

√

1.1 Design Basis: Coal lump size shall be taken as ‘(-) 300mm’ around 95~98%, ‘300 – 500’ mm around 2~5% and > 500-800 mm’ some discrete pieces as the input & there shall be discrete stone/ shale pieces – 0.5- 0.75 % which shall pass through grizzly and then crusher and after crusher house the same shall be

√




BIDDER’S SCOP

E


brought down as ‘(-) 20mm’. Bidder should suggest for the most feasible solution to handle this over sizes of coal & stone pieces on the top of the WT Hopper grizzly, very fast – to handle the over-sized lumps on the WT hopper grizzly with 3 T bucket capacity front end loader (FEL)/ Poclain Moisture content: 20% HGI: 45% Max.

1.2 Civil & Structural work 1.3 All concrete work and foundations with

foundation bolts. Any embedded part inside the concrete and below 0 level or wherever necessary - ‘0’ level in this document means the ‘0’ level of concerned item/building

√

1.4 Any civil foundation top shall be within 150 mm of the FGL there, if not specified otherwise. All steel structures, including supporting structures with enabling steels etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

1.5 All kinds of earth work- filling, earth cutting, and compaction (layer wise with 95% minimum compaction strength, each layer 250 mm-- measurable & witnessed), grading, final graded level should match with the FGL in CPP 540 (i.e. CPP 2) & CPP 1200 MW (i.e. CPP 3) area & also for WT stations & stock pile area within the new boundary wall for CHP job. Initial graded level shall be provided by BALCO at those places as agreed with BIDDER, e.g., Plant 2 existing pet coke shed & steel coke silo area and near 1200 MW project site office (but area clearing & vegetation removal shall be in Bidder’s scope including old rail removal of pet coke shed- affected zone only), rest of the area grading is in the scope of Bidder. In these places also (as mentioned above), Bidder needs to erect their trestle structures (maintaining the agreed gallery profile) & foundations based on the NGL (natural ground level) only and the civil foundations in this specified places shall

√ √ √




BIDDER’S SCOP

E


be within +150 mm of the NGL. The variations between FGL (proposed by Bidder & approved by Balco) & EGL/ NGL anywhere, shall be absorbed by the Bidder only.

1.5a The steel columns, structures and sheeting of conveyor galleries, transfer points & shed at the wagon tippler station (Colour coated corrugated/ profile & transparent sheeting, where ever required --Colour shall be specified by BALCO during DE) in CPP 2, Plant 2, CPP 3 area & WT area. Platforms (underground) with proper toe-guard and ~1.2 M high handrail and staircase arrangement for easy and safe maintenance for the Wagon tipplers, apron feeders etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope. Final grouting of Equipment, conveyor supports, drives etc after alignment shall be in Bidder’s scope The numbers of shim plates to be provided as per IS and many numbers of shim plate will not be accepted as per good engineering practices. Grouting must be done within 3 days of “FINAL ALIGNMENT”

√ √

A1 A2 The EGL shown in Balco’s submitted

drawings along the Pipe conveyor & Belt conveyor routings as well as at the starting & all the terminal points are tentative only. The actual Natural Ground Level (which now exists) needs to be cross checked by the party and any variation in that Natural Ground Level (i.e., NGL now existing) shall not be accountable to Balco. The successful Bidder needs to accommodate the discrepancies/ deviations or changes in NGL (as specified as ‘existing’ in the submitted drawings) and take required measures for the development of civil foundations/ buildings or support structures/ trestles etc. in their account at their own cost without any deviation from the overall schedule of execution. FGL shall be corresponding to rail top level i.e may

√ √




BIDDER’S SCOP

E


be approx. 295.6 m, in & around WT area and Stock yard. For the portion along the Pipe conveyor routings as well as at the starting & all the terminal points shall be in accordance with the existing Plant FGL. It is also suggested that this shall be read in conjunction of the MOM signed in Bhubaneswar on 23.09.2011, which is as follows: The volume of ‘earth quantity’ which needs to be graded/ disposed off, is already specified with an average of 6 km lead (distance may vary from 2 km to 10 km) are 3 lacs of Cu meter with ± 10 % limit, and the area is already shown and explained to bidders. The price of the same may now be loaded in the commercial offer as ‘lumpsum’. Beyond this limit, anything shall be paid/ anticipated from the successful bidder on ‘unit rate’ basis (prorata basis) after actual measurement. Moreover, it is agreed with all of you that after awarding the ‘LOI’ to the successful bidder, the ‘successful bidder’ shall engage his team to ‘survey’ & conclude the firm quantity of earth (to be graded) within 14 working days with respect to the FGL decided and agreed jointly with the “Owner, i.e., Balco”. This ‘firm’ quantity shall be decided and then shall be included & frozen in the commercial contract by mutual agreement and no ‘unit rate’ concept shall be existing.

√ √

A3 Grading of 3 lacs Cu Meter ± 10 % limit is for WT & CHP augmentation [in between MGR track, Parsabhata junction road, ROB and boundary wall (existing)]. For Pet coke system, quantity of area grading/ disposal shall be separate & equal to ~10,000 Cu meter. This quantity of earth disposal to be included in the scope, though Pet coke system is excluded

√

A4 While grading, special care needs to be taken to avoid any spillages of earth on the roads, and if occurred, the same needs to be cleaned immediately (on continuous

√




BIDDER’S SCOP

E


basis & regular basis) by the successful bidder

A5 Excavated earth also needs to be dumped in the same manner as described above, probably at the same place or as directed by the EIC to the successful bidder, within an average lead of 6 km (spanning from 2 – 10 km).

√

A6 During entire working span of this WT & CHP system, till handing over, to control the dust movement/ flying caused due to bidder’s vehicle movement while using the plant roads & N-side roads of stock yard (Darri Road) / Parsabhatta market area or any other road where bidder’s construction vehicles movement shall occur, water Sprinklers shall be used by the Bidder at least thrice a day to arrest the ‘flying dust’ except in the rainy season to maintain the dust emission in air within 200 SPM (suspended particle material)

√ √

1.6 It is advised to go for the earlier

designated stock yard area build up at first, with layer wise compaction religiously (250-350 mm layer wise with compaction level 95% minimum) with at least 10 T vibro-compactor & necessary watering but Coal stockpile area will not have any concrete bed. But compaction shall be inclusive of rolling, ramming, compaction (with 10T vibro-compactor) and watering, finishing the surface to proper profile and camber/ gradient as per specifications and directions of EIC.etc.- so that the same area can be utilised for the storage and fabrication yard for the said coal handling augmentation. For the same, area grading in & around WT till MGR, crusher house, TP area etc. within the new (existing) boundary wall to be executed as specified. For the storage area, safe custody of all materials/ equipment within boundary wall/ barbed wire boundary with security arrangement etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√ √

1.7 Earlier designated Stockyard (now it will √




BIDDER’S SCOP

E


be used for storage & fabrication yard & graded/ levelled/ compacted accordingly) needs to be built up as it is located in the low land (mainly) and anticipated as less soil bearing strength zone. Layer wise compaction (250-350 mm shall be maximum height of each layer) with at least 10 T roller (i.e. vibro-compactor), with slope preferably outer wards, 1 in 100, suitably in each stock pile separately). Owner/ Owner’s representative must witness those compaction tests at site, ‘on call’. Bidder need to submit those reports to Owner’s EIC without fail, on regular basis.

√

A7 Stock yard area FGL shall be in Bidder’s scope, but is expected to be higher than the surrounding road level. In any case, if stock yard area or the total area within the new boundary wall & WT MGR track needs to be excavated (from its NGL) to reach the FGL, to get the desired soil compaction & strength & if necessary, suitable design consideration (and installation also) must be included by Bidder in the Civil foundations/ basins/ road construction/ structural or RCC buildings/ pedestals etc. without any price implications to the Owner. In brief, Wherever any installations (building, pump house, control room, crusher house, roads or any civil foundations etc. are coming, there it needs to be cut to/ or built up in layers (each one 250 mm thick) and compacted (95% compaction level, tested & witnessed)

√ √

A8 There will be RCC drain only with necessary slope maintained, to guide the water to the nearby drains of railway (or any other existing at the far West side). All along the roads (& in one side of the roads) RCC drains shall be constructed. Wherever there will be any establishments/ buildings/ structures where peripheral drain is there, shall be RCC drains only & all needs to be

√


Balco Power Project Wagon Tippler of

191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


connected with this main RCC drains. For the approach to any buildings, it will be of 7 m width with necessary radius and accordingly underneath peripheral drain there shall be required load bearing type, stronger. Any building there shall be 2 entries at least with corresponding approach. No Coal settling pond is envisaged.

A9 As mentioned already, Crusher house, conveyors, TPs,some building, pump house, reservoirs, gallery etc. foundations shall be on an anticipated ‘low soil strength bearing zone’, hence the corresponding foundations shall be designed accordingly

√

A10 Guidelines for Civil design and soil parameters: WT Complex: Minimum SBC at WT complex area is 25 T/ sqm at a depth varying from “ – 17 m to – 21 m” Crusher House area: Minimum SBC at Crusher house area is 20 T/ sqm at a depth varying from “ – 8 m to – 10 m” Conveyor footings: Minimum SBC at trestle foundation is 10 T/ sqm at a depth varying from “ – 3.5 m to – 4.0 m” For all these, the Reference level or ‘0’ level corresponds to 295.0 m level

√

1.9 The said storage & fabrication cum pre-assembly yard shall be under the custody of the contractor till the new CHP system is fully installed, commissioned and handed over to operation team of BALCO following some definite & agreed protocol with the Owner

√

1.10 Once the job gets completed, whole area shall be cleaned & cleared from all debris, scrap, rubbishes, from all temporary establishments etc., all site offices, temporary establishments etc. need to be demolished and hand over the clear area to the Owner till commissioning gets over or as directed by the owner’s EIC

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


1.11 This is to ensure that no coal particles and coal water shall be allowed to go outside to make any adverse impact on the established Balco HSE norms. Bidder to Confirm. For re-use please refer point no. 4.9.2

√

1.12 From the Balco plant main gate (prior to ROB), one diversion road (bitumen top) needs to be constructed (main road towards new CHP system) which will act as a main road (7 m wide with 1 m hard embankments at both the sides) towards this new WT & CHP system- All kinds of grading, levelling (filling & cutting as applicable), pitching shall be in bidder’s scope. On its way, peripheral RCC wall protection can be provided to safeguard X-mission tower legs. On its way, also the new raw water line shall be crossed (which will be u/g). To safeguard the pipe, suitable hume pipe (NP4 grade, 1600 mm dia) shall be installed to avoid any adverse impact on the pipe.

√ √

1.13 Final Tar road shall be constructed as follows: Layers starting from bottom after compacting earth with at least 95% compaction & slope a) 250-300 mm thick boulder sub-base course over well compacted sub-grade with sand b) 75 mm thick water bound Macadam (45- 63 mm size aggregates) c) 75 mm thick water bound Macadam (23- 53 mm size aggregates) d) 40 mm thick premix bituminous carpet with seal coat

√

A11 All connecting roads cum Approach roads shall 5 m width coal tar road with both side 1 m hard embankments (with RCC drains at single side) – Running length of the Roads to be mentioned & shall be shown in the lay out drawing now. According to plant lay out, all the establishments under this new WT & CHP system shall be connected with the approach road (tar) and

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


as per this “Doc 3 – Battery limit & scope matrix”. Total Tar road length is to be denoted by Bidder in the drawing, hence shall be executed accordingly at site as per CHP requirement in due course

A12 Running Length of the RCC drains (Approx.) to be mentioned. As per the spec, drain shall be at one side of tar roads (with slope of 25 mm in 1 meter for the road) and as per this “Doc 3 – Battery limit & scope matrix”. No brick drains. Total RCC drain length (running Meter to be denoted by Bidder in the drawing, hence shall be executed accordingly at site as per CHP requirement

√

A13 During construction time, road (wherever required) shall be in Bidder’s scope without hampering the movement, transportation & progress of the site. While mechanical completion time & before commissioning of this new WT & CHP system, all kinds of plant roads and drains shall be handed over in proper shape & in cleaned manner. Owner’s EIC with Owner’s quality engineer needs to be satisfied about the quality of the same before taking over all the roads, drains based on an agreed protocol.

√

1.14 Bidder to note that wherever it is specified

to adopt for a particular concrete grade, elevation, thickness, distance etc. to be maintained as minimum as the construction guideline, but if design requires, Bidder should opt for the next higher specification of the particular item etc.

√

1.15 All TPs, crusher houses, Main control cum electrical s/gear room, connection with main plant roads (normally roads shall be of tar road with Bitumin top as specified) and to reach there shall be in Bidder’s scope including 10 meter wide RCC road to cross the entire railway track besides WT 2 (on the farthest North MGR), or as specified by EIC in due

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


course, with level crossing (as used in railway) at the 2 extreme ends to reach the plant road from new stockpile side, Approx. 65 meter long). Main road (Tar Road) for this WT & CHP area, approach roads to reach wagon tippler building for maintenance purpose (for crossing also with gate, like railway level crossing at both extreme ends, all RCC) with heavy vehicle/ poclain etc. Nearby & in between all railway tracks, shall be of RCC (10 m wide) but road across railway tracks shall be made with interlocking graded blocks (special type strong paver blocks to allow rail expansion upto the desired level), in Bidder’s scope with parking area for poclain/ dozer/ FEL near WT 2 with RCC pavement. This FEL must reach the top of hopper of WT 2, access road (RCC & paver block combo) for FEL within railway track (WT & escape track) shall be in Bidder’s scope. The level crossing gate shall be constructed as per RDSO guideline standard.

√

1.16 Any RCC roads shall be made as follows with layers starting from bottom after compacting earth (to be decided based on the CBR value) with at least 95% compaction & slope: a) 350-400 mm thick boulder sub-base course over well compacted sub-grade b) 100 mm thk PCC over it. d) 200 mm thick RCC top layer with proper curing time As per DCPL: Concrete roads shall be designed as per IRC: 58 : 2002. Materials for road and Construction of road shall be as per MORT&H specifications, IRC:15 :2002.

√ √

A14 10 m width RCC road- please specify the length considered, to be marked in the plot plan also, now. RCC road length to be considered as per this “Doc 3 – Battery limit & Scope Matrix”

√

.



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


A 15 Part A: Balco has a specific requirement of bringing the Front end loader (FEL)/ Poclain of 3 Ton bucket capacity (of any make) at the top of WT hopper to expedite the tippling job with Bidder’s installed hopper at almost same level from the railway top (as per Rotaside WT design). To provide the access of Front end loader (FEL) to reach the top of WT hopper, Balco proposed to make a necessary slope of RCC at the front side of the WT 2 (far North one) hopper through railway track, suitable for FEL movement ( i.e. ramp), which will ensure smooth and fast access for any FEL to reach at the top of hopper of WT 2, by optimising the structure of WT area and maintaining proper leveling & hardening of the area (w.r.t the rail level with suitable quality paver blocks, wherever needed & as directed by railway in-charge of Balco) surrounding the WT 2 & also Balco has specified to design the ‘approach to the WT hopper for safe & trouble free movement of the FEL as per standard practices & emphasized that Bidders should ensure that to remove the boulders/ rock pieces from the grizzly top; the FEL/ Poclain should come back & forth smoothly & hence the said FEL must have the provision to rotate (to turn the direction of the FEL) at the top of the hopper and the openings left between the columns. Part B: Bidder has to confirm that by proper designing, the same shall be provided and for this total roof top & side sheeting arrangement (leaving the FEL/ Poclain entry zone) shall be provided with slopes toward outer side (outlet shall be guided to the peripheral drain & subsequently to the main drain of railway as agreed). Bidder also has to ensure no water ingressment (rain water) for the same within the hopper. In lieu to this, Bidder may need to design the structure of the WT. Also suitable EOT

√ √ √ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


crane(s)/ hoist shall be provided by the Bidder on WT, for maintenance purpose. The trench (to handle the storm water to prevent it to reach the basement of WTs) or drain shall be of RCC, with a grating size of 50 x 50 mm cover (thk of plate is 20 mm & each pcs. of 500 mm long so that it can be lifted as & when desired, for the cleaning purpose. It is to be noted that the entire SACs operation shall be under shed only (for any WT). WT hopper shall be matched with the surrounding RCC paved area with slope away from the railway track. WT complex peripheral drain shall be covered with removable type heavy precast slab

A16 In lieu to this, there must be rock breaker and grab arrangement are envisaged by Balco & Bidder has to install the same for a smooth & trouble free operation

A17 DCPL comment: It may be noted that foundation of side arm charger & this new RCC retaining wall (between Hopper & WT track) shall be resting on back filled soil, hence foundation with low soil bearing capacity are to be considered while designing

√

A18 DCPL comment: Height of WT shed shall be minimum 12 meter Clearance of the height of shed should be adequate to handle largest part by EOT crane/ Hoist with enough head room clearance for the said crane/ hoist. However Balco has specified that this WT shed monorail beam bottom height from rail top shall be AT LEAST 9.5 meter (clearing the rotation of the WT) and shed height shall be in lieu to this

√

A19 For all these modifications, the safety precautions shall be adopted by Bidders at his cost and for the job execution with the nearby operative railway- to maintain their integrity, protective measures etc. shall be taken care of by the Bidder, say RCC wall etc.

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


with prior consent from Owner/ Owner’s technical consult and also railway authority clearance as well before execution

1.17 Garland drain must be there all around the

Stockyard and crusher house & MCC rooms also, RCC make with RCC covers (easily removable type) in different places over it as needed. All storm water shall be discharged to nearby main drain, no coal settling pond. Crusher house, / all MCC cum control rooms area etc. garland drain shall be connected to this nearby main drain as suitable as per directives of EIC. Also required entries to put equipment (& also removal, for maintenance purpose) in the Crusher house & MCC cum Switch gear rooms, pump houses need to be included. In those entry/ exit zone, drain wall thk & top RCC removable slab thickness shall be heavy load bearing type and of 7 meter span

√ √

1.18 If needs to cross the RCC drains, anywhere, RCC precast blocks shall be placed (with easy lifting provision) of at least 7 meter width as suggested by EIC, which can bear the heavy vehicle load (100 T GW). In between 2 nos. of rail track (as necessary), for poclain/ FEL movement and the engine escape track crossing road shall be concrete (RCC) make or grade slab/ interlocking slab (but which can bear 100 T GVW vehicle load)- as agreed with Balco (or requirement of Railway). Surrounding RCC garland drain (WT complex) shall be connected with railway drain nearby may be with hume pipes (while going underneath of any rail track & with re-arrangement of the ballast etc.). Those portion of railway retaining wall & drains shall be constructed by the Bidder under his scope of work if it gets damaged due to excavation

√ √

1.19 The execution works of all Civil/ Structural works includes Engineering, Design, total survey,

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Topographical survey, soil testing, Construction purpose drawings / documents related to Civil, Structural, Mechanical and Architectural works of entire Coal handling system. Earthwork, area grading, Excavation underground, Retaining Walls (as required), sheet piling or any kind of shoring and hard barrication with steel post & GI sheet (as required), protection RCC walls (with weeping holes etc.) for transmission towers 220kV lines T2a(g), T3(g), T4(g), T5(g) and T2a(b), T3(b), T4(b), T5(b), 4 for transfer gantry (220 kV tower) and 4 more 400 kV transmission towers (total 12 + 4 = 16 nos.) nearby proposed coal stock yard- during excavation & area grading, just besides Final graded level in CHP system near WT complex and predefined stock pile (no coal stock yard development) surrounding roads shall be ~ 295.1 level (At WT, railway top shall be at ~295.3 level) , PCC & RCC Work, foundations for Structures, Buildings & Equipments with technological equipments shall generally consists of wagon tippler foundation, crusher house, transfer towers, tunnels with 2 openings, pent houses, conveyor galleries, trestles, main control building with MCC room, Equipment foundations up to discharge point in 540MW (CPP 2) &1200MW (CPP 3) area, related utilities ,e.g., Water sprinkler system, DFDS (at all the transfer chutes), DS, Crusher house (dust extraction), sewage system, drinking water, Fire protection & alarm with Fire-fighting system, PWDS, Seepage prevention etc. in the tunnel and WT area or anywhere (underground), 1200 MW main raw water inlet line re-routing, DM plant area retaining wall, total execution of the process without hampering the railway movement thro’ the 1200 MW & 540 MW MGR railway tracks, all the civil jobs for the relevant E & I & Utility system including reservoirs & pump houses, area illuminations, building & street lighting, area

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


lighting at designated stock pile area, WT area, underground tunnels, conveyors etc., Preparation of the Design Basis Report of the civil, structural, Mechanical and architectural works etc. to establish the total new CHP system under this scope of work.

A20 PART A: In addition to Bidder's excavation proposal submitted, it is must that before excavation of WT area, ground water level to be brought down at least 1 meter below to the bottom most level of the excavation by installing several ‘well points’ as per DCPL. Ground water level to be surveyed by BIDDER initially. THESE MULTIPLE WELL POINTS MUST BE KEPT ALIVE DURING THE ENTIRE EXCAVATION PROCESS AND THE DEWATERING SHALL BE CARRIED OUT STRATEGICALLY DURING EXECUTION. PART B: DURING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE BASE RAFT IN THE ENTIRE WT COMPLEX, SPECIAL CARE TO BE TAKEN BY THE BIDDER TO AVOID NOS. OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (AS SUGGESTED BY DCPL) AND MINIIMISE THE JOINTS WHILE DESIGNING & CONSTRUCTING THE SAME AND IT HAS TO BE APPROVED BY BALCO & DCPL BEFORE EXECUTION.

√ √

1.20 Near newly constructed ROB, there is 1200 MW DM plant. One retaining wall (say, 8 m height from adjacent rail top through a length of 125 m, and rest can be as per profile drg. from rail top with proper pitching after cutting in slope- total almost 330 meter long) needs to be constructed besides the railway track, safeguarding one X-mission tower fdn & big reservoir foundation whose foundation raft is above rail level & which is falling on the excavation zone (manual as well as machineries to be used) of the retaining wall. Also one new FOB & a new pipe rack foundation & trestle to be reconstructed (with removal of old FOB & old pipe rack trestle & its foundatioin, maintaining the pipe rack integrity) as

√ √ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


existing ones are coming within the excavation zone of the retaining wall and on the WT track ‘formation area’. Everything shall be in Bidder’s scope with shallow drains all along to match with the railway drains/ or any better alternate suitable solution. Necessary joints in the grade slab (if any) shall be considered to avoid temperature and shrinkage cracks in the slab. The design of DM plant retaining wall area should take care of loads arising due to heavy vehicle movement & rail movement on either side and shall be designed to sustain earth water pressure with necessary weeping holes.

1.21 Service water reservoir, fire water reservoir shall be made of RCC of suitable size. Only RCC water tanks/ sumps shall be designed as per IS: 3370 as uncracked sections. Stairs/ ladder shall be provided to all the tanks/ ponds/ sumps/ reservoirs as applicable. It has to be ensured that clear water shall only be pumped out to the or overflow can be naturally led into the nearby drain. Bidder needs also to confirm that service water reservoir & fire water reservoir shall be made of RCC of suitable size with cover & manhole serving the requirement.

√ √

A21 A22 WT area total excavation shall be carried out

with necessary shoring arrangement. Single WT shall be fully executed & commissioned with all equipment & foundations etc. and RCC tunnel shall be constructed for the single stream.

√

A23 SAC foundations adjacent to WT 2 shall be done now as follows - complete SAC foundation (corresponding to WT 2) including the inhaul & outhaul side, full length to be installed now.

√

A24 Surrounding trench shall be made to prevent the storm water to go inside of WT also. WT 2 shed also shall be constructed with minimum most water ingressment. If still water goes

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


in, common sump pumps shall be there for WT 2 as 1 Working (W) + 1 Stand by (S). WT 2 control room shall be at the first floor constructed along with shed, location needs to be finalized considering the site stringent conditions and following railway norms strictly

A25 Tunnels shall be completed for the single stream with necessary embedded steel etc. for fixing cable tray, hydrant lines or ventilation ducts, stairs within the tunnel shall be with proper inclination ( < 40 deg inclination) for WT 2 & same as discussed, i.e. to provide smooth access for operation & maintenance. Lighting & lighting accessories within the tunnel (bottom of WT & along the tunnel) shall be for the single stream. Lighting shall be there in WT 2 at each floor and at staircases (< 40 deg Inclination). Also WT 2 dust suppression arrangement shall be there now. Ventilation fan, ducting for the underground portion of the WT-1 will be also there. All the Fan fdns. (common place) will be constructed now, in present scope.

√

1.22 Wagon tippler hopper shall be underground

RCC construction (Min concrete grade M 30) and the same shall be provided with shed for the full length all around, as necessary. The shed shall be of steel framed structure with roof and side cladding of permanently colour coated metal sheeting but as described in point no. A15 & 1.29. Hopper shall be under shed and entry shall be bigger to allow Poclain/ FEL entry, RCC pavement slope shall be outwards. Steel staircases shall be provided as required. The WT hopper and conveyor tunnel (or anything alike, underground) shall be provided with adequate slopes and sumps at suitable locations, fitted with pumps for dewatering (it is preferred to have single slope in any underground locations and to have 2 nos. suitable capacity submersible pumps (actually 1W + 1S)- inlet to each sump, one suitable size wire (3 mm thk.) mesh shall be

√

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


put to arrest most of the coal particles 1.23 All the transmission towers, in and around

new CHP system (as mentioned earlier), needs to be protected from getting collapsed while area grading or excavation job of the same area. For that all the levels need to be surveyed (in Bidder’s scope), then based on the final level in that area (say FGL shall be ~295.3 m at the WT complex, WT 2 railway top shall be ~295.3 m, stockyard road & FGL might be around ~295.0 m) those portions surrounding the 4 legs of each affected x-mission towers (total 16 nos., say) shall be left out after leveling from top with outward slope of 3-4 deg with soil & sand with top PCC (1:2:4) M 15 coating of ~75 mm maintaining the slope, then peripheral RCC wall (around 3.5 meter height, among that 0.75 meter inside ground on concrete base) plastered, with intermittent water passing weep-holes & vertical concrete columns & plinth beams and intermediate concrete lintel shall be constructed. To prevent the x-mission towers from falling down, all necessary steps shall be in Bidder's scope. However, Balco suggests to consider the following also: if space is available, proper slope & boulder pitching shall be done to keep the x-mission towers in position or else RCC retaining wall shall be considered by the Bidder (as directed by EIC). C-C distance for 220 kV transmission line or for 400 kV transmission line, please consider the submitted drawing (GA Rev P 5)

√ √ √

1.24 Rail over wagon tippler table shall be in the scope of Bidder. These rails shall match in all aspect to railway lines designed by RITES/ Owner’s consultant or as approved by Railway. Also the rail lines affected on the inhaul side and outhaul side of each WT track due to this deep excavation job-- building up the soil with proper layer wise compaction (following BALCO’s guideline), supply & laying of the rail (same spec as 52kg IU

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


heavy duty, first quality- industrial use) and matching with the existing one-- will be in the scope of Bidder. The above will lead to better co-ordination between railway contractor and CHP contractor. All tests are to be carried out as per relevant codes & standards, manufacturer’s standard practices and approved quality assurance plan. Bidder shall consider some definite kind of shoring, e.g. sheet piling etc. in his scope of execution Wagon Tippler Civil activity. Rly engine and our locomotive must be able to pass (approximate weight ~160 Ton) through the constructed wagon Tippler Table. During detail engineering special care needs to be taken by Bidder to maintain the installations in WT & area & around, within railway norms while keeping allowed space for the ‘escape track’ (laying of which is beyond the scope of this contract) and while construction of WT sheds etc. as referred in A 27

1.25 Proper lighting arrangement at the deep excavated zone & surroundings of wagon tippler (with nearby railway MGR track in operation) and proper hard barrication steel posts (as observed in railway tracks)/ SAFETY CAUTION BOARDS (also SIGNAGES)/ shoring, e.g. sheet piling or equivalent appropriate measures as needed with dedicated safety stewards & qualified safety in-charge (Contractor’s side) for all the jobs especially (with Risk matrix calculated, JSA approved) for that particular area shall be in Bidder’s scope. Proper hard barrication of the running railway track with steel post (as seen in railway stations or Angle/ channel & painted GI sheet will do) & painting (all along, within new CHP area) shall be in Bidder’s scope

√ √

1.26 Final grouting of Equipment shall be in Bidder’s scope after proper alignment etc. Conveyor trestles shall be on bolt support (with ‘L’ shaped base for each bolt, preferred

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


HSFG) and ‘base plate’ with necessary packing/shimming and shall be finally aligned & then grouted before providing any load onto them.

1.27 WT table shall be so designed that Railway diesel loco and Plant loco of ~160 T GW (including future loco also) must be able to pass thro’ the WT table with certain speed restrictions- bidder needs to specify. WT table & track must be designed accordingly

√

1.28 All kinds of earth work- excavation, filling, earth cutting, final grading, levelling in wagon tippler area, crusher area, earlier designated stockpile area, pipe conveyor routing, up to discharge points with TPs and clearing the site shall be in Bidder’s scope. Final removal of rubbish & scrap to a designated place by the Owner is in Bidder’s scope. Survey, area grading, excavation with earth disposal shall be in Bidder’s scope. FGL of the WT, Stock pile (earlier defined, not to be constructed now), TPs and crusher area (total area) shall be considered as 295.0- 295.3 mtr. Bidder should consider that this particular area was in low land actually with less soil bearing strength as anticipated. Bidder’s has to go for soil testing of all relevant places of CHP and if any soil to be disposed off, the lead to be considered shall be of 10KM. Tentative soil quantity for grading shall be 300,000 M3 with 10% margin to be included in the scope.

√ √

A26 The bidder has submitted its optimised layout wherein the TP's locations and crusher house location and conveyor profile/angle has been decided by the bidder. The reference plot plan with boundary conditions, location/ elevation of Transmission towers and lines (& gantry), rail layout/rail crossings have been provided by Balco to the bidders. It will be the

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


responsibility of bidder to successfully implement the new CHP layout in the space provided without any interference with the existing facilities falling around and along the way. The conveyor profile should meet the minimum clearance requirement below & around the transmission lines and above the railway OHE lines. The conveyor angle shall not exceed 14 deg. Bidder has to execute the construction safely once the layout is optimized after detailed survey of the site and get it approved by DCPL & Balco

1.29 The present railway tracks (including escape route) shall remain unchanged or can’t be shifted from the positions as shown in the drawing. The new proposed MGR (with 2 nos. WT track) is also attached for your ready reference - drawing no. “Balco_PH-II_ESP_13.04.11_Rev._tippler A”. You need to design your WT, WT control room, MCC and WT hopper with SAC track within the area specified, strictly as shown in the drawing -“BALCO NEW GA01 Rev P 4” dated 13.04.11 and also “BALCO - Rev P5- FINAL DRG-09.07.2013”.

√

1.30 Surveyor error and the error caused due to super-imposing of several plant lay out & railway MGR (attached here) altogether must be taken into account and the submitted lay out must be considered as tentative one & tender purpose only

√

A27 DCPL Comment- We have a space constraint for this project. Hence bidder to develop and submit optimum conv. profile with the following fixed conditions : 1. The rail layout and location of proposed wagon tippler is fixed. The transmission towers location/ height is fixed. The boundary wall and space available for stockyard is fixed. 2. Trestle support for the pipe conveyor to

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


be considered after clearing the pot rooms, roads and other facilities. No support shall be allowed from the roof of buildings for the same. Now, as it is anticipated that the pot room (Smelter) line shall be charged during execution time, Bidder must take precautionary measures for the erection, e.g. capacity of the crane, breaking of existing installations & reinstating the same ‘as it is’ once the erection job gets completed etc., prior to the erection of gallery across the pot room and the Risk matrix calculated & JSA (Job Safety Analysis) must be approved by Balco. In between the railway tracks, to construct the foundations of conveyor gallery and also to construct the “D” axis & “A” axis adjacent gallery foundations, piling can be considered as one solution. Near by “D” axis, the gallery trestle foundation location to be decided strategically and with the consent of Balco

1.31 The escape route track centre to the edge of the each WT building structure shall be at least clear 2.75 to 2.80 meter without fail.

√

1.32

WT railway track (2 nos.) c-c distance shall be 13.78 meter & is frozen

√

1.33 1.34 Only WT control cabin (with MCC room)

must be having all round visibility and it needs to be accommodated to a suitable location (because, space may not be sufficient for conventional type of arrangement). Also Poclain cum FEL cum dozer parking and maintenance zone with RCC pavement and shed with hoist and movement at the top of the hopper is to be planned near WT and those area shall be RCC paved with necessary paver block wherever needed- Bidder to specify

√

1.35 Concrete for grade slab shall be minm. M 25 but WT hopper etc. all concrete jobs in WT complex substructures, all foundations & tunnels etc. shall be minm. M 30 grade

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


concrete 1.36 All underground RCC structures shall be

provided (walls, base and roof for all underground structures) with acrylic based polymer modified cementitious composite coating system ‘Tapecrete’ of CICO or equivalent. Concrete surfaces of sub-structure exposed to earth shall be painted with two coats of bitumen paint of approved make. Bidder shall guarantee water tightness for all under ground structures Water proofing shall be provided as per requirement. No seepage is allowed, strictly – otherwise heavy penalty shall be imposed on the Contractor (during construction period & also within 1 year of handing over)

√ √

1.37 Wagon Tippler structure shall be analyzed and designed for the worst load combinations. All hoppers shall be designed under the following load conditions: i) The hopper is full up to its full capacity with top surface horizontal at grating level. ii) The hopper is partially empty with the highest level of coal at grating level and making an angle, with horizontal. The above conditions are to be analysed for the case where the whole content of coal within the hopper is supported by the hopper only without taking support from paddle feeder platform (in case of Track Hoppers). The hopper shall also be designed for lateral coal pressure, frictional forces during filling and emptying and forces due to impact and falling of arches of coal within the hopper etc.

√ √

1.38 Factor of safety of foundation/structure during and after construction shall be as

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


under: 1) Sliding and overturning-

As per IS: 456 (latest) Minimum F.O.S. shall be 1.40 considering dead weight of structure as 0.9 times the actual value.

2) Uplift of shallow foundations due to tension in building column – Minimum F.O.S. shall be 1.2

1.39 The underground walls/ raft of basement/tunnel shall be designed adopting sound engineering practice (all will be of at least M 30 grade concrete, must). The minimum thickness of various components shall be as follows irrespective of method of design adopted: Wall of depth from 0 - 5 m : 300 mm Wall of depth from 5 - 10 m : 500 mm Wall of depth from 10 - 15 m : 700 mm Base Slab of u/g basement and roof of tunnel: at least 500 mm or as per the design if required more

√ √

1.40 Dispersion of loads (arising out either of Railway load, Dozer load surcharge or any other load) through soil and coal shall be considered 2 vertical : 1 horizontal or 1 vertical : 1 horizontal whichever is critical

√

1.41 ‘Push in type’ ventilation duct shall be installed within the tunnels over the conveyor stream only, as discussed and ‘Pull out type’ duct shall be at the ‘other’ side. Also, for this, BIDDER needs to bring down the deluge valve nozzles (up to an optimum elevation over the conveyor belt), so that sprays from those nozzles can cover the whole width of the running belt as well as water sprays coming out of those nozzles never get obstructed from those ducts – applicable for both pipe & belt conveyors within the tunnels, all along.

√ √

A28 DCPL comment - Technological structure √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


for all conveyors with deck plate (of at least 3 mm thk.) all over, with seal plate as applicable shall be in Bidder’s scope

1.42 Railway job within Bidder’s scope, already specified as follows: Rail over wagon tippler table shall be in the scope of Bidder. These rails shall match in all respect to railway lines designed by RITES/ Owner’s consultant or as approved by Railway. Also the rail lines affected on the inhaul side and outhaul side of each WT track due to this deep excavation job-- building up the soil/ earth with proper layer wise compaction (following BALCO’s guideline), supply & laying of the rail (same spec as IU 52 heavy duty, first quality, industrial use) and matching with the existing one including the rails over WT table-- will be in the scope of Bidder. The above will lead to better co-ordination between railway contractor and CHP contractor. All tests are to be carried out as per relevant codes & standards, manufacturer’s standard practices and approved quality assurance plan of Railway & Balco (as applicable).

√ √

1.43 Each hopper (each 180 MT coal filling capacity +free board under Wagon tippler shall be lined with 50-mm thick GUNNITING (at least M-30 grade Concrete) at primary and secondary impact zones

√

1.44 Basic wind speed shall be avg 39m/sec or avg. 150 km/ hour in accordance with Indian Standard Code IS: 875(Part-3). The building classification shall be with risk co-efficient of 1.07 and terrain category-2

√

1.45 Earth pressure for all underground structures shall be calculated using coefficient of earth pressure at rest. Co-efficient of passive earth pressure shall be used only in design of shear keys for stability against sliding

√

1.46 For design of RC structures, Bulk density and angle of repose for coal shall be considered

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


as 1.20 MT/Cu.M, 34 deg for (crushed coal) and 35 deg for (uncrushed coal) respectively. However for storage volume consideration, density 0.8 MT/ Cu.M shall be considered

1.47 A29 It may be noted that no discharge from coal

Stockyard are to be discharged to normal drain

√

1.48 Disposal of surplus earth/ soil excavated amount up to a lead of 10 km (ref point shall be the 400 kV tower near plant main gate near ROB, always) from the excavated area for WT and for area grading, already specified earlier. Final grading, compaction and after commissioning area clearing (handing over fully graded land with removal of all vegetation etc.) shall be entirely in the scope of the Bidder. Bidder needs to specify the rates with different lead distances in his offer as follows: 0 – 2 km 2 – 4 km 4 – 6 km 6 – 8 km & 8 – 10 km

√

1.49 All safety measures and precautions to be taken before going for deep excavation for the said WT complex without hampering the operation of 1200 MW MGR railway track nearby (approx. 20 meter, c-c distance) and also gallery erection job across the pot room etc. and also erection of crusher house building under as well as nearby 220 kV & 400 kV charged x-mission lines. Bidder should specify clearly the methods to be adopted for the safe execution of the same as stated above in their technical offer and here also.

√ √

1.50 On the WT tunnel, before it reaches the

penthouse, Bidder needs to leave 2 nos. of openings (each 2 m x 2 m, parallelly) with a top heavy grizzly/ screen of sizes 300 x 300 mm (with a removable cover plate of 6 mm

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


thk.) – strong enough (Grizzly partitions with 25 mm thk. flat at least) & well built- to take the impact of dozer & poclain breaking the higher size coals in it, location as much as possible nearer to penthouse (at an elevation of 1 m from the FGL there

1.51 All underground R.C.C. basements like structures with provision of water proofing treatment including WT complex, crusher house, Tunnels & bottom most raft of all the u/g areas etc. subjected to subsoil/ liquid pressure shall be designed & constructed as per IS-456 with limiting crack width to 0.1mm. Similar structures without water proofing treatment shall be designed as un-cracked section as per IS-3370. All structures under the influence of Railway load shall be designed & constructed strictly in accordance with stipulations contained in Indian Railways Bridge Rules & relevant codes.

√

1.52 All underground reinforced concrete work shall be minimum M-30 grade as per IS 456-1700 with a minimum cement content 320 Kg/m3 and maximum free water cement ratio shall be 0.45. All over-ground reinforced concrete work shall be minimum M-25 grade as per IS 456- 1700 with a minimum cement content 300 Kg/m3 and maximum free water cement ratio shall be 0.5

√

1.53 For design purpose the ground water table

shall be considered as per Geotechnical investigation report under the scope of the Party. As per DCPL: For deep excavation & necessary dewatering purpose, sufficient nos. of pumps shall be arranged and well points shall be developed by the party to keep the water table below to the maximum excavated depth (say ~16.0 m), is a must before commencing the excavation

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


and to continue with it during entire execution (underground)

1.54 EXCAVATION: A. Bench mark showing the reference

coordinates and level shall be established close to each structure of Coal Handling Plant using theodolite/ total station (shall be preferred) and leveling instruments etc. At least 2 different reference co-ordinates shall be consulted by the Bidder. BIDDER SHOULD NOTE THAT THE REFERENCE OF RAILWAY COORDINATE SHALL BE ONE OF THE MAIN REFERENCE FOR THE JOB TOGETHER WITH THE RAILWAY TRACK (MGR), ‘AS-BUILT’ IN THE SITE. ACCORDINGLY BIDDER NEEDS TO DESIGN THE NEW CHP SYSTEM after surveying is done by them.

B. Centre line pillars shall be established around the Coal Handling Plant structures or foundation both in longitudinal and transverse directions at a sufficient gap from excavation trenches to avoid collapse.

C. Excavation lines with sufficient clearances and margins shall be laid on the ground.

D. Total excavation shall be carried out at one stretch so as to enable fixing of form work, reinforcement works and concreting to follow at a time.

E. Deep excavation is likely to be required for carrying out Wagon Tippler and associated underground structures. Contractor is expected to handle excavations in weathered rock, hard rock up to a depth of about 20 metre.

F. For deep excavations suitable shoring and strutting arrangements are expected to be arranged by Contractor, if necessary sheet piling or diaphragm wall method etc. also to save the integrity of the 1200 MW MGR railway track & nearby x-mission tower(s).

EVERYTHING SHALL BE IN THE SCOPE & RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER WITHOUT ANY EXTRA COST TO

√ √ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


BE IMPLIED IN FUTURE 1.55 HYDROSTATIC TEST:

The Wagon tippler, underground junction tower, crusher house or part of Crusher house annex (extension part is underground, named as NCH 1 Annex in Flow diagram) and underground tunnel of the CHP shall be tested for water tightness as per Cl. 10.1.2 of IS : 3370 Part – I PVC water stop of at least 300mm wide and at least 10 mm thick shall be used. No water ingressment is allowed, if so, heavy penalty shall be imposed and if the bidder fails to repair that, the same shall be repaired at his risk & cost by Balco (if it can’t be rectified by the Contractor within 15 days of information given to them in writing/ mail within warranty period).

√

1.56 External surface of the Wagon tippler, junction tower, tunnels etc shall be treated with approved quality water proof coats as per approved QAP, Bidder to Specify/ State in their offer, to be decided subsequently

√

1.57 1.58 For all the Civil constructions, if found

necessary, Cube test & among NDTs, UT/ rebound hammer test shall be carried out together with core test. QAP shall be furnished for approval before the execution. Any test will be witnessed by Owner/ Owner’s representative at Bidder’s cost. Core test shall be carried out in such a manner that at least 100 mm balance thickness is available untouched to avoid thro’ & thro’ opening. In that case test sample shall be around 300-400 mm long, as applicable -everything shall be in Bidder’s scope.

√

1.59 Crusher house, TP 2, TP 3 wherever it is a mixture of structure & concrete, please specify the walls also- whether it will be with colour coated corrugated sheeting or simple brick wall. If it is a combination of RCC & brick wall, proper ventilation and wind flow has to

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


be considered in the design with windows etc.

A30 Crusher (i.e. RG) house shall be designed considering single stream operation with both stream equipment shall be installed – each 1200 TPH, hence building height may remain the same

√

A31 Crusher house can be of structural or of RCC columns with brick arrangement, at the option of the Bidder without affecting the project completion schedule. Bidder should specify and the same has to be confirmed like this - Considering the tight project schedule, Bidder can go for structural building at Crusher house but the effect of charged x-mission lines needs to be considered also– Bidder to specify

√

A32 All sheeting material shall be of 0.6mm base metal thickness.

√

A33 A34 RCC slab floor of Crusher House must be

with Metal deck plate

√

A35 Crusher house DE system shall be 1 working + 1 stand by only, catering both the streams. Civil foundations shall be completed for both the streams, i.e. for both the second stream also

√

A36 As agreed, Bidder has to consider single bag

filter with double fan with motor (all 1 W + 1 S) and complete ducting, stack for stream-I only. Compressed air, civil foundations for single stream will be in this scope. Interconnection of bag filter for both the fans will be included now. All fan foundations to be carried out in present scope.

√

A37 DCPL comment- Ductile detailing as per IS-13920 shall be followed

√

1.60 Bricks to be used of either dry fly ash bricks conforming to the relevant IS or common burnt clay bricks conforming to IS: 1077, both the cases, minimum crushing strength of bricks

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


of 7.5 N/ mm2 shall be used. 1.61 For finalising the locations of Electrical

building cum main control room, crusher house etc., one should consider that no such structures/ buildings etc. are allowed within 8 meter radius of NEARBY live 220 KV x-mission line & within 10 meter radius of NEARBY live 400 kV xmission line. Bidder should consider the same before finalising the locations as well as the safety hazards during constructing the same

√

1.62 All MCC/ Switch gear (also with transformer at 540 MW & 1200 MW, i.e., CPP 2 & 3 area) cum Compressor room/ utility buildings shall be a combination of RCC & brick work following definite construction standards. This building FFL shall be more than 0.5 meter higher than (steps / slopes, as necessary, shall be provided) the FGL/FFL there, surrounding shall be concreted with slope at outer side & all buildings rain gutter shall be connected to the RCC garland drains & then to storm water RCC drains. All building entry & exit side, at least 7 m wide Bitumin roads with 1 m embankments (both side) to be made (over the garland drains, suitably) to connect it to the approach roads

√

1.63 All kind of civil work as required for the

electrical system shall be in Bidder’s scope (e.g., MCC room, overhead cable structures, cable trenches (only to be made of RCC) & trench extension (wherever necessary) with floor & trench breaking & repair etc., hume pipes, foundations, oil soak pit etc.). Transformer Foundation shall be At least 1.2 meter from FGL there and transformers shall be located inside the ‘transformer room’- in a closed room and room shall be designed as necessary.

√

1.64 All kind of civil work as required for the mechanical equipment & electrical system shall be in Bidder’s scope (as mentioned above) and also the civil work related to the

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Utility system (DS, DFDS, DE or fire fighting system etc.) etc.

1.65 Construction of mechanical support for

cable tray laying in trenches, additional support on the existing tray structures, if any, as & when found necessary

√

1.66 All HT and LT cablings shall be through overhead structures, cable trays, design, steel supply, fabrication of steel, civil foundation, installation/ erection, laying, termination etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope If there is no space to take the cables overhead, then it must be taken through RCC cable trenches with RCC cover (easily removable). Wherever, there will be railway crossing or road crossing, can be done through hume pipes. If in case of buried trench (if required), RCC slab (easily removable type) to be considered for covering the cables. Rest as per relevant IS spec. Where there will be chances of vehicle movements, RCC trenches and RCC cover (removable) shall be heavy one there

√

1.67 DCPL comment- Bidder to confirm that civil specification C0, C1, C2 will be complied by bidder without any deviation.

√

1.68 Construction of transformer foundations, All Electrical buildings shall be of RCC frame structure with RCC roof (no seepage is allowed) with water proof treatment and floors and plastered fly ash brickwork. Glazed aluminum door, windows, false ceiling, partition wall shall also be provided. The roof water proofing as per civil and architectural work specification shall be provided. Indoor transformer foundation with oil pit, necessary fencing & gate shall be provided. The control room building shall be complete with toilet, drains, drinking water, pantry, plumbing, sanitary (gents & ladies toilet arrangement) drainage, ANTISKID TILES flooring (40 mm thick tiles), INTERNAL & OUTER SIDE plastering & painting etc. Transformer Foundations

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


shall be At least 1.2 meter from FGL there 1.69 Construction of switch gear/ MCC cum main

control room at the new Crusher area, CPP 3 (1200 MW), if any and WT complex area is considered and probable dimension is in Bidder’s scope of design. For main control room near new c/house area, Bidder to decide the location, everywhere Ground floor of the main control room shall be cable cellar room above that switch gear room and above that MCC and control room shall be designed. Control room must have provisions of 3-4 workstations with control & engineering desktop ( 2 + 1 nos.), printers etc. and one cabin with toilet, wash basin (2 nos.) with pantry facility for 7-8 persons– Two storied building is envisaged

√ √

1.70 Construction of PLC and control room shall be placed in the main control room, nearby new crusher house MCC room, Dimension of PLC Panel shall be taken as optimized one. Cable trenches shall be so designed to leave 1 mtr wide free space inside for maintenance purpose after cable tray(s) is installed

√

1.71 For all the PH, JH and Crusher house, tunnel hopper etc. interconnecting roads (or approach roads connecting to the existing plant roads), drainage, lighting arrangement inside those and also in the interconnection roads (approach roads) and roads constructed by the Bidder, shall be in BIDDER’S scope

√

A38 DCPL comment - For all the Buildings & substations/ crusher house/ main control room etc. under this new WT & CHP augmentation scheme, all plinth protection to be of 1000mm wide, 100mm thick M-15 grade concrete with adjacent RCC plinth drains

√

1.72 1.73 The steel columns, structures and sheeting

of √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


conveyor galleries (all belt conveyors & some portion of pipe conveyors), transfer points & shed at the wagon tippler station (Colour coated corrugated & transparent sheeting, where ever required --Colour shall be specified during DE), in CPP 2, Plant 2, CPP 3 area & WT area. Platforms (underground) for easy maintenance for the Wagon tipplers, apron feeders etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope. Structures to lift the heavy equipments/ motors/ pulleys etc. shall be designed accordingly and shall be positioned as deemed fit to serve the purpose - entirely in Bidder’s scope

1.74 1.75 While designing the conveyor/ cable tray or

pipe rack routing, please incorporate the following- For the road crossing, at least 7 meter clear height needs to be maintained and rail crossing with OHE, at least 9 meter clear height (elevation) needs to be maintained from rail top. While crossing the Pot rooms topmost portion, at least 3-4 meter clear elevation must be maintained from the topmost portion of pot room & the bottom most part of the pipe conveyors structure (i.e. from pot room area working FGL, 28 meter clear elevation is needed),i.e. BOS is 31 meter from 298.0 m level

√

A39 A40 Belt conveyors shall be of single stream only

with belt conveyor gallery structures shall be of single stream as well. Trestles & trestle foundations shall be designed accommodating the load of single belt conveyors. Presently hand rail shall be provided both the conveyor side with belt conveyor gallery configuration shall be - Hand rail- 800mm clear walk way –belt conveyor-1000mm clear walkway- Handrail. Toe guard shall be there with handrail. All those portions, e.g. rail crossing, road crossing, pot room crossing and hydrogen

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


plant crossing – pipe conveyor gallery shall be entirely covered with all the sides with necessary cross over within every 100 mtr. and then with every 200 meter interval.

A41 Bidder has to consider both pipe conveyors within the same gallery. Now pipe conveyor gallery configuration shall be - Hand rail- 800mm clear walk way –pipe conveyor-1000mm clear walkway - Handrail. Toe guard shall be there with handrail. All those portions, e.g. trough portions, rail crossing, road crossing, pot room crossing and hydrogen plant crossing – conveyor gallery shall be entirely covered with all the sides with necessary cross over within every 100 mtr. and then with every 200 meter interval. Conveyor trestle foundations shall be constructed free from any existing installations and if not possible, necessary breaking & re-construction or diversion shall be considered in Bidder’s scope.

√

√

A42 The cement to be used shall be ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS: 269-1976 or any other type of cement specified in IS: 456-1978

√

A43 The reinforcing rods to be used shall be TMT bars (Fe-415) conforming to IS:1786 1985 or any other type of reinforcement conforming to Indian Standard manufactured by SAIL, RINL or TISCO or of any other manufacturer approved by Balco

√

A44 Pipe conveyor clear elevation from FGL shall be 15.0 meter and not 10.0 meter (as shown in the plot plan of DCPL) while clearing the nearby pet coke shed top (14.0 meter from FGL) most portion near pet coke silo

√

A45 Plot plan of the Bidder shall be a combination of GA drg Rev P 5 (at WT complex) and your latest submission and together with GA Rev P 2 for pipe conveyor portion, i.e. TP 3 (as per DCPL) onwards. Please alter your plot plan drawing based on GA Rev P 2, where existing Pet coke silos shall be 3 nos. there- as handed over to all of you in Mumbai together with railway chainages super imposed. Please carry the

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


final drawing with you here at Balco. 1.76 Only pipe conveyors, there shall not be any

kind of sheeting, but roof top & side sheeting (Colour coated corrugated) shall be there with proper cladding arrangement till there where pipes shall be formed at the beginning and when pipes shall open up at the end (i.e. at the ‘trough’ portion)– at those zones, sheeting must be in all three sides to control the rain ingressment. Maximum wind velocity to be considered as 150 km/ hr for design purpose.

√ √

1.77 Every 400 meter of pipe conveyor length (at each 200m interval) staircases shall be provided as emergency exit from gallery up to ground. For any steep inclinations of the belt conveyor and pipe conveyor, staircases shall be provided for easy maintenance purpose, inside tunnel also “long span” steps shall be considered.

√

1.78 1.79 To reach the conveyor walkway from

ground, staircase access from ground at nearby crossover location, cross over shall be provided at an interval of maximum 100 M length of conveyors as well as pipe conveyors (Alternate cross over may be on either side of the gallery). Near to that, overhead I- beam shall be there across the width of the conveyor to carry the chain blocks etc. equipment on the other side for maintenance purpose. Staircase shall be installed (max 45 deg inclination) from ground to the conveyor level for any conveyor more than 400 meter long and at each 200 meter interval

√

1.80 Conveyors will be seal plate (at least 12 gauge) at the bottom as follows: At the bottom of the belt conveyor throughout the length and for pipe conveyor trough portion & while crossing roads, railways, sheds, pot rooms, offices & hydrogen plant located underneath of the pipe conveyor route etc.

√

1.81 Chequered plate of 8 mm thick with stiffener √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


plate is considered along the walkway of the conveyors (central as well as both the sides). Hand railing (standard design) on both the sides of the walkway is provided. Conveyor trestles are considered generally at each 20-22 m interval (except some special galleries of longer length to be erected over pot rooms, new pet coke platform & adjacent railway, existing pet coke shed crossing, site office & 1200 MW O & M office, roads etc. based on the site condition/ requirement), 4 legged trestles at each 90 meter interval (suggested) at least shall be provided. Bidder to specify this here.

1.82 In CPP 540, after 1200 MW crusher house TP, the new CHP conveyor (single one) to 540 MW will be connected with the existing stacker-re-claimer conveyor (yard conveyor) just after the newly constructed load cell house or in some other nearby places which seemed to be OK. For that, necessary alterations in the existing system (to construct the new TPs, to install the drop chute, flap gates (if necessary), skirt rubber, changing idlers etc. for this new system installation), shall be in BIDDER’S scope with minimum downtime and planned shutdown with the Owner’s EIC. Bidder should take care to minimise the effect of ‘free fall’ of coal particles on the existing conveyor to prevent the belt from getting damaged Bidder should take care also that no extra load shall be implied on the existing structures to make it collapsed, all preventive measures shall be taken by the Bidder while designing. Purchaser/ Owner shall only co-ordinate and help the Bidder to avail the minimum possible planned shutdown time from the operation team.

√ √

A46 Through new conveyor tunnel openings Bidder should also consider (in the design) that the extra impact load which shall be implied on the new RCC tunnel structures

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


due to dead coal weight (of 1.5 meter high and the impact of dozer/ poclain on the hopper grizzly) and also the poclain/ dozer free movement on it, while breaking the higher size coal so that not to make it collapsed- all preventive measures shall be taken by the Bidder while designing.

1.83 In CPP 1200, the new CHP conveyor will be connected with the existing crusher house outlet conveyors (i.e. on conveyor 3A or 3B) before TT 2. For that, necessary alterations in the existing system (to construct the new TP, to install the drop chute, flap gates, skirt rubber, changing idlers etc. for this new system installation), shall be in BIDDER’S scope. Bidder should take care to minimise the effect of ‘free fall’ of coal particles on the existing conveyors 3A & 3B to prevent the belt from getting damaged. Bidder should take care also that no extra load shall be implied on the existing structures to make it collapsed, all preventive measures shall be taken by the Bidder while designing. Purchaser/ Owner shall only co-ordinate and help the Bidder to avail the minimum possible planned shutdown time from the operation team

√

1.84 1.85 Belt conveyors shall be covered in all the

three sides with corrugated sheets (there must be some transparent sheeting in the side, along the length to provide enough illumination in daytime and Bidder’s need to provide enough ventilation all the time) and pipe conveyor may be kept opened at all the sides (site data, wind velocity is provided, 150 km/hour avg) except in those areas as specified earlier. Inside tunnels conveyors inclinations shall be taken care of, anywhere it should be discharged within an inclination of 6 deg and normal conveying shall be restricted within 14 degree at any point

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


beyond the penthouses, within tunnel maximum conveying angle shall be 12 deg. Any deviation from this, prior intimation & approval shall be must

1.86 1.87 Also, while crossing the pot room, Bidder

should consider that the pipe conveyor trestle foundations must not be fouling with any existing structures, buildings etc. (& also no support from pot room roof top can be taken) including the new ROB (to be constructed) or roads. For that, preliminary drawing of the ROB near “Parsabhata” market are submitted to you and shown in A’cad drg. file “RoB parasabhata” for Bidder’s reference & is checked physically at site. Also the revised drawing (tentative) of the ROB is submitted to the Bidder now. This must be properly surveyed & taken care of during Detail Engineering and shall be executed at site. Any suitable modifications shall be implemented as per site requirement & as per instructions of EIC to safeguard all existing & future installations

√ √

1.88 Extreme safety measures shall also be taken while erecting the conveyor galleries and while commissioning of the CHP pipe conveyor system, as there will be nearby Hydrogen plant area (described in the lay out, rev P4 & rev P 5, hatched, near CPP 3 stock pile). That area of the pipe conveyor can also be made enclosed (covered with corrugated sheeting from all the sides). Bidder should appoint dedicated & qualified safety in-charges with his team, who shall be responsible for the safe execution of the said ‘new coal handling project’, round the clock. Proper Risk matrix calculation & Job Safety Analysis (JSA) to be carried out (and get it approved by Balco) against each job to mitigate the risk at site before execution

√ √

1.89 Structures, buildings, foundations etc. shall be carried out as per latest revisions of applicable

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Indian Standard Codes and best engineering practice. In case Indian Standard Code for any aspect of design does not exist, the same shall be designed as per internationally acceptable Standard or any other mutually agreed codes/ references

1.90 All equipments shall have suitable approach staircases and platform with handrails (with suitable pipes & flats) for repair and maintenance wherever necessary. However ladders (with rings/ cages) may be provided where staircases are not feasible, example: at gravity take up pulleys, tripper trolley etc.

√

1.91 Grizzly or gratings over WT hopper is must

and it should be a robust one. Grizzly at the top of the WT hopper must be a robust one of suitable size to allow the 3 T bucket capacity FEL (front end loader) to move over it to clear/ break the bigger size coal/ stone lumps and also the dead stock coal load resting over it (1meter height), taken together. Bar grid shall be fabricated and made of rolled sections and flats of minimum thickness of 20 mm. Wagon Tippler Hopper / Reclaim Hopper shall have removable type steel grating cover. The opening size for grating shall be as per mechanical requirement stated earlier – Bidder to specify here

√

1.92 We also require Rod gate and Rack & Pinion gate at the bottom of each of the WT hopper and at the top of A/feeder for maintenance purpose. Another one set shall be at the crusher house which is already decided- Bidder to specify

√

A47 DCPL comment- Please check the quantity of Rod gates indicated. One rod gate indicated for crusher house and 2 nos for the TP at 1200 MW conveyors discharge point

√

1.93 Steel structures shall be designed as per I.S- 800. Deflection limits of structures shall be

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


as per IS-11592 (code of practice for selection of and design of belt conveyor). However the connection of vertical bracings with connecting members and diagonals of truss members shall be designed for full tensile capacity of the bracing member. Conventional design needs to be considered

1.94 The various materials for structures shall conform to the following Indian Standards (Latest):

i) Rolled Section – IS – 2062 ii) Plates of various thickness – IS –

2062 iii) Chequered plate of various thickness

– IS- 3502 and min. thickness shall be 6 mm O/P

√

1.95 Discharge chute & liner- This is already specified, Anyhow, it will be as follows: a. Body - Minm 10 mm thick M.S. IS: 2062 for both crushed & uncrushed coal except non magnetic zone where SS 304 shall be provided. b. Liner - Minm 10 mm thick Tiscral liner or as required from impact considerations at surface exposed to direct impact of lumps and sliding of lumps shall be provided. c. Liner - Minm 6 mm thick SS 304 liner shall be provided in chutes 600 mm below & above flap gates and undersize chute of screens.

√

1.96 All jobs shall be carried out with proper safety and complying with the HSE standards followed in BALCO & Vedanta’s sustainability standards. Safety norms applied in BALCO is submitted with the enquiry. Bidder has to confirm the same with signature with their technical offer – comprising of Doc 17, 16A & 16 B entirely

√

1.97 It is anticipated that those part of this whole new CHS, which is not mentioned here, but needs to be installed/ modified/ demolished (with prior intimation to Balco’s EIC) at the interfacing zones of 540 MW (say, CPP 2) and 1200 MW (say, CPP 3), Plant 2 smelter or any other

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


installation of the existing plant, en-route & within the scope area- all underground & over the ground cases, proper safety measures need to be taken care by the CONTRACTOR while execution, installation, testing, commissioning, PG Test etc. and if damaged, broken for new installations etc., the same will be repaired/ reconstructed immediately based on the severity, failed to which heavy penalty shall be imposed and the same shall be executed by Balco with the Contractor’s risk & cost

√

1.98 In addition to dead load, live load, wind/ seismic loads all steel structures specially conveyor galleries and trestles shall be designed for thermal loads for a difference of temperature of 10-14 deg C (within a day) and transverse deflection of trestle shall be as per IS: 11592 (latest)

√

1.99 1.100 Vertical bracing members which are

connected to the beam shall be analyzed for all the vertical loads which the beam is subjected to along with lateral loads

√

1.101 Shear force in steel columns shall be transferred to the pedestals/ foundations exclusively either through foundations bolts or through shear key arrangement

√

1.102 PAINTING of structures - All structures shall be painted, DFT shall be minm. 110 microns, 2 layers of red oxide zinc chromate of 30 micron each and 2 layers of synthetic enamel paints (Firoza Blue colour) of 25 micron each shall be applied on every structures, with touch up paints at site, if found necessary. Water/ air pipes colour shall be as per the standard industrial practice with same DFT. For the equipments/ motors. Pumps etc., it shall be painted at the workshop based on relevant IS standards but if necessary, touch up paintings shall be done by the Bidder after the equipment reaches Balco site, before erection (must preferred). All

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


structural parts painting also needs to be carried out with proper surface cleaning (with hand grinders/ buffing machine) prior to erection (only touch up paints, some small rectification/ patch up jobs shall be applied on the structures/ equipments, at its actual position

1.103 NDT - Any build up section, plate weldings etc. UT will be 10%, randomly chosen and RT shall be 2 % of the welding length at BIDDER’s cost. 100% UT will be for all butt weld joints, heat affected zones in dynamically loaded structures as per ANSI/ AWS. All NDTs (RT, UT, DPT etc.) shall be in party’s scope at Party’s cost, will be decided subsequently. For all pipe joints more than 100 mm dia, 100 % DPT of the root run is a must

√

1.104 Structure supplier – All structures/ reinforcement steel/ enabling steel, fasteners etc. shall be from prime vendors as approved by BALCO, e.g., SAIL, TISCO, RINL only. It might be possible to allow IISCO & Jindal makes for some specific cases. Balco insisted that prior information must be there from the bidder to Balco for the same and third party inspection shall be carried out for those 2 makes by the Bidder at their cost for those specific supplies and Balco/ Balco’s representative shall witness the same.

√

1.105 Arc Welding rod – AWS E 6013/ 7018 (as applicable), approved make shall be L & T, Advani-Oerlikon (ADOR), ESAB and D&H Sacheron. If found anything else, heavy penalty shall be imposed. Preheating arrangement, i.e. heating furnaces of sufficient nos., is a must`

√

1.106 Wherever, compressed air line (with drier also, wherever necessary) is envisaged in the new Coal handling system (CHS), the same shall be in BIDDER’S scope of supply & installation along with the Compressors &

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


driers, as necessary 1.107 Compressors, Isolation valve and onward

piping for the entire compressed air network from the compressors for the ‘dry fog’ system along the conveyors & for all instruments air required for the system etc. shall be in BIDDER’S’s scope of supply, installation & commissioning

√

1.108 The roof and side cladding for all external staircases shall also be with permanent colour coated metal sheeting. No elevators for the crusher house but staircases are considered

√

1.109 Steel doors, louvers, window and staircase shall be provided for access and ventilation. Two number staircases (one internal and one external) shall be provided for crusher house. External Stairs shall be open with top roof covered for emergency escape. Flooring for crusher house shall be RCC with 50 mm thick layer (22 mm thick metallic hardener topping with over 30 mm thick PCC sub-base (M15), total 50 mm). Wall can be a mixture of structural beams/ RCC beams & columns with ash bricks- please specify here. Same kind of flooring shall be constructed in tunnels, TPs, Pump houses, MCC rooms etc. For control room, plc room, substations, staircase & toilet etc. shall be of Anti skid vitrified tiles of 15 mm. thk Everywhere with proper finishing, which is must

√

1.110 Future provisions shall be kept at crusher house (as shown in the ‘flow sheet’) so that to take ‘-20mm’ sized coal to future stockpile etc. - To be included in the scope by providing a belt conveyor of 1700 TPH (which can be changed into reversible belt feeder) at the outlet of Crusher

√

1.111 Counter flanges - All flange interface terminals should be provided with counter flanges, nuts, bolts, gaskets etc. by the Bidder

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


1.112 The said storage & fabrication cum pre-assembly/ assembly yard shall be under the custody of the contractor till the new CHP system is fully installed, commissioned and handed over to operation team following some definite & agreed protocol with the Owner

√

1.113 Once the job gets completed, whole area shall be cleaned & cleared from all debris, scrap, rubbishes, from all temporary establishments etc., all site offices, temporary establishments etc. need to be demolished and hand over the clear, graded area to the Owner till commissioning gets over or as directed by the owner’s EIC

√

1.114 Final area (including roads & drains etc.) shall be cleaned & graded by the party and handed over before commissioning. Initially some area in plant 2 - near existing pet coke shed, project site office area is graded, Bidder needs to work considering the EGL (after surveying), but area grading beyond railway MGR (N-side) & CPP 3 stock pile area etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope and that needs to be included in the scope as explained earlier, WT track passage is almost graded now.

√

1.115 2.0 Electrical & Instrumentation √ 2.1 Design & Engineering √ 2.1.1 CHS electrical system √ 2.1.2 Electrical SLD/ load data & calculations √ 2.1.3 PCC, MCC, PLC and VFD panels √ 2.1.4 HT motor specification √ 2.1.5 SCADA configuration √ 2.1.6 PLC configuration-- Allen Bradley

Contrologix 1756-L6x Series, (x – Latest or Compatible with Existing PLC’s at 1200MW & 540MW CHP Control Room Version). Digital Input/output cards shall be 32 Channels and Analog Input / Output cards shall be 16 Channels.

√

2.1.7 Cable scheduling √ 2.1.8 P&ID √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


2.1.9 Control Philosophy √ 2.1.10 LT Motor specification √ 2.1.11 Instrument list √ 2.1.12 instrument specification √ 2.1.13 Consumer list √ 2.1.14 Earthing system √ 2.1.15 Lighting system √ 2.1.16 Lightning system √ 2.1.17 UPS - One (1) set Redundant (2x100%) UPS

having 1x100% battery bank for PLC system located at new Control room (main), which can cater in WT area and new Crusher house area also. Rating of UPS shall be at least 10KVA. Back-up time of UPS shall be 60 Min. Power supply to remote rack shall be provided from Non Redundant UPS located near the Remote Rack. Rating of UPS located near the Remote Rack shall be as per system requirement. Back-up time of UPS shall be 60 Min

√

2.1.18 Battery & Battery charger - We have considered 3 numbers battery & battery charger for DC supply (220V DC) required for HT Switchgear & LT MCC at Main control room cum Crusher house, Wagon tippler area and TP 4 area. Battery & battery charger shall be located at the respective areas. FCBC + FCBC with 2 x 100% battery. The capacity shall include single streams. Battery shall be Ni-Cd battery with 60 minutes back up. Bidder to specify/ confirm

√

2.2 Supply & Service (E & I): √ 2.2.0 Balco shall provide 1 nos. of 11kV outgoing

feeder at their smelter switch yard situated as shown in the drawing “BALCO - Rev P5- FINAL DRG-09.07.2013” , within 100 meter radius from the point : say, X= 1474.902, Y= 1745.628;

√

2.2.1 Necessary civil works (if any)- modifications/

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


repair at the smelter switch yard control room, pot room etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

2.2.2 From the outgoing breakers at the 11 kV switch yard room, Bidders may require to lay at least 6R x 1C x 630 square mm XLPE (UE) Aluminium armoured cable (at least 1no. incomer, say) upto their new 11 kV switchboard located near Crusher House with all protections needed (if any). This one is anticipated, bidder needs to specify the actual sizing based on his designed load. Also go thro’ the handmade electrical “SLD” for your considerations (already mailed to you) & reference only. Bidder’s are requested to prepare and furnish their own SLD with the technical offer

√

2.2.3 From the source feeder, tapping, All cables supply & laying, cable tray, bends, lugs, MCBs, MCCBs, JB etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope Transformers- ONAN type is preferred in both the case

√

2.2.4 CT ratio in the 11.0 kV switch gear considered from Smelter Sw. Yard control room are to be changed in case of requirement of the new HT board (supplied by the Bidder), shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.5 All HT, LT, Control / Signal and Communication cablings shall be through overhead structures (any road crossing shall be with clear 6.5- 7 meter elevation) if not specified otherwise, cable trays, design, steel supply, fabrication of steel, civil foundation, RCC trenches & covers, installation/ erection, laying, termination etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope. If there is no space to take the cables overhead, then it must be taken through RCC cable trenches with RCC cover (easily removable). Wherever, there will be railway crossing or road crossing, can be done through suitable hume pipes (NP 4 grade)

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


sufficiently below from the rail to avoid the load exerted due to rail movement. If in case of buried trench (if required), RCC slab to be considered for covering the cables. Rest as per relevant IS spec

A48 Power, Control, Signal & Communication cable shall be FRLS grade, all other specs of Power Cable remains unchanged

√

A49 Control cable shall be of following make: Polycab, Universal, Havel’s; but data & signal cable shall be of LAPP or Beltron make only

√

A50 DCPL comment- Input/output signal isolation to be confirmed.

√

A51 DCPL comment- 20% spare I/O channels for each I/O module as per specs to be confirmed.

√

A52 DCPL comment- Each I/ O rack shall have 20% spare wired in space left for mounting additional I/ O modules (if required in future). Please confirm.

√

A53 DCPL comment- Addressable Belt protection switches to be provided.

√

A54 DCPL comment- Internal wiring shall be done with 2.5 sq.mm Copper cables

√

A55 DCPL comment- We are considering Apron feeders (180kW) shall be fed from 415V LT PMCC at WT area via 415V/ 415V converter transformers. 12 pulse VFD shall be provided all VFD driven motor. The harmonics shall be limited as per the IEEE 519. The converter transformer shall be of dry type

√

A56 DCPL comment - We are considering control cables of 3C/ 5C/ 7C/ 12C/ 16 Cores also

√

A57 Bidder’s suggestion- Minimum size of MCCB Modules shall be as per manufacturer’s standards – Balco agreed

√

2.2.6 On HT incoming side (to take the power

upto Bidder supplied HT switchboard), the no. of cables and sizes are to be decided based on actual load with 1 no. of WT systems

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


running, 1 stream of belt conveyors, 1 set of all equipment & 2 nos.crushers (RGs) & single pipe conveyors stream also -all working simultaneously

2.2.7 Bidder shall require to lay 1 set of 6 core x 2.5 square mm cable (control cable), or as required, for the interlocking between 11 kV system of switch yard (at the end of pot room) & Main control room & WT control room , i.e. wherever needed further

√

2.2.8 In Crusher area, at the Bidder installed main electrical control room, the HT board shall be rated for 11.0 kV, in place of 6.6 kV, and auxiliary transformer shall be 11/ 0.433 kV of required nos.

√

A58 For the transformers, there will be no redundancy (as it is in NIT specification), 3 nos. of transformers shall be considered at different areas & each with capacity for single stream operation. All transformer foundations shall be made now itself

√

2.2.9 The laying of HT power and LT Power / Signal / Control cables, Communication / Special Cable with tray, support, civil foundation, structures etc. from the Smelter switch yard to the main control room area (near new crusher house) may be along the following route (in pot room area- all arrangement shall be insulated or as directed by Owner’s EIC)–

a. Smelter switch yard control room to Propelia along ‘A’ axis, around 300 meter distance (say, upto point with co-ordinate X: 1576.000, Y= 1790.000 and within 100 meter radius to that) Bidder shall take the cable through the trench & then in new cable tray with supports put on the existing cable tray with enhancement in support structures (with cable markers).

b. From this point, Bidder shall make their own arrangement to move

√ √ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


across the propelia (but under the floor slab) to reach the ‘D’ axis (as shown in the drawing “BALCO GA Rev P5 - 11.07.11) with all safety precautions, work permits etc. thro’ underground trench (Bidder to construct) with each single run cable inserted in each individual MS pipe (wrapped & coated), laid side by side through around 170 meter long distance with HT cable marker to reach the ‘D’ axis of the pot room. Trench needs to be covered with RCC covers (precast), permit needs to be availed from the operation dept and EIC shall help in this regard. Or , it is preferred that, cable can be taken upto the ‘D” row of the pot room from the said source at the 11kV s/yard (within 2 months of LOI on priority basis), to avoid future complications.

OR, On the way towards ‘A axis’ of pot room, Bidder needs to extend the cable trench (RCC) to approx 35-40 meter long (covered, easy

removable, RCC make) to reach near the wall of the rectifier transformer building.

From there with anchor fastener system

on the wall, cable tray might be placed vertically (at 3-4 m height or may be at 1 m from floor) to take the cables upto near to the ‘D Axis’ of pot room, then again to go within the RCC trench, to be made by the bidder, approx 35-40 meter long (covered, easy removable, RCC make) to reach the ‘D axis’ of pot room

c. Along ‘D axis’, bidder may utilise the

√ √ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


pot line building structures (sometimes, bidder need to move under or besides the concrete slab of the passageway, with his own arrangement, say anchor bolts, support structures, trays etc.- 8-9

nos. of such passages are present) with identification tag attached to it at

each 100 m interval. Also normally Bidder needs to take support from Pot room columns (each c-c distance ~ 6.5 meter, proper insulations need to be considered, no supports from the ground to be taken anywhere) to put his cable tray (power/ control cables etc.) and like this may reach the coal pipe conveyor (at a linear distance ~ 1100 meter), may reach its top with

his own arrangement of fixing trays (but this may not be possible now as pot room is already charged). Hence, Bidder may consider like this also: Shall make their own arrangement

to move along the ‘D’ axis 3 meter slab (but somewhere under the slab also, no supports from the ground to be taken anywhere, but with anchor fastener system with steel supports & cable trays (may be vertically installed, clearing the head room from ground floor) with strong steel supports for cable trays & cables as well & thoroughly covered) to reach the coal pipe conveyor (as shown in the drawing “BALCO - Rev P5- FINAL DRG-09.07.2013) with all safety precautions, work permits etc. with trays and anchor bolts & support structures to fix the tray and the cables, around 1100 meter linear distance, bends excluded) and

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


d. Then may move along the pipe conveyor to reach the WT central control room cum switch gear room

by crossing the railway track and underneath of 220kV X-mission lines as specified earlier also. Bidder

should be in total accordance of leading

11kV HT line crossing the railway OHE

track and x-mission lines etc.

For both the options, All modifications/ alterations in the switch yard & at thecontrol room & entire routing shall be in Bidder’s scope. Another option: Bidder can choose to take those cable from the 11kV switch yard room towards outside boundary upto existing railway track with trenches/ over head structures as suitable and then move along the tracks, with buried cables & markers all along. Afterwards to reach the new HT switch gear room cum control room near crusher house by overhead structures (or as found suitable)

A59 From the 11kV switch yard of Smelter upto the new CHP switchgear cum MCC room, routing is already explained & agreed, to be executed in that manner only. For 1 incomer cable (6R x 1C x 630 sq mm or equivalent type XLPE UE Aluminium armoured) laying (total 1 set) and tray laying with cover for single stream (as applicable) shall be carried out and separate cable tray & cover for control cable as well

√

A60 Similarly in common areas of the stream, the cable trays & supports, trench or overhead trestles shall be designed & installed for single stream. And, the cable for single stream shall be installed

√

A61 From the main control room sw. Gear room (11 kV) to 1200 MW sw. Gear room, HT cables to be laid for single stream together with relevant cable tray with cover as well -

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


for singe stream only A62 In 11kV switchboards and all LT MCCs, the

design & concept of installation shall be 1 Incomer and 1 bus coupler with full rating as required for 1 stream. Outgoing feeders shall be for single stream, as required. The incomer breaker rating shall be taken according to 1 wagon tippler future operation (single stream only). CTR in all incomer feeders shall also be considered accordingly

√

A63 Submitted CHP “Control system Architecture, i.e. CSA’ REV……” is OK but needed to incorporate the agreed comments on 14th. of Feb ’12 here at Balco as follows: “MFMandRelaydatainterfacingtobe

shown in PLC/SAS Architectural drawings as per ANNEXURE-2 (of Doc 16) i.e. GTP HT Board”. “Interfacing /Interlocking with existing

plant PLC /SAS/DCS to be incorporated / shown in the PLC/SAS Architectural drawings as per document -3 point A82 – shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope, including changing the logic.

√

A64 There shall be entire cabling on single incomer of HT & LT MCCs and for Transformers also - all civil foundations shall be completed now

√

A65 Battery, battery charger, ACDB, DCDB as required for both 11kV system shall be considered in the design & shall be installed for single stream as agreed

√

A66 MLDB, lighting trafos shall be considered & installed for single stream. Even for LDBs, LT PMCC for single stream shall be Supplied now

√

A67 Illumination shall be considered & installed only for all the constructed area. Illumination level is as agreed earlier

√

A68 Main earthing (below ground), everywhere shall be considered for single stream only

√

A69 The Same shall be applicable for the PMCC also, i.e. for single stream. For C & I, single stream shall be installed

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


A70 All cable laying inside the Electrical room shall be taken through underground trench design, trench (RCC make) size will be taken ‘ -1.8 mtr.’ depth from FFL (it shall be 0.3-0.5 meter above than the surrounding FGL) & having a clear 500mm distance from side RCC wall. Outside the main electrical building, the cables shall be routed through cable shaft at MCC room and usual route as agreed before. For all MCC & control room FFL shall be considered at least 0.5 meter above than the near by corresponding FGL. No ventilation & sump pump considered for cable shaft and cable trench portion (however existing PVS in switch gear room must take care of the cable trench also). Battery room shall be separate with exhaust fan & AC and control room shall have false roofing (as per requirement with 12.5 mm thick plain Gypsum boards with necessary frame work and M.S. hanger rods – properly finished) with sufficient industrial AC. Toilet (with ladies toilet with lock & key) shall be at first floor with localised septic tank

√ √

A71 Control room will be designed & constructed for single stream. False roofing shall be there. ACs shall be considered & installed for both the streams. Control room shall be at the one side of the main 11kV MCC cum switch gear room or at the first floor, whichever is cost effective, i.e. Switch gear room, MCC, battery room etc. & control room (may be) shall be in the ground floor only

√

A72 MCC rooms shall be designed considering single stream only, with redundancy planned. Trench inside shall be constructed for single stream now & can be covered with precast blocks (easily liftable)-– at least 100 mm thk. / chequered plates & insulated mat etc.

√

A73 Pressurised Ventilation System (PVS) for the HT & LT MCC room – shall be designed &

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


installed for single stream considering no. of air changes per hour as agreed earlier. Ducting shall be executed accordingly with no. of changes shall be required in the main unit. One fan must cater the requirement for single stream, total fans shall be 2 nos. (1 W + 1 S) to maintain the velocity (10-12 m/sec). Interconnections provisions shall be kept & Civil foundation for both the fans etc. will be included now

A74 Processor shall be suitable for the single stream; however, I/o’s shall also be installed now considering single stream only

√

2.2.10 From there (switch gear cum main control

room), all the transformers and cabling for HT supply and LT supply to all feeders, motors, DB, JB etc. as required for the successful execution and commissioning of the said system will be in BIDDER’s scope. For the new WT region, all HT power supply (if any) shall be taken from the newly constructed Control room cum Sw. Gear room near new crusher house. For that 1 no. of HT feeder shall be taken to charge the WT area HT switch gear room from where step down transformer (based on the load) with 1 no. LT MCC can be constructed at the WT area. From the source feeder, tapping, protection, All cables laying, RCC trenches or cable rack with proper foundations with cable tray (for single stream), bends, lugs, MCBs, MCCBs, JB etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope entirely. Transformers- ONAN type is preferred in all the cases, will be placed inside ‘Transformer room’ – closed from 3 sides, front open. Any better alternative arrangement shall be highly appreciated. Transformer to be provided with Emergency Push button as per CEA safety regulations.

√

2.2.11 For the Crusher area also, 1 no./ 2 nos. of HT √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


feeder shall be taken from the main control room 11 kV distribution board, to charge the Crusher area HT switch gear room from where step down trafos (based on the load) with 1 no. LT MCC can be constructed at the Crusher house area. From the source feeder, tapping, protection, All cables laying, RCC trenches or cable rack (preferably) with proper foundations with cable tray, bends, lugs, MCBs, MCCBs, JB etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

2.2.12 Everywhere from the transformer to LT PMCC shall be charged with suitably rated bus duct

√

2.2.13 Approx. 1000 + 1000 meter (i.e. 2000 m) of cable tray cover (of maximum size as designed by you (for all kind of cables each) shall be considered (exact locations, where it needs to be applied, shall be defined in due course). This is other than the main incomer to be brought & laid along pot room. Exact locations shall be specified after site Survey by bidder, during detail engineering, by BALCO

√

2.2.14 For the pipe conveyor motors supply – it is envisaged that the source shall be from the 11.0 kV HT switch board at the main control room near crusher house, and the lead shall be approx. 1.6 km (or more). Suitably rated HT cable shall be led to the drive end of the pipe conveyor thro’ the cable tray (say, positioned vertically, for single stream) along the pipe conveyors (only in case of road or railway track or x-mission lines) - cable tray cover shall be considered (another additional 275 meter long, say), which will be used intermittently, where pipe conveyors shall remain in ‘open’ condition (i.e. trough portion). Near 1200 MW crusher house, say TP4 (as per GA drawing Rev P 5) one new s/gear room, shall be constructed for the said power supply (with IP 52, dust proof arrangement) to fulfil the HT & LT power (with step down transformer) requirement there.

√

2.2.15



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


A75 Design capacity of the conveyor shall be 10% higher than the rated capacity. Motor shall be 10% margin of the design capacity.

√

2.2.16 While crossing the transmission lines or the railway track, conveyor gallery must be enclosed with iron net on safety aspect and the same shall be grounded (earthed) properly. Also while crossing the x-mission line (220 kV HT), for each conveyor, in addition to the iron net (grounded), top insulation mat shall be provided with proper earthing arrangement (with pit) to ensure total safety and Conveyor galleries & walkway shall be sealed from all sides. Also while crossing any road, sheds, railway track, hydrogen plant area, x-mission lines etc., conveyors must be enclosed from all sides to prevent any spillages (if at all occurs)

√

2.2.17 All MS supports & support structures, anchor fastening, necessary civil foundations, cable trays, bends, lugs, CT enhancement (as required) etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.18 All switch gear rooms, control rooms, MCC rooms etc. must have a separate entry and exit (for safety). All with Al glazed glass door with lock & key arrangement and air curtains fixed. Dust proof glass Windows with grill protection shall be there.

√

2.2.19 There shall be separate cable trays for the power/ control/ instrument cables. The no. of cable trays shall be taken considering 70% filling in any cable tray. Cable tray must be with galvanized coating of minimum thickness of Zinc as 86 micron, cable shall be laid on pre-fabricated trays of 2 mm thick steel. Any cable tray edge must be at least 150 mm high at both the sides

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


(irrespective of type of cables). 2.2.20 Below 30kW motor, coupling shall be of

geared coupling for ‘low speed’ and pin & bush type for ‘high speed’; in between 30 to 160 kW (LT motor) shall be ‘delayed fill type’ fluid coupling and for HT motors of more than 160 kW also but mainly crushers/ ring granulators & for conveyor 1A or 2A, Scoop coupling (water cooled) is envisaged – cooling water circuit (supply & return for the same) is in Bidder’s scope – DCPL comment

√

2.2.21 All HT motors shall be air/ oil cooled type √ 2.2.22 Any motor must have contactor logic with

overload relay, ammeter etc. (ammeter to be provided in all feeder above 15 kW) of the rating it has. More than 110 kW rating, star delta feeders and less than 110 kW rating, DOL feeder is required. For the motor protection, MPCB or MCCB with overload relay is required

√

2.2.23 Emergency lighting arrangement needs to be considered by the Bidder in the following areas: WT area underground levels and tunnels; TP 1; Crusher house different levels & if constructed, at the underground portion; 11kV s/gear rooms (all); Main control room & WT control rooms; Some emergency hand lamps shall be provided (4 nos.) to move in remote areas etc.

√

2.2.24 Please also submit the HT & LT load list details, area wise and equipment wise, i.e. at i. WT complex, ii. Crusher house and earlier designated stock pile area 2 nos. high mast must be considered other than normal illumination on road. iii. area with TP 1 , 2 & 3, iv. Pipe conveyor and TP 4, TP 4A (on existing CPP 3 conveyor 3A/ 3B, not shown in the drg.) & TP 5 area

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


2.2.25 Please specify the total power requirement on HT side and LT side (area wise, considering equipment, electrical, utilities etc. all-- say in WT area, C/house area, earlier designated stock pile area, TP 4 area etc.). Can be furnished with the final SLD (revised)

√

2.2.26 Please specify the ratings of the distribution transformer, lighting transformer, UPS rating and their quantity- to be furnished with the SLD (valid for 1 WT and relevant equipment & single set of conveyors)

√

2.2.27 Please specify the type and rating of HT motors, their VVVF drives and transformers as included in the scope - Same shall be supported with sizing calculation during detail engineering.

√

2.2.28 In all LT motors with VFD drive, control supply to be taken from 220 V DC supply- in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.29 All HT motors should have line surge arrestor and CBCT in the feeders. All HT motors which shall have VVVF drive, control supply to be taken from 220 V DC supply- in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.30 ALL HT feeders will have numeric relay, type and model no. shall be specified in the offer

√

2.2.31 Control system architecture drawing to be submitted as considered under the scope of this new CHP expansion system (valid for 1 WT and relevant equipment & single stream of conveyors) inclusive of the interfacing & necessary integration with the existing CHP system of 1200 MW & 540 MW and with “new TT & CHP system”

√

2.2.32 Ratings & requirements of PMCC & PDB shall be of draw out type (whether it shall be double or single front, shall be decided jointly during detail engineering), MLDB & WRDB can be of

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


fixed type and whether it shall be d/out type also, shall be decided jointly during detail engineering based on the room dimensions

2.2.33 In case of non-availability of dummy feeder or spare feeder from the existing plant system, LT supply shall be tapped down through cable directly with proper measures taken- entire arrangement & installations in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.34 Ammeter is needed in the main PMCC panel

for the motor feeder, incomer, and power feeder rating more than 250 Amp in all the 3 phases. LPBS for all HT motors- is OK but those LT motors of higher rating, say > 110 kW shall be with LPBS

√

2.2.35 PLC should be redundant at CPU level and power supply level noted & Confirmed

√

A76 DCPL comment- PLC processor loading shall be 50% at normal loading and 70% during worst case loading. Please confirm.

√

2.2.36 All kind of civil work as required for the electrical system shall be in Bidder’s scope (e.g., MCC room, overhead cable structures & trays, existing structures strengthening, cable trenches (if any) & covers, hume pipes, transformer foundations, oil soak pit etc.), anywhere any kind of wall breaking & repair, concrete breaking (trench extension etc.), floor repair, insert fixing, anchor fastening etc.- if required during the execution of the job, shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope only.

√

A77 Conduit cabling along with JBs for cabling

system is not envisaged in the system. However lighting wire will be erected thru’ conduits, in MCC & control room it shall be concealed wiring with PVC conduits whereas power cable shall be thro’ trenches

√

2.2.37 HT cabling, end termination kit (for HT & LT both, only Raychem make), straight through kit, HT route markers and other HT

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


accessories as required shall be in the Bidder’s scope

2.2.38 Straight through kit shall be considered only

if the HT cable length to be laid is more than 800 meter. HT cable needs to be supplied in steel drum only

√

2.2.39 One lot of ‘Electrical’ safety items, like Rubber mat (suitable for voltage grade, for all 11kV and LT MCC panels), Fire extinguishers (DCP type) and Safety signage’s, boards, SLD chart, breaker & panel identification marker plate etc. to be provided by the Bidder & shall be installed as found suitable & as directed by Owner’s EIC

√

2.2.40 HT and LT board configuration to be considered as per the preliminary electrical SLD submitted, vide e-mail by the Bidder dated 01.08.14 – now new SLD to be submitted by the bidder accordingly

√

2.2.41 All HT and LT cablings shall be through overhead structures, cable trays, design, steel supply, fabrication of steel, civil foundation, installation/ erection, laying, termination etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.42 If there is no space to take the cables overhead, then it must be taken through RCC cable trenches with RCC cover (easily removable). Wherever, there will be railway crossing or road crossing, can be done through suitable Hume pipes but preferably to be executed before the rail track foundation is formed. If roads/ rail track foundation/ formations needs to be cut, the same needs to be repaired immediately after passing the cable thro’ the Hume pipes with proper co-ordination with Balco. If in case of buried RCC trench (if required), RCC slab to be considered for covering the cables. Rest as per relevant IS spec

√

2.2.43 Variable frequency Drive - 690V/415V VVVFD shall be provided with by-pass arrangement

√

2.2.44 The incoming feeders shall be 1 no. with each 1 with 4 pole arrangement.

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Suitably rated ACBs or MCCBs with u/V, S/c, E/F ,O/C with microprocessor release shall be used for the purpose through castle key interlocking. Incoming feeder shall have phase indicating lamps, voltmeter with SS and ammeter with SS. Bus coupler (if any) shall have phase indicating lamps & voltmeter with SS

2.2.45 Motor feeders shall have Motor protection CB/MCCB, contactor rated for 125% of motor rated current, thermal overload relay and auxiliary contactors as required. Indicating lamps of LED type for status indication. Ammeters for motor rating of 15 k W & above. Minimum rating of contactors shall be 16A. Type II co-ordination shall be ensured. Auxiliary & trip contact shall be provided for MPCB/ MCCB

√

2.2.46 The control supply for 11kV HT switch board shall be 220 kV DC

√

2.2.47 The 11kV board in Cr/House, WT or TP 4 area, which is in Bidder’s scope, shall be of “SIEMENS” make (previously agreed). The same GTP shall be as per the specifications, provided to the Bidder vide e-mail together with this document

√

2.2.48 Main control room building near new crusher house area is envisaged--1 no. with HT switch gear cum MCC room for Drives cum control room (dust proof, pressurized- as per IP 52) with sitting arrangement (4 persons, work station type) & a AC cabin, required chair, table, fire proof doors & windows (dust proof also), toilet, bathroom, wash basin, pantry and drinking water, overhead syntex tank of 1000 lit capacity (filling arrangement in Bidder’s scope). Control room (double door for entry

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


with air curtain system), MCCs/ PLC room shall also be with AC, all MCC cum switch gear room with pressurised ventilation system – Bidder’s scope of supply

2.2.49 Proposed by Bidder- Motor actuator shall be integral starter type. It has been proven from our experience that the actuators with integral starters pose challenges in the maintenance of the device. It is convenient from maintenance point of view to have all the starters in a centralised location inside MCC

√

2.2.50 One construction power source only shall be provided, 415 V AC- 3 phase near WT area, within a radius of 600~700 meter from the WT complex area, probably from “Aluminium Bhavan” or Pot room area. All termination, laying, supports, maintenance, protection (if any), clearance etc. as per standard norms shall be in Bidder’s scope, load needs to be specified by the bidder.

√

2.2.51 Construction water shall be in the scope of the Bidder. All termination, pipe laying, supports (if over the ground)/ wrapping coating (if underground), maintenance, clearance etc. as per standard norms shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.52 Soil testing is entirely under Bidder’s scope, soil resistivity shall be decided after the soil testing is carried out by the Bidder at site, during detail engineering- can’t conclude about the ‘soil resistivity’ at this moment.

√

2.2.53 Bus and Bus Taps: Bus bar will be of high conductivity electrolytic grade Copper for all HT & LT switchboards

√

2.2.54 With the latest new scheme, mailed to the Bidder(s), the general specifications of 11kV transformer, HT switch board, cables etc. were sent. We need your confirmation against the same with your technical offer

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


(also submitted with this doc) 2.2.55 From DBs to light fixture – as specified in the

NIT docs, we prefer to go for wire with GI conduit & all necessary accessories (bends & pipes etc.), in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.56 Please consider the flameproof equipments if it is general practice of any CHP. But for the conveyor belt, it has to be fire resistant (fireproof). Belt covers are also FR grade type.

√

2.2.57 Kept Blank 2.2.58 HT & LT switch board for motor and aux

trafos √

2.2.59 MCC/PCC/PMCC/PDB's etc. - Ammeters with selector switch (all 3 phases) for motor rating of 15 k W & above. Local remote selector switch to be provided for All motor feeders. All feeders shall have MCCB/ MPCB instead of SFU. Control transformer feeder shall be in fixed type execution due to limitation in design as per manufacturers’ standard design. Design of MCC and control gear components shall be as per manufacturers’ standard design and specification.

√

2.2.60 PLC cabinet √ 2.2.61 Local Control desk √ 2.2.62 SCADA system - Hardware control cum

mimic panel is required.

√

2.2.63 Power and control cables √ 2.2.64 Instrument and communication cables √ 2.2.65 Air conditioning in PLC and VFD room √ 2.2.66 Pressurised Ventilation system for MCC

rooms/ HT distribution rooms √

2.2.67 LCS for motors- FRP enclosure √ 2.2.68 Other field electrical components √ 2.2.69 Automation must be of Allen Bradley (i.e.

Rockwell) √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


2.2.70 Control cables must be of “LAPP/ Belden” make

√

2.2.71 Erection accessories- cable trays and cabling accessories, trestles & structures (& enabling steel etc.) with civil foundations, MS supports, inserts, HT/ LT termination kits, anchor fastening arrangements etc from BALCO’s source to new Switch gear rooms cum MCC rooms and then to WT control room, Stacker-Reclaimer room to CHS equipment area including pipe conveyors system, TP 4 & then upto TP 5 near 540 MW yard conveyor. Trays shall be earth protected also, properly.

√

2.2.72 Light fitting and lighting materials in the Control rooms, MCC rooms, HT & LT s/gear rooms, compressor room, Cable cellar room, Weigh bridge Control rooms, Railway crossings and CHS equipment area at each and every level. Street lighting for the main & approach roads shall be considered. 1 No. high mast at WT area is envisaged and another 2 nos. at both the ends of the designated stockyard (exact locations shall be decided in due course). All high mast shall be as follows: High mast 30 mtr.- BAJAJ/ CGL with 12 nos. of 2 x 400 HPSV flood light with control gear box with feeder panel, inbuilt lightning arrester, earth pit & civil foundation), standard specification shall be followed. For those buildings & TPs, control rooms, cable cellar rooms, connecting roads, Conveyors under this scope, inside & outside lighting with nice looking fittings shall be done by the Bidder. Illumination level is specified in the enquiry document , in brief, as may be follows: 1. Transfer point, conveyor gallery, pent house, Tunnel, Crusher House, Reclaim Hopper, wagon tippler: 100 Lux

√ √ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


2. Switch gear room, PLC & pump House : 200 Lux 3. Designated Coal stock yard/ open Area/ Railway marshalling: 10 Lux, other than the specified 30 mtr high mast in operation 4. Street Lighting : 10 Lux

2.2.73 Welding sockets & Power sockets - 3Ph and 1 Ph in CHS area, especially C/house, TPs, Control room, WT complex etc. even along the conveyors (belt & pipe both)- To be provided in sufficient nos. as per CHS requirement (Bidder to specify in their offer). To be decided mutually during kick off or detail design meeting

√

2.2.74 2.2.75 Earthing materials- Treated earth pit,

electronic earth pit, spike guard earthing and its earthing strips, wires, etc. there shall be dedicated earth pits, as required, for all the buildings, equipment under the scope of this said CHS and it shall be connected with a common ‘earth grid’ and the same will be constructed by the bidder under his scope of work, in a proper manner. Lightning arrestor with proper earthing for all structures/ Buildings above 7 Mtr height., also ‘aviation lamp’ (top most position of crusher house, one no.) shall be fixed. Clear signages/ boards (visible in night even from a distance) shall be fixed by the Contractor to identify the 220 KV & 400 kV x-mission lines and to express the hazards of working there (during/ after execution)

√

2.2.76 2.2.77 2 YRS O& M SPARES- Preliminary List (for

E & I, Mechanical equipments & Utilities etc., altogether) to be submitted before the finalisation. The same shall be confirmed after the detail engg. In the DCPL NIT docs

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Mandatory Spares' list, Spares' for 1200 mm width belt conveyor shall be considered as 1600 mm conveyor belt and Bidders need to submit the Spares' list accordingly

A78 Everywhere in the DCPL NIT docs, wherever it was written as 6.6 kV- for Spares' or power supply etc., needs to be considered as 11kV for WT & CHP system

√

2.2.78 COMMISSIONING SPARES- Final List to be submitted (for E & I, Mechanical equipments & Utilities etc., altogether) with Special tools & tackles list with the offer. The commissioning spares & Special tools & tackles are on non-returnable basis.

√

2.2.79 PC specs: 3 nos. are needed at control room Engineering & Operating stn.Computer with the following or latest Configuration: Intel Core i5 or better, >/= 3.2 GHz 4 GB RAM 500 GB HARD DISK Graphics Acceleration card: Matrox G450 / 32 MB, DVI, DH LAN on board: 100/1000 Mbps DVD / CD ROM, DVD/CD R/W, 3.5" 1.44 MB disk Engineering Keyboard & mouse OS : Windows 2010 latest compatible with control software and SCADA Aux. Voltage 220V, AC through UPS system ( to be supplied by Bidder ) Key board, mouse external HDD of 250 GB at least, 2 nos.

Specifications for 21" color monitor shall be as follows: Max. 1600 x 1200, 85 Hz 50-cm(21") color monitor; 30 - 121 kHz, TFT

Graphic adaptor for two color monitors shall be provided Licensed ANTIVIRUS system shall be provided in all PCs/ O/s/ E/s in the name of Balco

√ √ √

2.2.80 One additional programming Laptop (industrial type) loaded with all licensed software(s) must be included in the scope -

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


rest is explained in the Control System Architecture (preliminary) drg. & in above point.2.2.79

2.2.81 There will be separate control Panel for each

WT in Bidder’s scope of work where start / stop push button related to the system shall be mounted there. For other drives also, as applicable, LPBS shall be provided. Also there will be a MCC, common one (may be), from where LT power source for WT complex area shall be distributed. That MCC shall be charged from the main Electrical control room, via HT cabling & HT switch gear room located near WT area, step down transformers etc. (all in Bidder’s scope). For the cables to be brought to the MCC or HT switch gear room, it has to be as per the specified norms to serve the defined guidelines while crossing railway tracks (with OHE) – at least with clear elevation of 9 meter.

√ √

2.2.82 Fire sealing at cable exist points of MCC cum control room shall be supplied by the Bidder.

√

2.2.83 Purchaser shall facilitate the Contractor to execute the job only for the interfacing or interconnections between 4 x 300 MW power plant (CPP 3) and 4 x 135 MW power plant (CPP 2) with the new CHS-- all hardware, software (including licensed version), communication cables, PLC’s, communication card, PCs etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope. All the control shall be possible from the new main CHS control room only whereas, CPP 540 & CPP 1200 MW Coal handling system must permit to this new CHS to start & run this new system. All will be decided during Detail Engineering after thorough study is done by the Bidder/ Contractor. Location of CHP control room for CPP 3 is just beside the 1200 MW crusher house, at the 3rd. Floor. For the location of CHP control room for CPP

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


2, it is also just beside the 540 MW crusher house, but at the first floor

A79 For interfacing with 1200 MW & 540 MW CHP existing system with your supplied WT system, please consider the following: Instead of interfacing with the existing system at the control rooms, please provide separate O/S (1 no. extra) at building no. 401 (Drg. no Rev P 5) where the 1200 MW & 540 MW people can give the 'permission to choose the path & operate' to your new central control room from the existing 1200 & 540 MW CHP control room. He shall be able to observe only about the new system proceedings. Building no. 401 is within 300 meter radius of 1200 MW Crusher house, near Hydrogen plant

√

2.2.84 All necessary logic & interlocks for the smooth operations of the said CHS shall be in Bidder’s scope- to be decided jointly during detail engineering

√

A80 Logic execution time to be mentioned. √ 2.2.85 Total conveyor system shall be under group

start (different flow path wise), with long hooter to be blown twice in the beginning due to safety purpose. Hooter shall be blown at least in WT area, main control room & stock yard, pipe conveyor top, in between and head end. For WT tippling job start up also, hooters must be installed.

√

2.2.86 All control of the conveyors shall be from the main control room of new CHP, near new C/house, but necessary logics and interlocks shall be programmed considering the operational philosophy of 1200 MW & 540 MW power plant.

√

2.2.87 Any modification as required and identified later during commissioning, and during

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


process operation, arising due to addition of new coal handling system and truck tippling system to be added and integrated into the control systems (PLC and SCADA) of existing CHP stations at 540MW PP and 1200MW PP. This includes addition of compatible hardware (IO cards, Comm. Cards / Modules, interfaces, cables, fiber optic cables, patch cords etc) at existing 540 and 1200 MW CHP PLC's, Creation of new and modification of existing graphic screens, Addition and modification of logics at 540 and 1200MW PLC's

2.2.88 Separate marshalling panels to be considered for interfacing and integration of the existing CHP system of 1200 & 540 MW and also in between new TT & CHP system and with this new WT & CHP system- to be installed at each end of the existing1200 MW & 540 MW CHP control rooms (both situated besides individual crusher house). In case of constraint of space, the same marshalling panel can be installed at the 1200 MW CHP control room– entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

2.2.89 Statutory & clearances of work:

1) CEIG approvals – drawing approval & charging permission.

2) Municipal Corporation – construction permission.

3) Factory Inspectorate – approval of drawing & construction permission.

4) Within the scope all Structural stability certificate from the CG govt. approved/ authorized agency. It will be as follows:

All the approvals as required for WT & CHP system as in the scope, e.g. For the entire package: 1. CEIG/ CEA approvals: Shall be considered for equipment within our battery limit.

2. Municipal Corporation and Town & country planning (as applicable) –For the Raw water line rerouting (outside plant boundary). For other installations within the

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


defined scope.

3. Factory Inspectorate –Shall be considered for Construction permission.

5. Structural stability certificate from the CG govt. approved/ authorized agency: shall be considered for scope within our battery limit.

6. Railway/ RDSO approval 7. Stamping job for the supplied in-motion

weigh bridges 8. Forest & Environment clearance is beyond

the scope of BIDDER.

2.2.90 In the Plant Communication system 6 nos. of telephones (only instruments with internal wiring etc.) shall be considered, 1 no. at control room of WT 2, 2 nos. at Main control room & 1 each in 2 nos. in motion weigh bridges and 1 in TP 4 (covered, at the dusty area). PA system (Ahuja make) with 4-5 mike kind of arrangements to be included in the scope

√

2.2.91 All the electrical and mechanical equipments power load data shall be submitted by the bidder and the guaranteed power consumption value shall be furnished. Guaranteed power consumption needs to be furnished with the new SLD as per the format of enquiry. To be resubmitted considering 1 WT & single stream – Flow path wise

√

2.2.92 Power factor correction panel- required or not, as the power source is within smelter plant area – Bidder to specify, if required, Bidder needs to consider the same in designing

√

A81 DCPL comment - Please note that terminal

point for C&I is CHP MCC/PLC of 1200 MW & 540 MW plant

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


A82 DCPL comment - CHP expansion PLC should be interfaced to existing 1200 MW & 540 MW CHP PLC/MCC by hardwiring for interlocking of conveyors. Also CHP expansion PLC should be interfaced to DCS of 1200MW & 540 MW station for remote monitoring through OPC server. Bidder to provide redundant Ethernet/ Modbus communication (including supply of cable, laying and termination) between CHP Expansion PLC and 1200 MW & 540 MW station DCS at CCR. Please confirm.

√

A83 DCPL comment - Kindly confirm Complete fire detection and fire protection system for the protection of the entire Coal Handling System, including coal stockpile etc. as per specs. Vol.II-M0-ANNEXURE II_SCOPE OF WORK & TPS/A. Mechanical/ point 22.

√

A84 DCPL comment - Wagon tippler PLC & stacker reclaimer PLC should be interfaced to CHP Expansion PLC for monitoring

√

A85 PLC Architecture diagram to be submitted. It should be in line with the discussions held with BIDDER, by 10th. of Feb ‘12

√

2.2.93 Newly installed truck tippler system (near 540 MW chimney area) logic interchange & SCADA page/ graphics development in both the areas shall be in Bidder’s scope- pls ref point no. 2.2.87

√

2.2.94 The overall control system for operation of Wagon Tippler System shall consider the following points:

1) PLC Controllers of Wagon Tippler System shall be mounted in Controller Panel at their control rooms.

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


2) Redundant Armoured FO Cables & Redundant communication to be set between Wagon Tippler and RIO’s near 1200MW and 540MW CHP Control rooms.

3) Suitable Hardware like media convertor, switch, LIU, IO Modules, Panels/Cabinet, shall be installed at Existing 540MW & 1200MW CHP control rooms and RIO panels near existing control rooms shall ensure redundancy in communication network.

4) Critical IO of existing 540MW & 1200MW system for operation of Wagon Tippler may be hooked up with Wagon Tippler RIO Panel. (BALCO preferred these signal to be hardwired, if BALCO can provide spare IO’s in their system).

5) Marshalling Cabinet, Panels, IO Modules, Communication Equipments / racks, Panel/Cabinet, FO Signals Cables required for the project shall be considered in bidder’s scope.

6) All C&I equipments, hardware, engineering and activities required for the hooking up Wagon Tippler & Truck Tippler System with Existing System shall be in Bidder’s scope.

7) Successful completion of the Execution, Commissioning, testing of Wagon Tippler system and Integration & Interfacing with existing 540MW & 1200MW CHP system is in bidder’s scope.

None of the activity & supply of any C&I material/equipment shall be left in BALCO’s end

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


2.3 Service (E & I): √ 2.3.1 Supply, unloading, storage, Transportation

and erection of all E & I material at site and to install & commissioning under the scope of the new CHP to establish the system

√

2.3.2 Erection of complete electrical system including transformers / 11.0 kV power supply / Main power supply

√

2.3.3 No load and load commissioning √ 2.3.4 Performance testing √ 2.3.5 Statutory Approvals for all electrical

installation including transformer / HT/ LT Switch Gear/ cable etc. shall be in bidder’s scope – pls ref 2.2.89 also

√

2.3.6 All electrical cables shall be laid as per standards applicable complying with all relevant norms, especially while crossing the railway

√

2.3.7 Spare feeders/ spare load (extra) shall be considered as per the Electrical NIT docs submitted

√

2.3.8 With the latest new scheme, mailed to you Today (same but sent again), the general specifications of 11kV transformer, HT switch board, cables etc. were sent against doc no. 14 & doc no. 16 earlier. We need your confirmation against the same with your technical offer (without any deviation).

√

3.0 Equipments & system √ 3.1 Design, Engineering, Supply, Unloading,

Loading, Storage, Fabrication (if any), preassembly (if any), Assembly (if any), in-plant transportation, Erection, Installation, Testing, Commissioning, Supply of Commissioning spares’, Performance guarantee test for the CHP system augmentation for 4x135 MW (i.e. CPP2),

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


4x300 MW (i.e. CPP3 area) with Wagon tippler (Rotaside type, say complying RDSO norms G 33 Rev 1) – 1no. as a unit including side arm charger (1 no.), Apron feeder (1no.), dribble Feeder (1 no.) and other accessories, considering RDSO latest guidelines (May-2010- G33 Rev.1). Also, Crusher/ Ring Granulators including screens (1 no. each of 1200 TPH rated capacity, 2 nos. total) as required for sizing of coal from (300 mm to 20 mm) with necessary Belt conveyors and necessary Pipe conveyor system to the 1200 MW and 540 MW power plant with necessary utilities and auxiliaries under EPC with total safety (comprising Doc 17, 16 A & 16 B, thoroughly)

√

A86 All the necessary equipment shall be installed for single only; however Bidder will reevaluate, conceptualise and submit the revised BOM for single stream with 2 RGs (Ring Granulators)

√

A87 Dribble conveyor: Capacity of conv:200 TPH, lump size of material:(-) 300 mm; Troughing angle: 0 deg, Type of fabric :EP; Nyl-Nyl Cover thickness (min) top/bottom : 5/2 mm; Breaker ply reqd.- No

√

3.2 Unit list of the equipments (tentative) shall be provided by the bidder in the technical offer within next 7 days

√

3.3 All the equipments technical spec and detailed data sheet (Civil, Mechanical & Electrical & Instrumentation) together shall be produced by the bidder in the technical bid- Bidder to specify

√

A88 no. of drives and locations are left with the proprietary design of the pipe conveyor bidder. It is envisaged that 2 drives will be provided, one at crusher house end and the other at

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


head end near 540 MW stockyard area. Out of the drives, one will be operating as master drive and the others will be operating as slaves to the master drive by following the rpm and torque in a unique load sharing mode

A89 Take-up weight material shall be made of

cast iron blocks/ concrete blocks.

√

3.4 All the electrical and mechanical equipments power load data shall be submitted by the bidder and the guaranteed power consumption value shall be furnished- Bidder to specify

√

3.5 Electrical equipment as described transformer, HT & LT switch gear, SLD, PLC, PCC, MCC panel, DB, JB etc.

√

3.6 Utilities requirement for the said Coal handling system

√

3.7 Civil and structural construction, erection, commissioning job as described for the said coal handling system

√

3.8 Air & water conveying pipes material shall be of approved make and as per IS or ASTM, with different thickness as per standard spec (say, IS or ASTM)

√

3.9 All the other mechanical equipment/ motor/ pumps/ valves/ pipes/ steel/ electrical & control & Instrumentation equipments shall be as per BALCO’s approved vendor list already submitted to you and also submitted now.

√

3.10 In addition to the communication made to all of you regarding the 1 no. WT in the farthest MGR, please go through the drawings, “BALCO NEW GA01 Rev P 4 - dated 13.04.11 & BALCO - Rev P5- FINAL DRG-09.07.2013”, where both WT was shown. But WT 2 shall be constructed only & WT 2 position can be altered (moved towards inhaul by 10 meters or at the outhaul to try to match the inhaul side required length

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


with future rake) as per RDSO/ Railway norms of minimum inhaul & out haul distances kept to position the coal rake. This can be the final position of the WT 2; for design purpose - Bidder to check again & comments/ confirmation on the same

3.11 The present railway tracks (including escape

route position) shall remain unchanged or can’t be shifted from the positions as shown in the drawing. The new proposed MGR (with 2 nos. WT track) is also attached for your ready reference - drawing no. “Balco_PH-II_ESP_13.04.11_Rev._tippler A”. You need to design your WT, WT control room and WT hopper with SAC track within the area specified, strictly as shown in the drawing - “BALCO NEW GA01 Rev P 4” dated 13.04.11 & BALCO - Rev P5- FINAL DRG-09.07.2013” and also based on Bidder’s own Submission (drg. no. ………….). However, final design shall be made after detailed survey, based on the railway tracks centre line physically present there. WT position can be shifted a bit towards inhaul ( by 10 meter) so as to accommodate the inhaul & outhaul side

√

3.12 The escape route track centre to the edge of the each WT building structure shall be at least 2.75 to 2.80 meter

√

3.13 WT railway track c-c distance shall be 13.78 meter

√

3.14 WT control cabin must be having all round visibility and it needs to be accommodated to a suitable location (for conventional type arrangement, space may not be sufficient). Also Poclain/ dozer parking zone and FEL movement through the ramp & at the

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


top of the WT hopper (with rotation) is to be planned near each WT and that area shall be RCC paved

3.15 For WT scheme GA drawing, please consider this Rev P 4 & Rev P5 (for WT area) drawing together with Bidder’s submitted drawing and from Crusher house onwards, please go through GA drawing Rev P 2. All the drawings are tentative and final drawing must be made after proper & detailed surveying is done after thorough route mapping, any kind of fouling with the existing system installations/ any structures/ any buildings must be tried to AVOID , if not possible, all alterations (maintaining the integrity) shall be in Bidder’s scope.

√

3.16 Presently, one WT area is considered within 35 m x 25 m, and is frozen.

√

A90 Wagon Tippler - the machine should be rated for continuous duty, must be designed as per latest RDSO norms G 33 Rev 1 and should be able to unload all standard open broad gauge wagons (including future high sided wagons) of Indian railways. It shall be capable of unloading one eight-wheeler wagon also

√

3.17 Coal fines clearing arrangement from any underground sump is to be specified & included in the scope of the Bidder. Bidder need to supply 1 + 1 no. suitable capacity ‘Goodwin’ submersible pumps (actually 1W + 1S) - model 100ANZE, which can handle upto 2.7 kg/cu. meter density slurry with maximum solid content by weight ~65%, maximum particle size ~30 mm and can discharge around 125 cubic meter volume of slurry at more than 30 meter height. Every sump shall be covered with suitable size mesh to prevent bigger size particle to go inside. Arrangements must be made over the ground to recover the coal particles and

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


fines to re-use the same. 3.18 We anticipate Ring Granulator, Roller

screen/ Woobler feeder/ Vibrating grizzly screen etc. shall be of 1200 TPH- rated capacity and designed capacity shall be same (as discussed with DCPL Mumbai) And Apron feeder shall be of 1700 TPH- rated capacity and designed capacity shall be same (as discussed with DCPL Mumbai)

√

A91 Only those Ring granulators (RG) supplier, having proven track record for 1200 TPH RG, shall be considered, e.g. list are provided already

√

A92 WT, SAC, Apron feeder with dribble feeder, ILMS (Al coil), Metal detector, weighing cell, vibrating grizzly/ roller screen, Crusher, Reversible belt feeder, Flap gates shall be provided as necessary for single stream only. However, transformer oil for ILMS shall be normal one. Prism/ flap gates shall be there for single stream, other stream shall be blinded. DCPL comment – no cooling water is required for ILMS oil cooler

√

A93 TP 1, there shall be future provisions of ‘cris cross’ arrangement; however, now it will be provided with Prism/ flap gates with one side blinded flange, to use in the future. The chutes for discharging the material from the first conveyor (present) to the second conveyor (future) shall not be constructed now from the blind flange at Y-shape onwards

√

A94 Flow dividers shall be installed, suitable for single stream only but provisions for futuristic second set of equipment shall be there with future ‘cris cross’ arrangement. Chutes shall be as per the point no. A93 above. No. of prism gates to specify to achieve flow path 1 & 3.

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


A95 Flap gates speed of travel – 50 mm/ sec as anticipated. Please specify the speed of travel for prism Gate/ flow divider also

√

A96 Reversible belt conveyor motor for the S/R

shall be at the crusher house √

3.19 Motorised Winch- Cap 20 T each at least, as required in the total CHP, loose complete with skid and rope for the maintenance of gravity take up

√

3.20 All flap gates must be electro-mechanically operated (i.e. manual as well as motorised)

√

3.21 If Flow divider is considered at the outlet of RBF 3 or 4 @ crusher house and also reversible stacker re-claimer conveyor, please confirm that the outlet discharge can be controlled to any extent by changing the position of the said ‘flow divider’ whenever desired for (electro-mechanical arrangement) with all switches, drives, travel with intermediate limit switches and must be of non jamming type. The gate liner shall be 16 mm SS – 304 liner. This flow divider/ prism gate can be operated manually also, if desired so. For BF & flow divider (prism gate) location pls refer the flow diagram drg.

√

3.22 We also require Rod gate and Rack & Pinion gate at the bottom of each of the WT hopper and at the top of A/feeder for maintenance purpose- please specify

√

3.23 WT hopper (each 180 MT capacity, 1 no.) under Wagon tippler shall be lined with 50-mm thick GUNNITING (Minimum M-30 grade Concrete) at primary and secondary impact zones

√

3.24 At the maximum impact & rubbing zone, bottom of the hopper at the skirt board area, approx. 2 – 2.5 meter shall be steel make (IS

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


2062 Gr B) with polyurethrene liner or with SS liner (SS 314) of at least 16 mm thick

3.25 Vibration isolation system of the Ring granulator/ crusher must be of “GERB” make

√

3.26 Vibrating monitoring system & temperature control for 2 nos. of crushers (Ring granulators) at the crusher house – in Bidder’s scope

√

3.27 Rod gates – Nos. & locations and type, needs to be specified by the Bidder

√

3.28 Rack & Pinion gate – - Bidder to specify Type – motorised double rack & pinion gate with manual operation provision, Size to be specified, Material handled – (-) 300 mm uncrushed coal with max 20% moisture content; It shall be complete in all respects including gate plate, frame work, operating chains, locking device, rack & pinion, rollers etc. Gate plates to be made from MS with 10 mm thk. Hard faced wear resistance liner. Material for rack – MS, Pinion – cast steel, Drive shaft – EN 8, Guide roller – Cast steel IS 210, FG – 260, Chain – Alloy steel, robust one, Bearing type – dust-Tight anti-frictional ball bearing (minm 30000 working hr. Life), double labyrinth seal. Operating force at chain: In normal condition – 25 kg Max Choked condition of Chute – at least 50 kg (minimum)

√

3.29 SR-1, Re-claiming capacity must be varied from 800 ~ 1500 TPH (average 1200 TPH) with PLC programme control and bucket cutting angle adjustment as & when desired

√

3.30 We (BALCO) have envisaged and preferred the WT of electro-mechanical type as per our NIT docs- please specify. Also Bidder

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


should specify about the drive of offered SAC and it’s pulling capacity

3.31 Arm raising / lowering of cylinder (of SAC) and clamping operation in WT will be done by hydraulic cylinder. This arrangement is believed to be superior than winch drum arrangement – Bidder to specify

√

3.32 Bidder’s need to erect an overhead rail, which shall move over all the heavyweights in any working platform, so that with a single hoist (20% more of maxm weight to be lifted there), all maintenance jobs can be carried out in that particular working platform. Bidder’s can plan accordingly the no. of hoist to be supplied for the total new CHS

√

3.33 More than 2T lifting weight, Electrical hoist shall be considered by the Bidder.

√

3.34 Upto 2T lifting weight and upto 3 meter lift,

manual hoist shall be considered by the Bidder, more than this height Bidder should consider electrical hoist

√

3.35 As per coal handling system practice, all chutes shall be provided with adequate nos. of dust proof manholes, properly sealed. With inspection doors which will be provided in chutes at each floor, space for man holes in chutes are also to be provided- need to design accordingly

√

A97 Internal belt cleaner, V-plough type made of mild steel flats and hard rubber strips with necessary chutes

√

A98 For chutes, liners shall be applied over all sides unless otherwise stated

√

A99 At the discharge point on conveyors of 1200 MW crusher outlet (conveyor 3A & 3B) and on

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


540 MW yard conveyor (conv. 7), hard skirting rubber shall be installed at the back side to prevent the 'coal back flow' and subsequent spillage. Also when the coal shall be transferred thro' the same conveyor 3A & 3B, the same skirting rubber must not create any obstacle in carrying coal. Same is applicable for yard conv. 7 of 540 MW. No Manual but electro-mechanical/ pneumatic arrangement is preferred- we require this

3.36 Belt weigher accuracy range must be within ±0.25% within a range of 20% and 120% & Micro-processor based (test chain). Flow rate indicator & totaliser shall be provided which shall give feed back to the main control room SCADA/ or a different system supplied/ synchronised and installed there by the Bidder (in 540 MW and 1200 MW, both control room). Weigh scales shall be temperature compensated & protected against shock & vibrations. Calibration procedure & frequency needs to be specified by the Bidder

√

A100 Please specify the positions of the belt weighing machine (with flow rate & totaliser reading) based on the present scheme of single stream of conveyors with 1 WT. Any point of time, how much quantity of coal is delivered where needs to be identified with installed programme with the help of these weigh scales -– totally Bidder’s scope

√

3.37 Belt Vulcanizing machine must be portable one, easily movable type and which can join any of the supplied belt of maximum width (including pipe conveyors), supplied by L & T in a single setting- - Bidder to Confirm Type – synthetic, Type of press – Hydro-mechanical press, Portable, Electrically heated, temperature control – Thermostat temp. Control box, Pressure building – by hydraulic hand pump, distributors, hoses &

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


hydraulic cylinders- complete arrangement, everything shall be in Bidder’s scope of supply

3.38 Gear boxes should be of similar handling and completely interchangeable for all supplied twin conveyors (Viz 2A/B, 3A/B etc.) - Pls confirm

√

A101 DCPL comment – All underground conveyor pulleys shall have split case bearings

√

3.39 Tools & Tackles and equipments whatsoever is required for the said scope of work, must be supplied by the Bidder without limiting the requirement, also they need to include some special equipments/ tools especially for the conveyor gallery erection across Smelter pot room (2 nos.) and also gallery erection under 220 kV charged x-mission line etc). However, maintenance Tools & Tackles shall be supplied as per the list enclosed in our technical offer

√

3.40 Please consider the flameproof equipments if it is general practice of any CHP. But for the conveyor belt, it has to be fire resistant (fireproof)

√

3.41 New Wagon Tippler (WT) shall be able to handle both the existing wagons (GW 110 T) and the forthcoming DFC wagons (as per RDSO norm, revised) of 140 T GW and future high-sided wagons with design rate of minimum 25 tips per hour. The output capacity from Apron feeder as per new RDSO norm comes to 1700 TPH (based on: 22 tips per hour (actually) X 77 Ton, which is FOR EXAMPLE, each wagon Net weight- new wagon type “BOXN25”, say or as per RDSO revised norms)

√

3.42 It should have in built weighing cell, √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


feedback (Gross Weight & Net Weight of each wagon and the gross & net total weight of the rake shall be recorded in the PC situated in the centralized control room. Total rake GW and net weight report can be generated in that PC once the rake is emptied out or may be in between also (if reqd.)- Bidder to specify. Also total days report (format shall be described in due course) shall be generated automatically, based on the programmed fed, at sharp 6:00 AM in the morning from WT 2 at the main control room. Feedback from WT control room must reach the new CHP main control room system. Also for the 2 nos. in-motion weighbridges at the inhaul and outhaul with standalone control room (2 nos.) at both ends (location shall be specified by Balco), with lighting fan & sitting arrangement inside. 2 nos. of computer (1 at each end, inhaul & outhaul & interlinked with each other), area lighting for good visibility (2 nos. search light, 1 each to be fixed in both ends, shall be in Bidder's scope

√

3.43 Other than the limit switches to stop the wagons on the wagon tippler table and also at the outhaul, some mechanical arrangements must be provided by the Bidder to prevent the wagon to move, when not desired

√

3.44 Each SAC shall be able to handle fully loaded rake of 60 wagons (with existing kind of wagons each of GW ~ 110 Ton as well as forthcoming DFC wagons/ BOXN25 wagons/ future high-sided wagons each of GW ~ 140 Ton, for example) in the BALCO WT MGR track (revised drawing, submitted with GA drawing rev P 4& P 5, with inhaul gradient 1 in 800), constructed already- pulling effort shall be specified by the Bidder. Balco shall add equivalent no. of wagons with

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


the existing rakes to check the pulling effort of the SAC

3.45 WT hopper (RCC) shall be of 180 T net capacity.

√

3.46 Apron feeder, heavy duty one, each shall be of 1700 TPH capacity (rated capacity), with VVVF drive, pan width at least ~1800 mm

√

3.47 Conveyor 1A, 2A, 3A, reversible belt feeders at crusher house etc. shall be of 1700 TPH capacity each (rated capacity) but crushers and related wobbler feeder/ Vibrating grizzly/ Roller screen/ / Ring granulators (2 nos.) etc. shall be of 1200 TPH capacity each (rated capacity)

√

A102 Belts shall have sufficient impact resistance to withstand impact at loading. Suitable breaker ply should be provided as required

√

A103 Cooling water system for Heat exchangers, Ring granulators, Conveyor 2A. If used for the cooling of the scoop coupling of the ring granulator/ conveyors (as installed), what will happen to the 'hot return water', piping & closed water circuit etc. entirely shall be in the scope of the Bidder- piping, supports, re-utilization etc.

√

3.48 Sump pumps for the de-watering purpose – each area shall be 2 nos. of pump on 1 W + 1 S basis. Areas shall be covered: WT 2 basement, WT 2 tunnel common one, TP-1, Crusher house basement (if any), water reservoir and any other such places, designed underground. Sump pumps shall be submersible type, vertical Non-clog centrifugal type pump, no. of stages- single, Fluid type to be handled – slurry with 20% concentration of solids (coal dust) of maximum 30 mm size. Every sump

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


shall be covered with suitable size mesh to prevent bigger size particle to go inside. For WT 2 and TP 1 ( may be crusher house also) Bidder need to consider required nos. of “Goodwin” pumps as mentioned in Art. 1.22 & 3.17

3.49 Stacking capacity shall be 1700 TPH (rated as well as designed capacity)

√

3.50 Reclaiming capacity shall be of 1200 TPH (rated as well as designed capacity average basis) with a provision of controlling feed to 800 ~ 1500 TPH (peak capacity shall be 1500 TPH for re-claiming) reclaim rate (with PLC logic control to adjust bucket wheel coal cutting line or by other means, if any), only for 540 MW power plant (to be discharged on the reversible belt conveyor of 540 MW CPP stacker & reclaimer, having 1000 TPH capacity)

√

A104 Bidder to confirm that stacker – reclaimer boom conveyor bucket wheel will be clear of any interference with the HT lines in the area

√

A105 3.51 Conveyor 5A (outlet of TP 3), 6A (pipe

conveyor) shall be of 1700 TPH (rated as well as designed capacity)

√

3.52 After new TP 4 (discharge point near 1200 MW CPP, near existing crusher house) single conveyor shall be moving to discharge on the reversible belt conveyor (existing, i.e. yard Conveyor 7 of 540 MW CPP) on 540 MW CPP stacker & re-claimer, having 1000 TPH capacity. This single conveyor shall be of 1500 TPH (say conveyor 7) – rated as well as designed capacity and desired flexibility is needed like this: from single pipe conveyor stream, coal can be discharged on this belt conveyor 7 with another distribution, to be discharged on the 1200 MW conveyor @ say 500 TPH , so that final discharge on yard conv 7 shall be 1000 TPH only

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


A106 Belts shall have sufficient impact resistance to withstand impact at loading. Suitable breaker ply should be provided as required, especially where ‘ 300 mm’ sized coal shall be carried, i.e. upto crusher house

√

3.53 Railway diesel engine and our diesel loco (Max weight 160 Ton) must be able to pass thro’ the WT table with speed limit of 8 km/ hour, Bidder should ensure this

√

3.54 It is to be ensured by the bidder that if power gets cut, during tippling of the wagons and wagon is lifted fully from the table, the grip of the WT arm shall not get released and no accident will happen. Trial shall be taken by Balco during commissioning, by cutting the power supply while tippling process is in progress, at the risk & cost of the Bidder

√

3.55 Supplied WT shall be designed to handle every kind of wagons as mentioned in RDSO guideline G 33 Rev 1 including future DFC wagons, future high-sided wagons and BOXN25 wagons as mentioned, together with the existing/ running wagons, e.g., BOX, BOXN, BOXN MARK II, BOXNHS, BOXNHA, BOXNR etc. (whichever is applicable). For this, WT shall be equipped to adjust its dimensions very fast from the control room by the operator, based on the wagons to be tipped. There must be several selector switches to select different dimensions of wagons at the WT control room, with which any particular dimension of the wagons to be selected by the operator easily- Bidder to

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


specify 3.56 The Stone picking arrangement shall be

provided on 2A or 3A conveyor as found suitable with sitting arrangement of the workers, locking the sitting arrangement with conv. Structures & also safety belt fixing arrangement. For single stream, 4 nos. , 2 x 2 set – each set at a distance of 25-30 m is needed. Walkway to be widened there to move/ walk freely. Also, stone picking chute shall be 600x600 size and pipe dia shall be of 500 mm, which shall terminate at ~1.5 meter from the ground. This area shall be barricaded from all sides with road side gate for FEL. 3 sides shall be of GI wire mesh protection and opposite side of entry gate shall be of RCC wall to provide support for FEL while lifting in the bucket

√

3.57 Coal sampling unit as shown in the “flow diagram’, 1 no. with 1 cutter options (it shall be one set, as single stream conveyors are decided) are envisaged on the Conveyor 3A (before crusher house) with bagging, weighment etc.- complete automatic system. Uncrushed coal (-)300 mm, Moisture content 20% max, Sampliing system capacity - ≥2 MTPH, sampling capacity rate – 2 kg/ hour (Approx.), Size of sample particle desired (-) 3.5 mm, Primary sampler type – cutter type, Belt conveyor, screw conveyor, crusher type roller/ hammer mill, Sample collection bins – SS material (6 mm thk. SS - 304), Belt feeder with VVVF drive

√

3.58 ILMS shall be 2 nos., 1 no. on C/house (before crusher) on the crusher (i.e. RG) I/let conveyor 3A & 3B (say) and 1 no. on TP 3 (before) I/let conveyor 5A (say) or on conveyor 6A (say) before TP 4 (all nomenclature of the building/ conveyors/ equipment/ machineries etc. are based on DCPL GA drg Rev P 5)/ P 2) and of belt type. ILMS 1 shall be of Al coil and of ‘belt type’. Inline, D.C. operated oil cooled type ILMS

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


suitable for 1600/ 1650 mm 1400mm/1800mm & even for pipe conveyor belt width, belt speed of that particular conveyor to be taken into consideration. Complete arrangement with tramp iron chute, bins, hoods for enclosing separator etc. Tramp iron lifting capacity shall be designed like this: the ILMS shall be provided to separate/ lift all those tramp iron pieces from the coal burden (RAW/ CRUSHED) which can come through the belt. Operating gap – 400 to 500 mm, Transformer - oil cooled, Rectifier – Silicon, Gauss strength shall be decided accordingly- Bidder to specify

3.59 Metal detector shall be 3 nos. before TP3/ crusher house, on conveyor no. 5A and of suitable width to cover the whole belt-span, should be of high reliability and strong sensitivity. Audible hooter sound is envisaged at a distance of ~300 meter. Marking device needs to be specified by the Bidder. DCPL comment- Tramp collection and disposal arrangement to be provided

√

3.60 3.61 Pull chord (both the sides) & belt sway

switches (at both the sides), zero speed switches as required for every conveyor (belt & pipe), based on relevant IS

√

3.62 Belt sway switches at every 30 20 mtr. Distance.- BOTH THE SIDES of any conveyor

√

3.63 Pull cord switches (manual reset type) at every 30 20 mtr. Distance.- BOTH THE SIDES of any conveyor

√

3.64 Zero speed switch, one per conveyor √ 3.65 Block signal and pulsate for each electric

driven diverter gate √

3.66 3.67 Coal stream switch for each conveyor √ 3.68 EOT crane and hoist – as suitable for all

kinds of operation and maintenance √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


activities for the said CHP system

3.69 Impact idler or impact pad- anyone is OK, preferably impact pad at the discharge point. Spillages must be zero

√

3.70 3.71 PG parameters, individual equipment/

machines and following flow paths shall be subject to performance and guarantee test including throughput of the total system (unloading time taken for one full rake) with the following flow paths: Flow Path 1 - Single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), stacking in the new coal stock yard @ 1700 TPH. Flow Path 2 -Single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), sending directly to 1200 MW only (single stream running with 1500~1700 TPH). Now OK, with the present wagon capacity but in Future,

(i) Either no. of tipping to be controlled to match the 1200 MW belt capacity of 1500 TPH or,

(ii) There will be another Flow divider/ prism gate at the top of 1200 MW conveyor 3A/ 3B discharge which can distribute the coal feed at 50:50 or 60:40 ratio to cater the 1700 TPH

Flow Path 3 - Single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), sending directly to 540 MW only (single stream running with 1000~1500 TPH). Need to control the no. of tips of the Wagon Tippler –& rest can be discharged on yard conveyor 7 of 540 MW Flow Path 4 -single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), sending to 1200 MW & 540 MW both (@ 1700 TPH) simultaneously). There will be another flow divider at TP 4 (near 1200 MW crusher outlet conveyor)

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Bidder needs to specify the arrangement to be made with necessary logics to achieve the above. Moreover, Bidder should specify the full rake unloading timing in all the above 4 cases in their offer as these all are about the throughput of the total system. Please note, Bidder’s time period of unloading starts from that point, when plant loco/ railway engine brings the whole rake in front of the wagon tippler table and SAC just takes over and time period stops when the last wagon (probably 59th. No.) will be tippled & then go out of the WT table towards outhaul side.

3.72 Major equipments shall also be tested separately as detailed below, Description & Guarantee Parameter: a) Wagon Tippler- 25 Tips/Hour Minm. b) Side Arm Charger- 60 Wagons pulling capacity (suitable for DFC wagons also, ~140 T GW), full loaded rake at a time c) Apron Feeder- 1700 TPH guaranteed capacity d) Wobbler feeder/Roller Screen/ Grizzly feeders- 1200 TPH guaranteed capacity with 85-90% (-) 20 mm size output for input of (-) 300 mm lump e) Ring granulator- 1200 TPH guaranteed capacity with (-) 300 mm feed & output of 95% (-) 20mm size, with DFC coupling f) Kept Blank g) Magnetic Separator- Separation of all sizes of tramp iron in stabilized condition from running belt as specified in Specification data sheet h) Belt Weigher- +0.25% accuracy i) Dust extraction system- Final Emission < 50mg/Nm3 j) Noise Level- <85 dB at a distance of 1 m

√ √ √ √ √ √ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


from source, as per the norm specified 3.73 Liner life of Crusher (RG) and Belt life (for

belt & pipe conveyor) shall be defined and covered in PG test as per Doc 4

3.74 3.75 In feeding Zone, Impact pads are preferred

over impact idlers but the latter will also be acceptable (Bidder needs to specify)

√

3.76 Angle of Repose of Coal shall be considered as 37 Deg

√

3.77 Surcharge Angle of Coal shall be considered as 20 Deg

√

3.78 Speed of Pipe Conveyor shall be as per tender specification. However bidder can submit alternative offer with speed of pipe conveyor as per their design- Bidder to specify

√

3.79 Speed of Belt feeder shall be as per tender specification

√

3.80 Non Magnetic Idlers shall be of Stainless Steel

√

3.81 Gear box service factor of 1.5 on Absorbed power or 1.25 on selected Motor Power shall be considered

√

3.82 Elevator in Crusher house shall have capacity of 2 Ton, Lift = approx..42~52 meter. DCPL comment – Elevator (goods cum passengers) of 2 Ton capacity for crusher house shall be provided with access to all floors, height as per requirement to reach the top floor also. Please confirm. Balco comment- To reach the lift maintenance floor (top most), one staircase/ ladder (& cage) with handle shall be provided from the top floor by the Bidder.

√

3.83 Belt conveyor design (belt tension calculations) shall be as per CEMA. Bidder needs to specify the type of belt to be used in the conveyor (belt as well as for the pipe conveyor and name of the make

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


also), e.g. EP belt / steel cord/ nylon-nylon. 3.84 As per Clause no 3.1, of RDSO amended

norms G 33 rev 1, side discharge type / Rotary type wagon tippler complying the latest RDSO norms shall be provided

√

3.85 Detailed Route survey, infringements/ obstructions, constructions to be cleared while making the execution plan in close coordination of other site activities in progress. Bidder shall visit the site, refer the tender drawings and submit their layout drawings without any deviations along with final technical doc. The detail drawings can be submitted after award of contract and subsequent detailed survey/ route survey. The pipe conveyor routing for desired curvature, its elevation to clear the adjacent structures, xmission lines, railway OHE etc., location of trestle supports clearing/ modifying all existing structures/ establishments etc. shall be finalized by the bidder and entirely in Bidder’s scope.

√

3.86 Power requirement and belt tensions shall be calculated for design capacity on the basis of procedure given in the latest edition of `Belt Conveyors for Bulk Materials' by CEMA

√

3.87 Max. Spacing for the different type of Idlers shall be as follows for all conveyors except pipe conveyor: 1)Carrying- 1000 mm & 500 mm in the region of convex curve 2)Return- 3000 mm & 1500 mm in the region of convex curve 3)Self Aligning Carrying - 11700 mm & 5000 mm from either ends 4)Self Aligning Return- 30000 mm & 10000 mm from either ends

√

3.88 Everywhere in the CHP, Main Plate of Skirt board shall be Tiscral (10mm thick) as per tender specification. Skirt board back plate shall be 10mm thk. MS. Height of skirt board – 800 mm minimum, minimum length of skirt – 4.0 meter minimum

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


from the feeding point, Thickness of rubber strip – 20 mm thk (45 to 55 shore hardness), Thickness of top cover – 6 mm thk MS (for discharge hood & skirt cover plate)

3.89 3.90 Earthing mat/ net shall be provided on the

top/ bottom of conveyors (as needed) and needs to be grounded while crossing 220 KV line or to cross the railway track, clearing OHE (if need arises to meet the OHE requirement), also iron net shall be provided to prevent any kind of trespassing. There conveyor gallery shall be sealed from all sides.

√

3.91 For the railway track with ‘OHE’, clear elevation of 9 meter needs to be maintained bidder to specify/ confirm

√

3.92 Dust sweeping chutes for all TPs and crusher house- approx. 600x600 mm- MS and 6mm thk, every floor dumping point with safety cover, upto ground (1 Meter clearance)

√

3.93 In addition of monorails for hoists suitable capacity I-Beams shall be provided over tail/ take-up pulleys & take-up weights of all conveyors for ease of operation/ maintenance/ erection- Monorail wheels (for moving the hoists etc ) shall be moving on suitable capacity I- beams wave

√

4.0 Utilities √ 4.1 RAW WATER line re-routing √ 4.1.1 Re-routing of main raw water inlet for 4 x

300 MW power plant, shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.1.2 Existing raw water pipe from Belgari nallah (near to Water Treatment plant, outside) to Parsabhata end new ROB side is to reroute along new boundary wall (pls look into drg. File, name "New RW pipe line route - 06.01.11" already submitted to you with enq document & also discussed during prebid meeting), approx distance is 2.7 KM ±10%. 2 nos. tapping provisions to be made as the

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


probable water source for this new CHS with filtration unit as applicable. Around 430 mtr pipe needs to move on RCC columns besides the nallah, clearing the maximum water level of 294.6 m during monsoon, as envisaged -entirely Bidder’s scope of work. Tentative Route is shown in that drawing, Bidder should survey and decide the final routing jointly with the owner.

4.1.2a This pipe can be taken over RCC columns, constructed besides the newly constructed retaining wall of the ‘new diversion road’. Around 430 meter length shall be on avg 5 meter RCC columns with proper support (say on RCC beam & saddle fixed on top embedded insert plates. Each column c-c distance shall be 5 meter or less. Raft & this new column, both needs to take support from the original base raft of the new road retaining wall after chipping through 150 mm depth, at multiple places (or else Anchor fastening arrangement can be adopted- at least M 16 bolt of 300 mm long, with proper methodology of “Hilti”. Column drg. (sample) is attached.

√

4.1.2b Also, to control the pipe ‘movement’ with load, the pipe support RCC column can also be anchored from the adjacent retaining wall, by exposing the rebars & tied them (welded) with the column rebar, following proper methodology

√

4.1.2c There has to be 2 nos. of tie beams on the support RCC columns, each at 2.5 meter elevation from the pipe civil fdn. raft top.

√

4.1.3 For this, 2 nos. of “Y” connections are planned to join with the existing raw water line, with dummy and isolation valves etc. – one at the “Belgari Nallah” side near Water Treatment plant and the other at the “Parsabhata end ROB” side. It will help the Bidder to go for the rerouting even in off-line mode, which is already done by Balco. “Y- connections” are already in place.

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


4.1.4 Pipe - 800mm diameter ID , 8mm thk, MS Spiral welded pipe confirming to IS:3589 Gr. 410 from approved vendor(s) of BALCO

√

A107 100% DPT for the root run for each welding joints of the pipes. If failed, needs to be broken and re-joined. DPT shall be witnessed by Owner/ Owner’s nominated 3rd. Party. Also

4.1.5 Welding by Welding electrode AWS E7018 from approved vendors (specified already) of BALCO- the same is valid for for all kind structural & equipment welding under this new CHP

√

4.1.6 Anti corrosive tape- 4mm coal tar tape from approved vendor of BALCO, to wrap the pipes. All underground pipes shall be laid after proper compaction of earth and on 100 mm sand bed & then 100 mm PCC, at the top of sand layer, at least.

√

4.1.7 Installation of ARV valve with isolation valve based on route length

√

4.1.8 Construction of RCC valve chamber (if outside boundary wall) or RCC valve pit ( if inside boundary wall) with steel caged ladder – area to be considered for maintenance inside

√

4.1.9 Anticorrosive tape to provide after sand blasting, cleaning, varnish coat & wrapping coating the pipes– wherever pipe will move underground, proper wrapping coating is necessary. Holiday test shall be carried out for every pipe ‘wrapping & coating’, 100% – shall be witnessed by Balco/ Balco’s 3rd. party

√

A108 It is envisaged that wherever new pipe will move underground, it has to be at least 1 meter below the FGL decided (shall be jointly agreed) – for the newly constructed road (besides ROB & new main gate – actually the main approach to the WT & CHP system area) also, this pipe line shall be underground (with RCC culvert for heavy vehicle movement 100 T GVW), easily removable type heavy RCC precast blocks

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


covered etc.). The same shall be applicable for any other road crossing also.

A108a For the newly constructed road crossing near ROB, pipes can move within suitable RCC hume pipes of 1600 mm dia (As per relevant IS code). While road crossing, hume pipe top shall be 200 mm below to the new road construction bottom most base. If outside the boundary & pipe moves underground, pipe top shall be 1 meter from EGL and if inside boundary wall, pipe bottom shall be 1 meter below FGL maintaining the elevation.

√

4.1.10 Providing Hume pipe / culvert construction on road / railway / road (new gate front) crossing portion (if any) & new Admin & Security block area (near ROB 1). Any road crossing (say, Parsabhata side) shall be done with precast “U” shaped concrete blocks (matching with the FGL there and to take 100 T GVW load), locked and joined one after another, placed inside after excavation, putting the pipe inside that and then cover with Heavy RCC blocks (easily removable type to take 100 T GVW load, clear width 1.6 meter, Road width 15-17 meter). Near ROB 1, where PCC pavement breaking shall be there and pipes shall be taken at around 2 meter below with top boulder & sand filled and finally matching with the FGL there. Minimum most downtime is envisaged to execute the same- shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.1.11 Drain valve to install in the lowest elevation- at least 2 to 3 places, within the said span under Bidder’s scope of work

√

4.1.12 Existing pipe from Belgari nalla to Parsabhata portion is to reroute along new boundary wall, approx distance is 2.7 KM ±

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


10%, please find above autocad drawing (drg. File name - New RW pipe line route - 06.01.11) , termination shall be besides ROB 1, where new “T” connection is installed for easy access.

A109 The length of the new water pipes in the rerouted track shall be 2.7 km ± 10 % limit, the spec and the ‘start’ & ‘finish’ point & the rerouting path remains the same, as explained to you. The price of the same shall be loaded in the commercial offer as ‘lumpsum’. Beyond this limit, anything shall be paid/ anticipated from the successful bidder on ‘unit rate’ basis (prorata basis) after actual measurement

√

4.1.13 This job needs to be executed with close coordination and together with the boundary wall, road & railway line (& ROB) jobs and main gate & Admin. Building job and no downtime is envisaged in the main raw water supply line.

√

4.1.14 After new water line is charged and the presently existing line is isolated totally, some portions of the old pipes can be salvaged & returned (i.e. dug out, cut in specified sizes of ~10 meter each & returned to Balco, in an agreed manner). Most of the pipeline shall be under railway bed now, which can’t be disturbed, only some portions which is left out and which can be dug out without hampering railway track or anything, will be salvaged by the successful Bidder & handover to Balco at nearest possible location (2 nos. - within WT area & boundary wall). This rerouting job also needs to be addressed at the very beginning of the execution of the contract; otherwise WT excavation shall not be possible

√

A110 To expedite the WT excavation job, if 1200 MW plant is not in running condition, while this re-routing job is planned to execute, the existing raw water line can be temporarily rerouted in the form of “U” (with its base towards stock yard) beyond the excavated zone & ramp, saving the x-mission lines and

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


connecting with 2 nos. extra “Y”- connection & 4 nos. extra isolation valves with dummies etc. as required (both the “Y” connections shall be N-side of the future WT 2 MGR track , in any free space, jointly agreed) by taking necessary shut down and draining the water- everything shall be in place (pipes shall be prepared as specified in this doc) and minimum most downtime shall be provided to execute the same.

4.1.15 After new line is charged, if any problem occurs regarding leakage etc. within the warranty period, the same shall be attended by the Bidder without any downtime to the 1200 MW power plant and this repair job shall be executed very fast

√

4.2 Service Water System √ 4.2.1 One RCC storage (over ground with drain

line & chequer plate/ concrete as top cover with manholes& vent(s) with no. of chambers of suitable storage capacity & interconnected (if needed)- at least one for service water, one for fire water & one for compressor cooling water source with necessary valves and pumps) tank (service water storage tank of at least 2 hours storage capacity) near crusher house with auto filling arrangement from the re-routed main raw water inlet line with level sensor- entirely in Bidder’s scope. DCPL comment - Service water system (storage and pumping) for DFDS, floor washing, PWDSS and dust suppression system is in bidder's scope. The RCC reservoir and pump sizing shall be done by bidder, calculation shall be submitted for approval. All the pumps are envisaged to be installed

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


in a common pump house. For water intake to RCC tank, the bidder shall take tapping at nearest available point of existing 1200 MW plant incoming main raw water pipe line (after re-routing). Further distribution as per requirement will be in the scope of bidder

4.2.2 For the incoming line to this water storage

tank, prior to that Water treatment plant shall be installed (as envisaged). To get the intake supply to the water treatment plant, both tapping to be taken (with motorized isolation valve (gate) & auto fill arrangement) by the Bidder from nearby raw water line within 250 mtr radius with Aerator, Clariflocculator/ filtration unit/ multiple strainers etc. to make it usable (in Bidder’s scope) & to store the water in a reservoir and eventually distribute from there for the said CHS (for wash water, for MVWS etc., for cooling water for the compressors, for the DS & DFDS system, also for the pre-wetting of wagons, sprinkler system(s), firefighting system etc., in a nutshell, everywhere in new CHS except for the potable water system. Bidder needs to confirm whether necessary water treatment to cater the water supply for all utility & firefighting purpose is included in their scope or not!

√

4.2.3 Proper route survey, pipe laying (overhead

or underground route shall be followed as found suitable whatever it may be, proper pipe rack (if overhead) or wrapping/ coating (if underground, with marker board) shall be done

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


as needed, with painting, termination with auto filling arrangement and manual & auto isolation valve etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope.

4.2.4 The raw water tentative quality is specified

as below, Bidder should consider in his scope the type of treatment necessary to make it usable to serve its different purpose of utility & process requirement. The properties are written below:

√

4.2.4.1 Sl. NO. Analysis Unit

Raw water (before treatment)

1 pH 6.7 – 7.9 2 Turbidity N.T.U. 30- 450 3 Conductivity µs\cm 80.7 – 89.2

4 Suspended solid mg/l 49 - 59

5 Hardness Total as CaCO3

mg/l 32-42

6 Hardness Ca a CaCO3 mg/l 11 – 20

7 Hardness Mg as CaCO3 mg/l 15 – 25

8 Iron as Fe203 mg/l 0.4 – 0.7

9 Silica as Si02 mg/l 2.7 – 4.0 10 Oil & Grease mg/l 2.6 – 3.0

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


11 Chloride mg/l 10.1 – 10.2 12 Fluoride mg/l 0.25 – 0.29 13 Total solids mg/l 74 - 84

14 Dissolved Solid mg/l 25 - 35

4.2.5 To serve the new CHS service (fire water, for

DS & DFDS, wash water, PWDS etc.) water requirement, after treatment of raw water, water shall be stored in the storage & from this cleaned water storage (with clarified water), pumps shall be installed (standby must be there) within a pump house with necessary piping, pipe rack, termination with necessary logic control etc. with total arrangements to serve the wash water system, for PWDS, for cooling water for the compressors, for the DS & DFDS system, also for the pre-wetting of wagons, sprinkler system etc. -shall entirely be in Bidder’s scope. All pump house control shall be done from the main control room.

√

4.2.6 All utilities requirement are considering single stream only as mentioned here. Water reservoirs (fire water & raw water/ treated water) shall be catering single stream only, pump houses shall be designed & installed for the single stream & interconnections with re-circulation provisions (when not in use) shall be kept now, stand by pump foundation is to be envisaged & constructed now

√

4.2.7 Service Water arrangement √ 4.2.8 Source, either from the service water

storage (i.e. clarified water), or from the coal settling pond (under Bidder’s scope)– Bidder should specify, evaluate and design accordingly with dedicated 1 W + 1 S pumps to cover the whole

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


area – entirely Bidder’s scope of work 4.2.9 Service water shall be at the tunnels,

galleries, at each level of Crusher house/ each level of TPs / Control room ground floor/ WT complex & its each level and as per general practice of CHS

√

4.2.10 Service water tap point in tunnel & galleries (belt conveyor galleries/ pipe conveyor galleries) shall be provided at every 30m interval with flexible hose of 15 m long. Flexible hoses shall be provided with storage boxes (with lock & key) for each conveyor, TPs and crusher house. 1 no. of service water connections with necessary hoses shall be provided in each floor of junction towers & crusher house. Each Service water connections shall be provided with a gate valve and quick coupler of 32 NB, corresponding (matching) male/ female part shall be attached to the supplied hose and shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.2.11 All necessary tapping/ pipe rack/ foundations/ pipes laying/ valves/ joints/ supports/ terminations at the designated places etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

4.2.12 4.3 Compressed Air/ Instrument Air System √ 4.3.1 Compressors & Instrument air compressors

(with air driers) location shall be decided by the party, may be located in a small room near to the stock pile S-W corner, near to 220 kV tower no. T5 or wherever seems to be best. Centrifugal compressors are preferred, if not screw compressors shall be provided with water cooled system- Bidder to specify

√

4.3.2 Any Compressed air/ Instrument air (with air drier unit)/ service air required for the said CHS shall be in Bidder’s scope, screw type

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


water cooled compressors are envisaged (preferred also), standby compressors/ driers etc. shall be there with cooling fans etc. Bidder should specify. Maximum ambient temperature shall be 52 deg C.

4.3.3 From the compressor house (with dust proof arrangements for the compressors), all necessary piping, foundations, pipe tray/ rack, valves, joints, supports etc. for the entire Compressed air system/ instrument air system to all those areas/ equipment etc. for the said new CHP shall be totally in Bidder’s scope. Inlet suction filter element of each compressors shall be of 3 staged: primary, secondary and tertiary. The values (ppm level) mentioned below are acceptable to Balco: Efficiency SAE fine: particle size 0.001 mm- efficiency 98 % 0.002 mm - efficiency 99.5 % 0.003 mm - efficiency 99.9 % 'auto cleaning arrangement' must be there for the filters.

√

4.3.4 Service air needs to be considered by the Bidder for the cleaning of the instruments in all transfer houses, conveyor galleries, Crusher house (all levels) & wagon tippler area (each level) etc. Service air may be tapped from the DFDS air line. The consumption shall be included by the bidder considering simultaneous operation of 5 points while designing the capacity of the DFDS compressors. Each point, tentative consumption shall be at least 1.2- 1.4CuM/ hr as envisaged- Bidder to include in their scope

√

4.3.5 Each compressor suction filter arrangement is preferred to be inside room, If the same is not possible, suction filter arrangement can be made under a canopy and outside of the

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


compressor building with necessary platform, birdcage, staircases etc.

4.4 Cooling Water for the Compressors √ 4.4.1 One dedicated portable cooling tower (with

reservoir) of suitable capacity shall be installed with pumps (1W + 1 S) to serve the cooling of the compressors in closed loop. Make up water for this CT shall be taken from the main reservoir & pump house with auto filling arrangement with level sensor – entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.4.2 From the main water storage sump/ tank to the new cooling tower (CT), all necessary piping, foundations, pipe tray & its routing (if underground, proper wrapping-coating needs to be considered, placed at least 0.5 m below the FGL), valves, joints etc. with auto filling arrangement for the makeup water supply for the cooling tower incomer shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

4.4.3 From the CT to the Compressors in the compressor house, all necessary piping, foundations, pipe tray, valves, joints etc. for the entire cooling system to all those compressors for the said new CHP shall be totally in Bidder’s scope. This cooling water system shall be entirely re-circulated- in Bidder’s scope

√

4.4.4 Left Blank 4.5 Fire Water System √ 4.5.1 From the RCC storage tank (or from the

main raw water line, 2nd. tapping), within 250 mtr radius with filtration unit/ multiple strainers etc., to make it usable (in Bidder’s scope) – the source for the fire water shall be captured by the Bidder. Based on the no.

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


of hydrants/ monitors required (as per the TAC guideline), dedicated storage shall be planned by the Bidder. From the main storage tank (or from the main raw water line) up to the fire water storage tank, necessary treatment (if any), tapping, piping, valves, joints termination, auto filling arrangement with level switches etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope. DCPL comment– Fire water system (storage and pumping) for hydrants, monitors and MVWS system in coal galleries etc. is in bidder’s scope. The RCC reservoir and hydraulic calculations for sizing of pump shall be done by bidder and submitted to owner for approval. The FW pumps are to be installed in a pump house. Tapping for fire water intake to RCC reservoir shall be taken by the bidder from another one point (from main raw water inlet, after re-routing) with auto filling & motorised gate valve arrangement, nearest available.

4.5.2 For the fire water distribution, 2 nos. of fire hydrant pumps (1 W + 1 S) with 1 set of diesel operated jockey pumps (1 W + 1 S) shall be installed in the central pump house (together with all the pumps e.g. service water pumps, wash water pumps, fire water pumps, may be for DFDS pumps etc.), shall be entirely in the scope of the Bidder (as per TAC guideline).

√

4.5.3 From the Fire Water storage (dedicated one) to all those areas where fire fighting system needs to be installed, all necessary tapping, piping, foundations, pipe tray, valves, joints, hydrants, monitors, sprinklers etc. for the entire fire fighting system for the said new CHP shall be totally in Bidder’s scope. This independent fire fighting system shall be entirely envisaged, designed and installed based on TAC guideline- in Bidder’s scope (TAC approval also) Statutory approval based on TAC guideline or relevant NFPA approval shall be in

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Bidder’s scope 4.6 Potable Water System √ 4.6.1 Probable source shall be from the

“Aluminium Bhavan” or preferred that tapping to be from the nearby potable water line, moving along the boundary wall. Drinking water connections shall be provided in main MCC room, Wagon tippler control room, Main control room building pantry room & crusher house (crusher level). Drinking place shall be in confined area, dust free. Outlet shall be connected to the peripheral drain of the building or as found suitable. One industrial water cooler can be arranged for ‘mass drinking’ under a canopy & within a protected place with 3 nos. out let

√

4.6.2 Bidder should consider 1W + 1 S pumps for pumping water to overhead “Syntex” tank of 1000 litre capacity for the above mentioned buildings/ areas. All necessary tapping, valves, joints, piping, supports etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope only

√

4.6.3 Existing line re-routing job: At the Darri road side, one new gate entry shall be made/ constructed (Around 12 m wide steel gate & 3 meter high, with a small opening & gate- 2.0 meter wide, 2.5 meter high) by the Bidder. There is 2 nos. of potable water line (GI) of 250 mm & 450 mm dia (moving from Water treatment plant to our township, almost moving along the inner periphery of the boundary shown in lay out & on pedestal) , which needs to be re-routed through 35 m length underground (at least 1.5 meter below, may be thro’ the same bed of raw water line) with proper wrapping & coating to clear the road entry – around 35 meter long pipes to be re-routed with necessary isolation, bend installation etc. For that, some RCC pedestals also need to be broken – entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.6.4 Proper route survey, pipe laying (overhead or

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


underground route shall be followed as found suitable whatever it may be, proper pipe rack (if overhead) or wrapping/ coating (if underground, with marker board) shall be done as needed, with painting, termination with auto filling arrangement and manual & auto isolation valve etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope.

4.7 Make Up Water system for the S/R

machine (if any)

√

4.7.1 Shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope. Necessary storage tank (steel make, at least 30 mins capacity), piping, distribution, valves, headers, joints etc. everything shall be included in Bidder’s scope.

√

4.7.2 Left Blank 4.8 DS/ DFDS SYSTEM √ 4.8.1 DFDS system √ 4.8.1.1 All discharge chutes/ coal feed points of any

conveyors (belt & pipe) shall be provided with DFDS. For this Bidder need to consider pumps 1W + 1S for double stream operation, to be located in the pump house near main control room/ crusher house for the water supply for DFDS system.

√

A111 For DFDS system, we are considering 2 nos. (1W+1S) compressors for single stream Operation. There will not be any future stream, all air shall be catered by this 2 compressors- for that all necessary civil foundations, interconnections & all distribution pipes shall be in Bidder’s scope. Considering dusty ambience, compressors must be installed & designed accordingly (may be in the room)

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


4.8.1.2 For the said DFDS system in single stream of conveying, type of compressors to be specified by the Bidder (screw compressors are preferred), 1W + 1S (Kirloskar make is not acceptable)

√

4.8.1.3 For TP 4 & TP 5 (as per drawing no. “BALCO

NEW GA01 Rev P 4” dated 13.04.11”& “BALCO - Rev P5- FINAL DRG-09.07.2013”), Bidder needs to specify the water & compressed air requirement so that the source for the same can be explored from the SEPCO installed existing system in 1200 MW or 540 MW (within 300 meter radius from TP 4). From there, tapping, valves, onward piping, joints, supports, nozzles for the DFDS pipe lines with flow control box etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope – or else Bidder should come out with some alternate solution to serve the purpose of air & water near TP 4 & TP 5 area.

√ .

4.8.1.4 4.8.2 Plain Water DS (PWDS) System √ 4.8.3 Wagon Tippler Dust Suppression √ A112 Regarding wagon tippler dust suppression

system, we are considering 2 nos. (1W+1S) pumps for WT-2. Third pump will not be required as there will be no phase-II. However, this supplied pumps will be sufficient to cater the requirement of single WT , i.e. WT2 , together. All interconnections provisions shall be installed now together with civil foundations (with definite pockets, inserts etc.) and building size is included for single stream.

√

4.8.3.1 Plain water type dust suppression to be considered for WT 1 & WT 2. Separate supply water pumps (1 W + 1 S) for both wagon tippler, to be located in the central pump house near crusher house. If only single WT shall be decided, pump capacity might be reduced accordingly, entirely in Bidder scope of design & installation

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


4.8.3.2 The source shall be from the main RCC water storage tank (on the ground), which supplies water to the spray hoppers, surrounding the WT hoppers (both) along the periphery. All tapping, piping, joints, valves (with control valves), termination, supports etc. shall be in Bidder’ scope

√

4.8.3.3 The system shall be suitably interlocked by solenoid box with the WT mechanism so that the spraying time must be optimum but covered the complete operation of tippling - entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.8.3.4 Each DS system must have an isolation gate valve to stop the water flow and each system will also have a globe valve for balancing the flow. Provisions must be made for the maintenance by providing a bypass line of the solenoid valve to run the system manually while doing the maintenance of the same – entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.8.3.5 The same pumps shall be used for supplying cooling water required for the hydraulic power packs of the WT 2. The return water shall be returned back and re-circulated through the cooling tower (the same shall supply cooling water to the air compressors also) near main pump house- entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.8.3.6 Pre-wetting of wagons (first 3 nos.) with timer (and angle of rotation based) is another DS system around WT area, for which water shall be supplied from the same source and with separate DS system pumps as mentioned here (1W + 1S). For the WT, first 3 nos. of wagons (with coal) in front of WT table shall be covered with this kind of DS system. Supply of Pre-wetting pumps 2nos. (1W+1S), both must be installed with Interconnections provisions kept now itself (nozzles, piping, pipe supports, sprays, re-circulation arrangement when not in use etc.). Pump house sizing & civil foundations for both the pumps are included - Entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.8.3.7 For this, all tapping, piping, headers, valves (with control valves), joints, supports,

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


terminations SHALL BE IN Bidder’s scope 4.8.3.8 The entire system shall be controlled from

the WT control room station, under total supervision of the control room in-charge; feedback must be there at the main control room- entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.8.3.9 4.8.4 Stock Pile Dust Suppression √ 4.9 Drainage System √ 4.9.1 Garland drain (RCC) must be there all

around the stockyard, CH, WT, control rooms only. All roads (under Bidder’s scope) shall have catchment drains (RCC made) by the side. All storm water shall be collected to the coal settling pond only. After sufficient retention time, overflow from the settling pond shall be led thro’ drains (with cover) to the adjoining Nallah (After catching the coal particles). No coal particles shall be allowed to be discharged to Nallah. No extra cost implications shall be there.

√

4.9.2 Drainage system - At inlet to coal settling pond in CHP area - to be re-circulated after treatment – Bidder’s scope, no coal-water shall be allowed to go out of the plant

√

4.9.3 Coal waste water - At the pump outlet of coal settling pond, to be pumped (1 W + 1 S arrangement) and shall be reused in the system, say for washing purpose – Bidder’s scope

√

4.9.4 At the coal settling pond/ sump, grab bucket to remove the coal fines and pumps shall be installed (with standby) to reuse the clear water– Bidder’s scope

√

4.9.5 Left Blank 4.10 DE system √ 4.10.1 Only in crusher house DE system is

envisaged (no need in TP 3), desired target is <50 mg/ Nm3- this needs to be achieved

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


A113 Crusher house DE system shall be 1 working

+ 1 stand by only, 1 can cater single stream with both crusher & related equipment. Civil foundations shall be completed for entire system

√

4.10.2 Dry type DE system with Bag filter (1 W + 1 S) is considered in the crusher house area. Dust Extraction (DE) system has been designed in accordance with the relevant standards. Capacity of the DE system needs to be calculated based on the guidelines described in the relevant standards. DE system must be designed for double stream operation, simultaneously.

√

4.10.3 DE system must be considered for the Roller screen/ Woobler feeder/ vibrating grizzly, crusher inlet and reversible belt feeders in crusher house. Cyclone separator need not be provided if guaranteed dust emission of 50 mg/Nm3 can be achieved only with bag filter.

√

4.10.4 Motorised dampers shall be interlocked with respective conveyor drives. Bag filter, fan with motor (1W + 1S) and other necessary accessories will be installed adjacent to crusher house. It will be appreciable if the bag filter chamber can be installed at the ground level or else, somewhere which is easily accessible. Dust collected must be brought back to operation with necessary air lock valves & screw conveyors etc. All the system shall be ‘auto’ and can be monitored & controlled from the central control room

√

4.10.5 Air requirement of the bag filters, tapping

shall be taken from the DFDS air line. Capacity of the DFDS compressors shall be inclusive of that quantity of air based on the double stream operation (simultaneously) for purging bag filters

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


4.11 Ventilation system √ 4.11.1 HVAC - Complete system in Bidder’s scope-

The supply and exhaust fans shall be provided with no standby if not specified otherwise

√

4.11.2 Dry type Pressurised ventilation system must be installed in the following areas: a. Switch gear room(s), b. MCC room, c. Cable spreader room & d. Battery rooms Shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

A114 Pressurised Ventilation System (PVS) for the HT Switch gear room(s) & LT MCC room and as mentioned above– shall be designed & installed for single stream considering no. of air changes per hour as agreed below in this doc. One fan must cater the requirement for single stream also. 1W only, fan foundation shall also be constructed now

√

4.11.3 Dry type Mechanical ventilation system (push in & pull out type) in the following areas: a. Underground portions b. Tunnels Shall be in Bidder’s scope Any fan must cater both the streams when philosophy followed 1W + 1S.

√

A115 If there is any other Underground portion, say in Crusher house etc., which also may include tunnel there, Bidder must provide PVS as we both have agreed for the same (in Mumbai), for the tunnels & underground portion

√

A116 There shall be common ventilation system for Single stream, in order to maintain duct velocity (10-12 m/sec), One fan cater both streams requirement also; there shall be two separate fan foundations for this, Interconnections provisions shall be executed now including Civil foundations

√

4.11.4 Exhaust kind ventilation system – at the √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


toilet Rooms & battery rooms - shall be in Bidder’s scope

4.11.5 For HT switch gear room, cable spreader rooms, Battery room & MCC, Pressurized dry type ventilation arrangement is needed with intake air duct and exhaust by gravity louvers with 15 air changes per hour or heat load, whichever is higher.

√

4.11.6 Pressurized dry type ventilation arrangement wherever needed, pls refer 4.11.2) shall consist of centrifugal fan with motor set (1 Working only), flexible connections at I/let & o/let, metallic pre-filter, HDPE fine filter, GI connection pieces, GI pipe & ducting, duct support, supply air grille with manual and auto control damper etc. shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope. Whole arrangement shall be ‘auto controlled from the control room’.

√

4.11.7 Underground portions including tunnels (at the WT tunnel or any other underground zone/ tunnel etc.) shall be having ‘push in pull out’ type with supply ventilation system considering 15 air changes per hour and exhaust ventilation, also 15 air changes per hour with necessary ducting, dampers, fans etc.

√

4.11.8 Mechanical dry type ventilation of supply system must consist of centrifugal fan withmotor (1W + 1S), air intake louver, dry panel filter, GI connection pieces, interconnections, GI pipe/ ducting, duct support, supply air grille with manual/ auto volume control damper etc. shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope.

√

4.11.9 Underground portions including tunnels shall consist of axial fan with motors (1W + 1S), supply air & return air duct, duct support, return air grills, rain protection arrangement with bird screen etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

4.11.10

For other areas exhaust system shall consist of axial flow fan with motor, mounting frame for the same, rain protection arrangement with Bird screen etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


4.11.11

Main Control room, PLC room & WT control room, S/R control cabin, security room etc. shall have smoke detector and alarm system with split AC. ACs shall be considered (split type), according to the volume of the room

√

4.11.12

Canopy shall be provided for the drive units of all Equipment installed outside, to safeguard from rain

√

4.11.13

4.12 Air Conditioning System √ 4.12.1 Split AC sets (working & stand by) have been

Considered for Control rooms, in Substation buildings and RIO/s room, stacker control cabin, control rooms in wagon tippler complex, Security room, PLC room etc. No. of ACs as working set (& stand by) shall be designed based on the room sizes- - Bidder to specify

√

A117 Split AC without stand-by (as agreed in point No. 4.11.11 & 4.12.1 above, & in DCPL meeting), for Split AC required for WT-2 control rooms, PLC rooms & RI/O rooms & battery cum battery charger rooms will be supplied & installed now, considering single stream & as per scheme envisaged. For main control room, Split AC shall be supplied as per requirement

√

4.13 Fire Fighting System with Fire detection

& Alarm system with Fire Hydrants √

4.13.1 Fire protection system for the entire CHP area shall be designed as per the TAC guideline and must have following sub systems : i. Fire hydrant system & monitors ii. MVWS/ PWDS system iii. Fire detection & Alarm system iv. Portable fire extinguisher (DCP type)

4.13.2 Complete fire detection & ALARM and fire protection system for the safety & protection of the entire Coal Handling System (wherever is needed), including Electrical

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


control rooms, WT control room, coal stockpile, conveyors etc.

4.13.3 Fire fighting - Complete system in Bidder’s scope - according to TAC guideline, 1 no. tapping point shall be taken from the main raw water line to make another RCC water storage (dedicated) tank over the ground, within 100 m radius from Crusher house. Booster pumps, hydrants, closed loop, monitors etc. shall be in Bidder's scope. Also fire detection & alarm system and deluge valves at the tunnels etc

√

4.13.4 Along the pipe conveyor there is no hydrants are considered, except at the open belt portion (‘trough’ portion)- in the beginning & at the end near TP4. At the end, source can be taken from nearby 1200 MW coal stockpile fire hydrant lines- in Bidder’s scope. From there, tapping, valves, onward piping, joints, supports, nozzles, monitors for the fire fighting lines etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

4.13.5 Fire fighting requirement and no. of hydrants in WT area including different levels underground, crusher house and TPs and different levels in those buildings, stock piles etc. and at the WT tunnel deluge valve system with LHS (or any other tunnel portion) and open belt conveyor portion, shall be specified by the Bidder and shall be entirely in Bidder’s scope

√

4.13.6 Fire detection & alarm with fire protection system shall be as per TAC norms and at the belt conveyors, pipe conveyor open portion, galleries and electrical control rooms. Automatic fire detection & alarm system comprising LHS cables and smoke detectors. Separate pumps (1W + 1S) shall be installed by the Bidder with necessary arrangements/ accessories to supply water from the fire water reservoir tank (at least 2 hours storage capacity with auto filling arrangement) near crusher house

√

4.13.7 Portable type fire extinguisher to be provided at all control rooms, MCC/ sw. gear & PLC rooms. Sand bucket, CO2 type, DCP

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


fire extinguishers shall be supplied & installed by the Bidder. Guideline HSE Doc, submitted already

4.13.8 √ 4.14 Toilet / Basins/ Soak Pit etc. √ 4.14.1 At the WT control room, at the main control

room, at the security office (one inside & one outside the building) all with lock & key & exhaust system. All piping, accessories, basins, overhead tank, toiletaries, soak pit tank and separate gents & ladies toilet etc. shall be in Bidder’s scope

√

4.14.2 5.0 Battery Limit √ 5.1 Construction Power √ 5.1.1 One construction power source only shall be

provided, 415 V AC- 3 phase near WT area, within a range of 600~700 meter radius from the WT complex area, probably from “Aluminium Bhavan” or Pot room area. All termination, laying, maintenance, protection (if any), clearance etc. as per standard norms shall be in Bidder’s scope, load needs to be specified by the bidder well in advance

√

5.2 Construction Water √ 5.2.1 Water for construction and office use etc.-

Bidder will make their own arrangement √

5.3 Permanent power source for the new

CHP √

5.3.1 1 no. of 11 kV feeder at the Smelter switch yard control room as described in Art no. 2.2.5 to 2.2.10 of this doc. and as required also for this new Coal handling system, with all necessary precautions, with safety & abiding all statutory rules applied without hampering the plant operation

√

5.3.2 From there, for the entire power distribution including any alterations in the present system, necessary cabling, transformers, cable tray with covers on trestles, foundation, rack, anchor fastening

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


etc., transformers to cater the HT & LT power supply from the HT switch board in Smelter switch yard to the entire new WT cum CHP augmentation shall be in Bidder’s scope, entirely (as described in this doc).

5.4 New Coal handling System with WT, pipe

conveyors etc. √

5.4.1 MECHANICAL: RECEIVING COAL AT THE WAGON TIPPLER COMPLEX (IN WT 2) IN THE RAILWAY WAGONS, JUST BEFORE THE WAGON TIPPLER TABLE (ONE/ or TWO), TILL SAC TAKES OVER- AS PER THE TECHNICAL SCOPE DEFINED AND SCHEME AGREED MUTUALLY TOGETHER WITH 1 PAIR OF IN-MOTION WEIGH BRIDGES AT THE INHAUL & OUTHAUL (AS SPECIFIED) AND WITH INETRMEDIATE TUNNEL OPENING WITH Cover 1200 MW- UPTO & INCLUDING SKIRT BOARD, IMPACT PAD/ IDLERS, DROP CHUTE & TPs ETC. OVER THE EXISTING CONVEYORS COMING FROM TRACK HOPPERS AT THE CRUSHER HOUSE OUTLET WITH NEW TPs, AS PER THE TECHNICAL SCOPE DEFINED AND SCHEME AGREED MUTUALLY 540 MW- UPTO & INCLUDING SKIRT BOARD, IMPACT PAD/ IDLERS, DROP CHUTE & TPs ETC. OVER THE EXISTING SINGLE REVERSIBLE YARD CONVEYOR OF THE STACKER-RECLAIMER & TO DISCHARGE COAL DIRECTLY, AT THE STOCKPILE OF 540 MW WITH NEW TP, AS PER THE TECHNICAL SCOPE DEFINED AND SCHEME AGREED MUTUALLY

√ √ √

5.5 E & I √ 5.5.1 As described here and in the E&I general

documents and agreed √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


5.6 Utilities √ 5.6.1 As described here and in the Utilities general

documents and agreed √

5.7 Civil & Structural √ 5.7.1 As described here and in the Civil and

Structural general documents and agreed √

6.0 General Points √ 6.1 All dealings with local & Govt authorities

and all kinds of statutory/ regulatory clearances/ approvals for the said WT & Coal Handling augmentation System (including CEIG, railway/ RDSO, TAC etc. as applicable) shall be in party’s scope and BIDDER shall be the only contributor in availing the same, whereas Purchaser (Balco) shall try to help him in this regard in administrative ways, by issuing applications/ letters only.

√ .

6.2 All Consents, licenses and permissions all those to be obtained - related to Coal Handling augmentation System to be made operative, shall be the whole sole responsibility of the Bidder

√

6.3 Packing & transportation (ocean and inland), custom/ port clearance (if any), reconciliation with custom authorities, receiving and unloading at site and keep in custody till the system is commissioned and handed over to the Owner after reconciliation of all the items and as per guideline set by the Owner

√

6.4 Shop tests & Quality Assurance and submission of QAP (including specific WPS, PQR) to get it reviewed by the Owner before commencing the job- entirely in Bidder’s scope. For any supply, Bidder need to propose for ‘in shop inspection’ to the Owner (i.e. Balco) and also submit the relevant TC and ask for ‘despatch clearance’ for the same prior to despatch.

√

6.5 Arranging construction stores, residential √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


accommodation of contractor's staff, securities and labour etc as per BALCO's HSE policy- entirely in Bidder’s scope. No labour can live within the site.

A118 Except 11kV HT cables required to charge the 11kV Sw/gear near the TP (as per DCPL, TP4) to pass along the pipe conveyor galleries, all other cables shall be thro' trestles with foundations and overhead only. No other cables' shall be passed thro' galleries

√

6.6 HT/ LT cable taken along the inside of pipe conveyor coal gallery shall be completely enclosed in a 2mm thick sheet metal enclosure (powder coated) for the portion of gallery crossing the rail track & 220 kV x-mission line and extended further about 8 meter both the sides of rail track/ x-mission lines. The enclosures shall be provided with louvers with wire mesh for heat dissipation of HT cable. The cable size shall be de-rated for the enclosure effect. The bidder shall obtain necessary approval from railway authority for taking the cable above the railway track. Any requirement of the railway authority shall be complied by the bidder for the same

√

6.7 Bidder to take the full responsibility of safe construction of WT complex (deep excavation near running MGR lines) without causing any stoppage/ damage to the nearby running MGR lines (in operation) or to the nearby X-mission tower. Bidder has to take all necessary measures in this regard and seek approval (if found necessary by the owner) of drawings/ calculations in this regard as follows: The bidder shall submit the necessary drawings/ calculations indicating the measures taken to protect the integrity of adjacent running MGR lines for the deep excavation work involved. The same shall require approval from Railway authorities before commencement of excavation work. The drawings/ calculations shall be reviewed by

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Owner/ 3rd. party before submission to the railway authorities. The bidder has to comply with requirement of Owner/ 3rd. party/ railway authorities without any additional cost implication to the Owner. The excavation work shall be undertaken only after approval of drawings as above. It will be responsibility of the bidder to obtain the approval from the railway authorities and Owner shall extend only administrative help

6.8 Counter flanges - All flange interface terminals should be provided with counter flanges, nuts, bolts, gaskets etc. by the Bidder

√

6.9 Supply of Mandatory and commissioning Spares- Bidder’s scope, to be included in the offer (if it isn’t)- Item wise, specified properly. Mandatory Spares’ shall be same as described in Doc 19 & agreed already. Tools & tackles for O & M needs to be furnished in the technical offer

√

6.10 Recommended Spare parts/ services, as required, for the Coal Handling System for three (3) years (covering defects liability period) – item wise, needs to be submitted by the Bidder

√

6.11 Tools and tackle including all special tools and tackle, calibration and testing instruments etc. as required, for the Coal Handling System must be mobilised by the Bidder without limiting the requirement, also they need to include some special equipments/ tools especially for the conveyor gallery erection across Smelter pot room (2 nos.) and also gallery/ crusher house equipment erection with special EOT cranes, galleries over railway/ under 220 kV & 400 kV charged xmission line. Galleries to be constructed escaping the railway tracks (as per norms)

√

A119 All preparation work, earth work for crane positioning, movement for the erection job & NEW INSTALLATIONS under this WT & CHP

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


augmentation job and after that handing over the same area to Balco as it was before, shall be in Bidder’s scope entirely.

6.12 Supply of lubricants/ consumables/ coolants and all temporary provisions etc. till handing over of the plant

√

6.13 Approval for the installation of the Electrical equipment and accessories (which will be supplied by BIDDER) from the Electrical inspector/ Indian govt. authorized agency

√

6.14 System shall be so designed that there

should not be any coal spillages at the interfacing zone of CPP 540 MW & CPP 1200 MW/ discharging point/ junction point/ transfer points & tunnel discharges of new CHS conveying & discharge system.

√

6.15 Unless specified and agreed jointly, all the basis of design shall be as per the BALCO guideline standards, already provided to the BIDDER

√

6.16 Unless specified and agreed jointly, all the basis of design shall be as per the BALCO guideline standards, already provided to the BIDDER and complying Vedanta’s sustainability standards

√

6.17 Till the new coal handling system is commissioned and handed over to BALCO, all the equipments/ machineries/ materials/ spares’ etc. shall be in the custody of the Bidder. Spares' shall be handed over by Bidder one time, just before commissioning only, to Balco. Till then, all the equipments/ machineries/ materials/ spares’ etc. shall be in the custody of Bidder

√

6.18 With the latest new scheme, mailed to you now, the general specifications of 11kV transformer, HT switch board, cables etc. were sent as Doc 14 & Doc 16. We need your confirmation against the same with your technical offer, also submitted with these docs

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


6.19 6.20 TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION will be as

follows (minimum requirement): 1. Along with bid document-

Preliminary plot plan, flow sheet (IN A’cad), unit list of equipments, load data, Preliminary electrical SLD, control logic diagram, list of makes (whichever is not specified by BALCO), deviation (if any), agreed battery limit, systems description – all in hard and soft copies in A’cad/ word doc.

2. Within 1 month of LOI or during the kick off meeting, whichever is earlier –

Site mobilization complete within 3 weeks of LOI, Preliminary Billing schedule (to entry in SAP), Final plot plan, Final flow sheet, final Unit list of equipments (to entry in SAP), preliminary P & I data, Preliminary GA drawing & panel drawing, project schedule, preliminary QAP for approval etc.- all in hard (at least 4 copies, properly) & soft copies

3. Within 1 month of kick off meeting – Final billing schedule, Final list of equipments with make, GA drawing of all equipments, silo construction drawing (detail), Other foundation drawings, Cable routing/ Piping routing drawings, utilities requirement and drawings, ordering status, E & I final load data, Electrical consumer list final, MCC/ Panel/ Control desk final, Final hardware configurations of PLC control, I/O interface drawings of the PLC control system, final QAP etc.

4. Within 5 months of LOI – Program files

PC/ PLC user’s program table and its Disc copy

Disc copy of PLC programming software

5. Within 8 months of LOI --

√ √



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


Operation manual 1. Installation instruction . 2. start –up instruction. 3. Operation Guide 4. Maintenance instruction and plan 5. Equipment disassembly 6. Technical descriptions and plan of lubricant 7. Hydraulic Technical description 8. Startup program 9. Operation instruction 10. Brochure of electrical equipment 11. PLC user’s manual and catalogue

6. Before 6 month of Commissioning – All the “as built drawings”, Total O & M manual in 4 hard copies and drawings in soft copies (in A’cad 2004/ 2007) in 2 nos. good CDs, Safe working procedure, All logics, Control philosophy etc. – all these also needs to be submitted in 4 hard copies and drawings in soft copies (in A’cad 2004/ 2007)

6.21 All structures, pipelines (1200 MW raw water line shall be painted also, without DPT) etc. shall be painted (after NDT is done, as per approved QAP), DFT shall be 110 microns, 2 layers of red oxide zinc chromate of 30 microns each and 2 layers of synthetic enamel paints (Firoza Blue colour) of 25 micron each shall be applied on every structures. Air & water pipes colour shall be as per the general industrial practice. For the equipments/ motors. Pumps etc., it shall be painted at the workshop based on relevant IS standards but if necessary, touch up paintings shall be done by the Bidder after the equipment reaches Balco site, before erection. Bidder should take special care

√

6.22 Surveyor error and the error caused due to super-imposing of several plant lay out &

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


railway MGR (attached here) altogether must be taken into account and the submitted lay out must be considered as tentative one & tender purpose only.

6.23 Normally 21 days training of Owner’s personnel at site on plant operation and maintenance (including mechanical, utilities, E & I and system operations with safety interlocks/ logics & programming etc.) shall be included in the technical offer; Training shall be at the site at Owner’s premises, on the job trailing. If days are not sufficient, shall be quoted by the Bidder’s separately, on mandays basis.

√

6.24 The entire system will be under EPC contract. If anything not mentioned here specifically, but is required, for example, repairing, alterations job with the existing system/ plant for the successful completion as well as installations, commissioning and establishment of the whole new CHP system, shall be the scope of the BIDDER only without any commercial implications to the owner.

√

6.25 Any work related issue with local people or concerned authorities / Govt officials

√

6.26 At the top of hopper grating and towards WT track side, at the edge of hopper grating one protective RCC parapet (300 mm thk) & above it ~1meter height 16 mm thick plate shall be installed all along the grating (except entry part) to ensure the FEL/ Poclain to lift the pieces of lump from top of the grating

√

6.27 Bidder to take care the filling of the tunnel top near SAC 2 foundation considering the future excavation in that sand filled zone and maintaining adjacent building/ structures integrity – explained to bidders

√

6.28 All design calculations, design basis & all drawings shall be verified by DCPL (Balco’s technical consultant) at first and then only released for construction with the consent of Owner (Balco) Following drawings should be under approval

√



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


category: 1. All GA drawings with the load data submitted after survey 2. Design basis report (DBR) for Civil & structural separately. 3. Basic conveyor system design 4. Typical conveyor power calculation (excel format) with conveyor schedule. 5. All Electrical load data & transformer rating 6. All substation/ buildings drawings (Electrical & Instr. + Utility) 7. Typical gallery, typical support (all types) of gallery, typical building design (say, WT complex, Crusher house, High rise transfer tower, SCR foundation, gallery across pot room etc.) – all these detailed design calculation; 8. etc.

6.29 Document 16A, 16B, 17 – Balco’s HSE & Vedanta’s sustainability standards, full compliance is needed by the Bidder while designing & engineering and also during site execution. Bidder should read it (especially the set of docs provided to Bidder in VEDANTA’S SUSTAINABILITY STANDARD FOLDER), FULLY AGREE & sign these docs and comply it while installation/ execution at site actually.

√

6.30 As a part of Vedanta’s Sustainability Standard, the followings need to be considered by the Bidder while designing: Every staircase must be within inclination of 45 deg, with each steps span (depth) at least of 300 mm and width at least 1.5 meter. Also if It is found that “Vedanta’s Sustainability Standard” (VSS) docs is contradictory to any safety, environment and engineering standard, VSS docs shall prevail

√

7.0 Following points needs to be agreed by the

bidder 1.) Pull cord switches and belt sway switches



191


BIDDER’S SCOP

E


shall be provided on both sides of entire length of conveyor. The spacing shall be at an interval of 20 metres. 2.) Since the LT PMCC is with single incomer, we shall provide One (1) set of 1X100% UPS having 1X100% battery bank for PLC system located at new Control room (main). No. of UPS sets shall be decided during detailed engineering. 3.) Motor actuator shall be non-integral starter type. 4) For interface with Employer’s Control systems: 1) For 540 MW Control system: a) Also hardwired interface is envisaged. b) For Soft interface, from Wagon Tippler Package system PLC at Wagon Tippler main control room, redundant Fibre Optic cables will be provided upto the 540 MW Control room. The same will be terminated at Wall mounted Redundant Media converters and the same is in our scope. Further it ll be terminated at the employer’s Ethernet switch. 2) For 1200 MW Control system: a) Hardwired interface shall be provided for critical signals from RIO Panel at Substation near NTP-2 to Employer’s I/O Cabinet at 1200 MW Control room. Cables and necessary cards in employer’s control system shall also be provided. b) For Soft interface, from Wagon tippler package PLC at Wagon Tippling main control room, redundant Fiber Optic cables will be provided upto the 1200 MW Control room. The same will be terminated at Wall mounted Redundant Media converters and the same is in our scope. Further cables will be terminated at the employer’s Ethernet switch.

8.0 CONCLUSION: FOR THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORK,IT SHOULD PREVAIL TOGHETHER DCPL NIT DOCS



191

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE TEST & LD CLAUSE

PERFORMANCE TEST

For all the cases, PG test shall be performed within three (03) months of commissioning or six (06) months within the mechanical completion, whichever is earlier.

1) After successful commissioning by the successful Bidder, the system will be handed over to Balco for the Normal Operation.

2) Balco will operate the system for two months and during these two months if there are any teething trouble, the same shall be attended and rectified by the supplier.

3) Performance Guarantee parameters:

The supplier guarantees the following performance parameters-

a) Individual capacities and performance of Equipments:

1) Wagon Tippler : 25 Tips/ Hr minimum (as per RDSO norm G33 Rev 1)

2) Apron feeder : 1700 TPH minimum (as per new RDSO norm)

3) Side Arm Charger : Hauling at least 59 nos. Fully loaded Coal Wagons (each at least 140T Gr WT, say, as per RDSO norms G 33 Rev 1) at the inhaul (with 1 in 800 gradient, ACTUALLY) of the said railway track as shown in the MGR drawing and shall be constructed also

4) Ring Granulator(RG) : 1200 TPH maximum, final Product from‘--300mm’ to ‘–20mm’ size, 98% Max.(at the outlet of each RG)with moisture content, 20% max & HGI Max 45%

5) Belt Conveyor : 1700 TPH minimum 6) S-R conveyor : Omitted out. 6) Pipe Conveyors : 1700 TPH maximum

7) Liner life for the ring granulator (each) :10 million tonne of Coal crushing, minimum (each one)

8) Pipe conveyor Belt life : At least 8 years (confirmation to be taken from belt vendor) of running (in a year, 330 days operation is envisaged) life, for each pipe conveyor belt



191

9) Magnetic Separator : Separation of all sizes of tramp iron in stabilized condition from running belt as specified in Specification data sheet

10) Belt Weigher :+0.25% accuracy, from 20% to 120% of the load 11) Dust extraction system : Final Emission < 50mg/Nm3 12) Noise Level :<85 dB at a distance of 1 m from source, as per the

norm specified.

13) Roller Screen/ or equivalent eqpmt: 1200 TPH maximum (each one)

b) Through put of the total system:

The full rake (with 59 nos. fully loaded wagons) coal will be unloaded within certain period of time. Time period will start till the engine (or loco) brings the first wagon (with the rake) in front of the Wagon Tippler Table & SAC takes over from there and the time will stop once the last wagon (the 59th. no., say) shall be out of the Wagon Tippler table and coupled.

Moreover, there shall be 4 nos. of cases for which time period needs to be specified by the Bidder as the proof of performance of the “throughput of the total system” is mentioned below –

i. Flow Path 1 –Single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), stacking in the new coal stockyard @ 2000 TPH. – THIS IS OMITTED OUT.

ii. Flow Path 2 – Case 1: Single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), 1W only, sending directly to 1200 MW only on either 1200 MW Conv 3A/ 3B (pipe conveyor stream running with ~1500 TPH by adjusting the tipping of WT) – 180 MINUTES. Case 2: Single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), 1W only, sending directly to 1200 MW only on both the 1200 MW Conv 3A & 3B (pipe conveyor stream running with ~2000 TPH) by putting the prism gate/ flow divider at middle position - 150 MINUTES.

iii. Flow Path 3 –Single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), 1W, sending directly to 540 MW only (single pipe conveyor stream running with 1000~1500 TPH). – 180 MINTUES to 225 MINUTES

iv. Flow Path 4 -Single WT operating (at least 25 tips/ hour), 1 W, one sending to 1200 MW (@ 1000 TPH) as well as to 540 MW (single pipe conveyor stream running @ 2000 TPH) - 150 MINUTES, FORMATION AT THE OUTHAUL OF WT 2 IS NOT A PROBLEM.



191

ASSUMPTIONS:

o Manual decoupling/ coupling time as 10 minutes for full 59 wagons rake

(INCLUSIVE). o Percentage of oversize lumps (> 300 mm) shall be within 5% of input coal per

wagon. o Demonstration shall be with BOX, BOXN, BOXNHA, BOXNLW, BOXNHL, BOXN 25

type wagons. And also those wagons as per RDSO revised norms G33 rev-1. o The time required for oversized lump removal by pay loader will be added with

the above COMMITTED (overall cycle time) time period (if coal lump sizes > 300 mm comes more than 5% in the total rake).

o The time required for damaged/ sick wagon removal (Auto cycle will be interrupted and sick wagon will be removed in manual mode) without doing further tippling of that sick wagon will be added with the above 180 minutes time (overall cycle time).

The procedure, how the same shall be demonstrated is described in art 4.3 of this PG test (written below).

4) Performance Test-

4.1) Demonstration of individual capacities of the various equipment as stated above

4.2) After successful demonstration of individual capacities of various equipment, the supplier shall carry out the performance test for the guaranteed throughput of the total system.

4.3) The duration of trial operation and the PG of the complete equipment as well as for the total system shall be 7 days with minimum twelve hours daily operation. For successful trial operation, the trial shall necessarily include steady operation of the plant at its rated flow path capacity for at least two hour duration per day on an average.

Bidder should agree to the following non performing limits:-

Upto 1% shortfall of rated capacity is acceptable. More than 1% shortfall, LD will be applicable as stated below:

For every additional 0.5% shortfall of rated capacity (after modification/ rectification within a month period, if non-performing.) LD @ 1% of the individual equipment value limited to a maximum of 10% of the contract value (as non performing parameters) shall be applicable.

For more than 5% shortfall in the rated capacity of individual equipment the non performing equipment shall be rejected, the same shall be applied against the total system also.



191

For wagon tippler & SAC, the equipment will be rejected if the no. of tips is less than 25 tips/ hour while handling the fully loaded (59 wagons, including future wagons) rake together.



191

PROJECT EXECUTION SCHEDULE The theme of the contract shall be EPC only. The time schedule for the whole project is anticipated as follows: Wagon Tippler (WT) System for the 540 (4 x 135) MW & 1200 (4 x 300) MW power plant: - Mechanical Completion (& ready to be commissioned) of the system (described in brief, as below) to be completed within 20 months of LOI. Wagon Tippler system (ENTIRELY) Mechanical completion means:- From the installation of rail on wagon tippler table (above single wagon tippler table, WT 2) and also layer wise building up of those portion of excavated zone upto rail laying level (for WT 2 track & escape route), so that rail can be laid (laying of rail is beyond the scope of this contract) due to deep excavation of the WT hopper (WT 2 nomenclature as per DCPL drg. GA Rev 5) – WT 2 bottom raft shall be completed and backfilled as per backfilling procedure submitted and with hard barrication with steel angle/ channel & painted GI sheet (all along the railway track) and

i. Up to the junction house where pipe conveyors shall discharge crushed coal ( - 20mm) on crusher outlet conveyors 3A/ 3B (of 1200 MW).

ii. Up to the junction house at the 540 MW stock yard, where pipe conveyors outlet single conveyor shall discharge crushed coal (- 20 mm) on stacker re-claimer reversible yard conveyor 7 (of 540 MW).

iii. Including all equipment installation, e.g. WT, SAC, RG & conveyor system for single stream etc. complete Civil & structural erection/ installation including Crusher House, DM plant retaining wall, Stacker Re-claimer & its foundation, transformers with their foundation & Electrical room, Main control room & all substations, total E & I arrangement with control logics installed with necessary interfacing (with interlocks) and utility system installation.

i.e., total system shall be ready in every manner, ready to be commissioned within 20 months of LOI.



191

VENDOR LIST

APPROVED VENDOR LIST

Sl No. Item Description Name of the Manufacturers

1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS A VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING & AIR POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT

1 CENTRIFUGAL FANS FOR VENTILLATION C. DOCTOR, EFE, FLOW LINK

2 CENTRIFUGAL FANS FOR DUSTING

TLT/ THERMA/ C. DOCTOR/ ANDREW YULE/ ALSTOM/ BATLIBOI/ DUSTVEN/ FLAKTWOODS

3 TUBE AXIAL FANS C. DOCTOR/ EFE/ FLOW LINK 4 PROPELLER FANS EFE/ C.DOCTOR/ ALSTOM/ FLOW LINK

5 PANEL FILTER FOR AIR WASHER EFE/ FLOW LINK/ FMI/ ALSTOM/ C.DOCTOR

6 MAN COOLERS C. DOCTOR/ ALSTOM/ EFE/ FLOW LINK 7 ROOF EXHAUSTER C. DOCTOR/ ALSTOM/ EFE/ FLOW LINK

8 WINDOW AIR CONDITIONERS

FEDDERS LLOYD/ VOLTAS/ BLUE STAR/ CARRIER AIRCON/ AMTREX

9 PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONERS VOLTAS/ FRICK/ BLUE STAR/ CARRIER/ BATLIBOI

10 CONDENSING UNITS VOLTAS/ BLUE STAR/ BATLIBOI/ FRICK 11 PACKAGED CHILLERS VOLTAS/ BLUE STAR/ BATLIBOI/ ACCEL/ FRICK 12 AIR HANDLING UNITS VOLTAS/ BLUE STAR/ BATLIBOI/ FRICK 13 COOLING TOWERS PAHARPUR/ MIHIR/ ADVANCE/ VOLTAS/ HIMGIRI 14 CYCLONES THERMAX/ BATLIBOI/ EFE/ ALSTOM/ MULTICLONES

15 BAG FILTERS THERMAX/ ALSTOM/ BATLIBOI ANDREW YULE/ DUSTVEN/ C. DOCTOR/ ACC/ F HARLEY

16 EXPANSION JOINTS/ FLEXIBLES

17 BAGGING SYSTEM 18 WET SCRUBBERS THERMAX/ BATLIBOI/ C. DOCTOR 19 VENTURI SCRUBBER BATLIBOI/ THERMAX/ ALSTOM

20 ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS ANDREW YULE/ ACC/ THERMAX/ ALSTOM

21 INSULATION FGP/ METTUR-BEARDSELL/ LIOYDS/ TWIGA/ BAKELITE HYLAM

22 VALVES FOR AIR CONDITIONING DANFOSS/ HONEYWELL/ BLUE STAR



191

23 VIBRATION ISOLATORS DUNLOP/ EMERALD/ GERB

24 CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS KIRLOSKAR/ KSB/ JOYTI/ CROMPTON GREAVES/ VOLTAS/ MATHER & PLATT

25 HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASING PUMPS

VOLTAS/ BEACON/ MATHER & PLATT/ KSB/ KIRLOSKAR

26 DUST SUPPRESSION SYSTEM KAVERI / TPS MANUFACTURING/ DUSTVEN/ F-HARLEY/ APC SYSTEM/ SPRAYING SYSTEMS

27 VENTILATION SYSTEM C.DOCTOR/ S K SYSTEM/ WRC/ DUSTVEN/ EFE/ APC SYSTEM

28 DUST EXTRACTION SYSTEM DUSTVEN/ F-HARLEY/ FLAKT INDIA / BATLIBOI/ C DOCTOR/ THERMAX/ KAVERI/ APC SYSTEM

B HANDLING & HOISTING EQUIPMENT & COMPONENTS

1 EOT CRANE (UP TO 10T CAPACITY)

ARMSEL/ KALINGA ENGINEERS/ MM ENGINEERS/ HABEN KRAFT/ FAFECO/ ALTROTH ENGINEERS

2 EOT CRANE (UP TO 50T CAPACITY)

HEC/ JESSOP/ MUKAND/ BRAITHWAITE/ WMI/ ACME/ FAFECO/ HABEN KRAFT/ SOUTHERN STRUCTURALS

3 HOT CRANE/ UNDER SLUNG CRANES

ARMSEL/ KALINGA ENGINEERS/ VIDYUT ENGG./ WHBRADY/ VOLTAS LTD./ TURBO FURGUSON/ TRACTEL TIRFOR/ HI-TECH

4 MANUAL HOISTS WH BRADY/ KANUBHAI/ HERCULES/ TRACTEL TIRFOR/ REVA ENGG/ HI-TECH/ CENTURY

5 ELECTRIC HOISTS

BOMBAY CRANES/ ARMSEL/ KALINGA ENGGS/ VIDYUT ENGG./ WHBRADY/ VOLTAS LTD./ TURBO FURGUSON/ TRACTEL TIRFOR/ HI-TECH

6

CHAIN PULLEY BLOCKS & HAND OPERATED TRAVELING CRANES

BATLIBOI/ W.H. BRADY/ TRACTEL TIRFOR/ REVA INDUSTRIES/ KALINGA ENGINEERS/ SIMPLICITY PROJECTS/ CRUSHMORE MAXBAN

7 LIFTING EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES

ARMSEL, MR ENGG, EDDY CRANES, UNITEK ENGRS, HI-TECH, CENTURY

8 HOOKS

HERMAN MOHTA/ FREE TRADING CORPORATION/ NEW STANDARD ENGG./ EASTERN ENGG SYNDICATE/ STEEL FORGINGS & ENGG. COMPANY

9 WIRE ROPE BOMBAY WIRE ROPE/ USHA MARTIN/ ORION ROPES/ SHREE STEEL WIRE ROPES

C MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT/ COMPONENTS

1 HORIZONTAL WATER PUMP & VERTICAL PUMPS

BEACON WEIR / KBL / VOLTAS / M&P / SAM / KSB / WPIL

2 HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL SLURRY DUTY PUMPS

McNALLY BANGALORE/ WARMAN/ METSO MINERALS/ BEACON WEIR

3 HSCD PUMPS GEHO/ ABEL/ PUTZMEISTER 4 AIR COMPRESSOR ATLAS COPCO/ KIRLOSKAR/ IR



191

5 AIR RECEIVER IR/ ATLAS COPCO/ KIRLOSKAR/ ELGI/ CPT/ MBPL 6 AIR DRIER TRIDENT/ INDCON/ SUMMIT

7 SURGE HOPPER/ SURGE CHUTE/ ADOPTERS

8 TELESCOPIC SPOUT DCL/ MBE/ MBPL

9 FLY ASH CONDITIONER MBE/ MBPL

10 FLUIDIZING BLOWER KAY INTERNATIONAL/ SWAM/ USHA

11 RUBBER LINER FMG/ GREAVES COTTON/ NEW ALLENBURRY/ ELECON/ BRIVENI/ BONFIGLIOLI

12 FLUID (HYDRAULIC) COUPLING VOITH (GERMANY)/ PEMBRIL/ FLUIDOMAT/ ELECON

13 FLEXIBLE COUPLING FENNER/ GREAVES COTTON/ NAW/ ELECON

14 FLEXIBLE GEARED COUPLING

HI-CLIFF/ CONCORD/ WELLMAN/ GBM/ FMG/ DAVID BROWN/ ROMA/ GREAVES LTD./ NAW/ ALLFLEX/ FENNER

15 BEARING FOR CRANES SKF/ FAG/ NBC/ TIMKEN/ BALDOR DODGE/ NTN/ NORMA

16 BEARING FOR OTHER EQUIPMENTS

KF/ FAG/ RBC BEARING/ TIMKEN/ NTN/ NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

17 FASTENERS GKW/ SUNDARAM/ PRECISION FASTENERS 18 BRAKE DRUMS HICLIFF/ AEI/ RUPEX/ KAPSEK 19 BRAKE BCH/ ELECTROMAG/ STORMKRAFT 20 HOSES AEROLEX/ HYDROKRIMP/ SONI/ TEKSON/ SRIDHAR

21 BELT SWITCHES JAYSHREE/ PROTO CONTROL/ IND. SYNDICATE/ ELEPOW

22 BELT CLEANERS (SCRAPPERS) HOSCH/ KAVERI/ TECHNOFAB/ TEGA/ SYNERGY

23 OIL SEALS VACO OIL SEALS/ RUBBER EQUIPMENT & ENGG./ SEALJET INDIA (PUNE)/ SEALPACK

24 LUBRICATION FITTINGS SURMAC/ LUBCON/ AFMC/ PRAKASH/ TECALMIT

25 LUBRICATION SYSTEMS AFMC/ PRAKASH/ TECALMIT/ GRINDWELL NORTON/ LINCOLN HELIOS/ NIYATI IND.

26 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS & POWER PACK

PARKER/ HUGGLANDS DENISON/ EATON (VICKERS)/ SPERRY/ YUKEN/ MANESMANN/ REXROTH/ CARTER

27 HYDRAULIC POWER CYLINDERS

VICKERS/ WIPRO/ USHA TELEHOIST/ VELJAN/ REXROTH/ CARTER/ MONTECH/ OSCAR

28 HIGH PRESSURE VANE/ PISTON PUMP

VICKERS SPERRY/ YUKEN/ REXROTH/ HUGGLANDG DENISON

29 CRUSHER SAYAJI-MCNALLY BHARAT/ TRF/ ELECON/ L & T/ METSO.

30 CONVEYOR BELT

DUNLOP/ FORECH/ HINDUSTAN RUBBERS/ NORTHLAND RUBBER/ MERCURY RUBBER/ ORIENTAL RUBBER/ HILTON/ NIRLON/ ANDREW YULE/ MRF



191

31 CONVEYOR BELT PULLEYS ELECON/ TRF/ MCNALLY BHARAT/ HINDUSTAN UDYOG LTD./ KALI/ JOYA/ CLEANCAT

32 CONVEYOR BELT IDLERS ELECON/ TRF/ MCNALLY BHARAT/ KALI/ HINDUSTAN UDYOG LTD/ ROLLWELL/ JOYA/ CLEANCAT

33 SKIRT BOARD SEALING TEGA/ TECHNOFAB

34 VIBRATING SCREEN

DUNLOP/ FORECH/ HINDUSTAN RUBBERS/ NORTHLAND RUBBER/ MERCURY RUBBER/ ORIENTAL RUBBER/ HILTON/ NIRLON/ ANDREW YULE/ MRF

35 VIBRATING FEEDER/ VIBRATING GRIZZLY FEEDER

IC/ ELECTROMAG/ TRF/ ORIEN ENGINEERS/ ELECON/ METSO/ MBE

36 BIN VIBRATOR IC/ ELECTROMAG/ BMP ENGINEERS (REXNORD)

37 MAGNETIC SEPARATORS ELECTROMAG/ POWERBUILD/ MAGNETICS/ MBIL/ ELECTRO-ZAVOD

38 PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS

ELECTRO PNEUMATIC & HYDRAULICS/ INDIAN PNEUMATIC HYDRAULICS/ NUCON INDUSTRIES/ OSCAR EQUIPT/ VELJAN HYDAIR/ ROTEX

39 ELECTRO MECHANICAL ACTUATORS PREPEC/ TECHNOMECH/ PEBCO

40 RUBBER LINER TEGA/ HILTON/ IC/ KAVERI

41 POLYETHYLENE LINER KAVERI/ SHALIMAR/ ELASTOLAN/ GARWARE & TEFA/ IC

42 POLYURETHANE LINER ELASTOLAN/ IC/ KAVERI/ TEGA 43 CAST BASALT LINER DEMECH/ VIDYUT GREEN BANK/ ENVIRO 44 BELT VULCANISER SHAW ALMEX/ NILOS INDIA/ SV DATTAR

45

SECTOR GATES, DIVERTER GATES, RACK & PINION GATES ETC. IDC/ PEBCO/ TECHNOW ECH/ TRF/ MBE

46 FLEXOWEL BELTING

IC/ METSO INDUSTRIES (I)/ TRF/ FLEXOWEL/ HINDUSTAN RUBBERS/ PHOENIX/ YULE/ HILTON/ NIRLON/ MRF

47 ELECTRO MAGNETS ELECTROMAG/ MAGNET CORPN./ STROM – KRAFT CONTROLS/ STERLING MAGNETICS

48 METAL DETECTOR ELECTROMAG/ ERIEZ MBE/ PBL

49 BELT WEIGH FEEDERS TRANSWEIGH/ J&N WEIGH HOPPER

50 BELT WEIGH SCALE

ELECTRO CORPORATION/ NARNE TULAMAN/ PBL/ INTEGRATED PROCESS AUTOMATION (IPA)/ SHENCK J&N/ TRANSWEIGH/ AVERY

51 PNEUMATIC HANDLING EQUIPMENT KERRY JOST/ MACAWBER BEEKAY/ TTG

52 FRONT END LOADER BEML/ HINDUSTAN MOTORS/ ESCORTS/ MARSHALL

53 FORK LIFT TRUCK GODREJ/ VOLTAS/ MACNEIL & MAGOR/ PUNJAB TRACTORS/ TIL

54 WAGON TIPPLER ELECON/ L&T/ TRF/ KRUPP CHARGER/ METSO 55 SIDE ARM CHARGER ELECON/ L&T/ TRF/ KRUPP CHARGER/ METSO 56 APRON FEEDER ELECON/ L&T/ TRF/ KRUPP/ MBE



191

57 RING GRANULATOR ELECON/ L&T/ TRF/ KRUPP 58 STACKER CUM RECLAIMER ELECON/ L&T/ TRF/ KRUPP/ MBE

59 BELT Jaypee Engg. & Hydraulic Equipment Co/ Dhiwren Hydraulics/ S.K.S. Engineers

60 Thruster Brake Electromag Devices, Mumbai/ Bengal Technocrat/ Strom Craft/ Industries Syndicate

D PIPES/ FLANGES/ VALVES/ PAINT ETC.

1 MS ERW (UPTO 400 NB) SAIL/ JINDAL/ RINL/ TATA/ SURYA ROSHNI/ RATNAMANI

2 MS ERW (MORE THAN 400 NB)

WELSPUN/ SURYA GLOBAL/ SAIL/ JINDAL SAW PIPES/ TATA/ MAN INDUSTRIES

3 CS SEAMLESS PIPES JINDAL/ MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD./ INDIAN SEAMLESS METAL TUBES LIMITED

4 CS PIPES JINDAL/ TATA/ SAIL 5 GI PIPES JINDAL/ SURYA ROSHNI/ RATNAMANI

6 PIPE FITTINGS & FLANGES RAJENDRA FORGE INDUSTRIES/ VENUS/ SAGINI FORGE/ BRITECH

7

WATER LINE & AIR LINE VALVES (GATE/ GLOBE/ CHECK ETC.) LEADER/ BDK/ H. SARKAR/ INTERVALVES/ DELVAL

8 FILTERS/ STRAINERS THERMOSYSTEMS PVT.LTD/ FILTRATION ENGINEERS/ PROCEDYNE/ PERFECT SERVICES/ OMEGA

9 OIL SKIMMER THERMOSYSTEMS PVT.LTD/ POTENTIAL ENGINEERING/ PREMIER ENTERPRISES

10 SOFTENERS/ SAND FILTERS IONEXCHANGE/ DOSHIONEXCHANGE/ THERMAX/ TECHNOTECH

11 WATER COOLERS CUM PURIFIER BLUE STAR/ CARRIER/ AQUA GUARD/ KENT

12 PAINT ASIAN/ BERGER/ SHALIMAR/ NEROLAC

13 ANTI-CORROSIVE TAPE WL/ RUSTECH/ HIMADRI CHEMICALS & INDUSTRIES/ CORPOTEX/ HYDROTECH

14 GASKET REPUTED MAKE

15 Steel supplier- reinforcement steel & plates, TMT bars All prime vendors - SAIL, TISCO, RINL

2 ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENTS:

A APPROVED ELECTRICAL VENDORS

1 11/0.415 KV DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER SIEMENS/ABB/ BBL/VOLTAMP/HHE/CGL/ AREVA



191

6.6/0.415 KV, DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS

SIEMENS/ABB/EMCO/ BBL/VOLTAMP/TELK/AREVA/ HHE

2 11 kV / 6.6 kVSWITCHGEAR ABB / AREVA / SIEMENS 3 11 kV/ 6.6 kV SWITCHBOARD SIEMENS/ABB/AREVA 4 6.6 KV VCB SWITCHGEAR ABB/AREVA/ SIEMENS 5 6.6KV INDOOR ISOLATOR SIEMENS/ ABB/ MEGAWIN

6 1.1 KV CONTROL & POWER CABLE

FORT GLOSTER /RPG/ CCI /UNIVERSAL/ NICCO/ POLYCAB/ HAVELLS/ DELTON/ FINOLEX

7 33, 11 & 6.6 kV HT CABLES FORT GLOSTER/RPG/ CCI /UNIVERSAL/ NICCO/POLYCAB /TORRENT

8 NUMERICAL RELAYS ABB EQVLNT/ AREVA MICOM SERIES / SIEMENS - SIPROTEC

9 LIGHTING TRANSFORMER EMCO/SAI ELECTRICALS/ SAI ELECTRICALS/ RAYCHEM

10 HT & LT BUSDUCT BEST & CROMPTON/STAR DRIVE/ELFAB ZETA/ ENPRO/ SPACEAGE

11 MCC( 415V) DRAWOUT SCHNEIDER/L & T / SEIMENS/ABB/ AREVA/ C & S MCC( 415V) FIXED TYPE L & T / SEIMENS/ABB/ AREVA/ GE/ SCHEINDER 12 MOTORS HT ALSTOM (MARATHON)/BHEL/ABB/SEIMENS/HYUNDAI 13 MOTORS LT SEIMENS/ALSTOM (MARATHON)/ABB/BHARAT BIJLEE 14 HT CABLES RPG/ CCI /UNIVERSAL/ NICCO/ POLYCAB /FINOLEX

15 LT SWITCHBOARD AND SWITCHGEAR SIEMENS / ABB / L&T/ SCHNIDER

16 LT CABLES RPG/ CCI /UNIVERSAL/ NICCO/ POLYCAB/FORT GLOSTER /FINOLEX

17 TRAILING/FLEXIBLE CABLE FORT GLOSTER/NICCO/UNIVERSAL 18 CONTROL PANNEL RITTAL

19 ELECTRICAL PANNEL SWITCHING CIRCUITS/ SELLWYN/ MDSHAVELL’S/ INDO ASIAN/ CONTROLAND SWITCH GEAR/PYROTECH

20 LAMPS AND FITTINGS PHILLIPS/BAJAJ/CROMPTON/WIPRO

21

BELT SAFETY SWITCHES A. PULL CHORD AND BELT-SWAY SWITCH B. ELECTRIC SPEED SWITCH

INDUSTRIAL COMPONENTS/AG SYSTEMS/ JAYSHREE/ BENGAL TECHNOCRATS PROTOCONTROL TELEMECHANIQUE/ FM ELECTRONICS / SEIMENS/ JAYSHREE

22 LIGHTING PANNELS HORIZON/DHARIA/SYMATIC/JAYSHREE/ RYB SWGR 23 ACB SIEMENS / SCHINDER / L&T/ABB 24 MCCB SIEMENS / SCHINDER / L&T/ABB 25 LUGS AND GLANDS DOWELLS / COSMOS / COMET 26 LIGHTING TRAFO REPUTED MAKE 27 MULTIFUNCTION METER CONSERVE / SEMS/ SATEC

28 CONTROL SWITCH SIEMENS/ L & T/ KAYCEE /BCH/ Manufacture's Approved Make

29 SELECTOR SWITCH SIEMEN/ L & T/ KAYCEE /BCH 30 FUSES SIEMENS/ L & T / ABB/ SCHNEIDER



191

31 CONTACTORS AND OVERLOAD RELAYS SIEMENS/ L & T/ -DO-

32 INDICATION LAMPS SIEMENS/ L & T/ TECHNIC 33 TIMERS SEIMENS/L & T / GEPC 34 INDICATING METERS AE/ IMP GECA/ MECO 35 MFM SATEC/CONSZERVE 36 PUSH BUTTONS SEIMENS/ L & T/ ABB/ SCHNEIDER 37 CT & PT ABB / CGL/ TELK/ Approved Manufacturer's sub-vendor

38 HT CABLE TERMINATION KIT / JOINTS RAYCHEM

39 LT ISOLATORS SEIMENS/ L & T / GEPC 40 TERMINALS CONNECTWELL/ ELMEX 41 MCB SIEMENS / LEGRAND/MDS/ GE 42 PROTECTIVE RELAYS ABB/ SEIMENS/ GE/ L&T/ AREVA/ SCHNEIDER

43 SWITCH SOCKET RECEPTACLES BCH/BEST AND CROMPTON/CGL

44 CABLE TRAYS / SUPPORT

INDUSTRIAL PERFORATION/INDIANA JAMNA METALS/UNITECH/ PREMIER CABLE TRAY NEW DELHI/ PREMIER CABLE TRAY KOLKATA

45 BATTERY-NI-CD HBL NIFE /AMCO

46 BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER AMARA RAJA/ EXIDE/ SAB KNIFE/ AMCO

47 TERMINATION KITS RAYCHEM 48 AC DRIVES ROCKWELL AUTOMATION

49 NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTORS

RSI/RESITECH/INDUSTRIES SYNDICATE BCH/ NATIONAL SWITCH GEAR

50 LOCAL POWER ISOLATION CABINET L & T/ ABB/ SEIMENS/SCHNEIDER

51 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER ALLEN BRADLEY

52 I /O MODULES ALLEN BRADLEY B APPROVED INSTRUMENTATION VENDORS

1 ANNUNCIATOR YOKOGAWA/PROCON 2 UPS EMERSON 3 CONTROL PANEL AND DESK RITTAL

4 RTDS/ TC INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION/ GENERAL INSTRUMENT



191

5

LEVEL MEASURING INSTRUMENTS a. TUNING FORK TYPE b. CAPACITANCE TYPE c. ULTRASONIC TYPE d. FLOAT / DISPLACER TYPE e. RADAR TYPE f. R F TYPE

VEGA IS PREFERRED MAKE VEGA/ YOKOGAWA /EMERSON/ HONEYWELL/ E & H VEGA/ YOKOGAWA /EMERSON/ HONEYWELL/ E & H VEGA/ YOKOGAWA /EMERSON/ HONEYWELL/ E & H VEGA/ YOKOGAWA /EMERSON/ HONEYWELL/ E & H VEGA/ YOKOGAWA /EMERSON/ HONEYWELL / E & H VEGA/ YOKOGAWA /EMERSON/ HONEYWELL/ E & H

6 PRESSURE / DP/ FLOW/TEMPERATURE YOKOGAWA /EMERSON/ HONEYWELL/ ABB/ E & H

7 PRESSURE SWITCH DANFUSS/SWITZER/IFM/ TRAFAG 8 FLOW SWITCH SWITZER/ DANFUSS/FORBES MARSHAL/IFM 9 PRESSURE GAUGE WIKA/ PRECISION

10 TEMPERATURE SWITCH SWITZER/ TRAFAG/ INDFOSS

11 CONTROL VALVES FISCHER / IL PALGHAT /FORBES MARSHALL/ LIMITORQUE

12 PLC ROCKWELL/ ABB/ SIEMENS 13 VVVF PANEL ROCKWELL/ ABB/ SIEMENS 14 ELECTRIC ACTUATORS IL PALGHAT/ SEIMENS/ LIMITORQUE

15 PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS FISCHER / IL PALGHAT /FORBES MARSHALL/ LIMITORQUE

16 I / P CONVERTORS ROSEMOUNT/ ABB/ FORBES 17 AIR FILTER REGULATOR SHAVO NORGAN/ BELLS/PALGHAT 18 CONTROL AND DATA CABLES LAPP /BELDEN /FINOLEX 19 SAFETY VALVE FOURESS 20 LIMIT SWITCHES BCH/ KAYCEE /TELEMECHANIQUE/SEIMENS

21 SCANNERS YOKOGAWA /MICROSYSTEMS/ M B CONTROLS/ MASIBUS

NOTE: IF ANY PARTICULAR ITEM IS NOT INCLUDED HERE, BIDDER SHALL TAKE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER AGAINST THAT PARTICULAR ITEM; IF THE ITEM IS INCLUDED HERE, NO ALTERATIONS SHALL BE POSSIBLE



191

GENERAL SPECIFICATION - ELECTRICAL AND C&I SYSTEM

Sr. No Technical Description BALCO Requirement

BIDDER Confirmation

A SYSTEM SPECIFICATION

Main Power supply- HT 11 kV+/-10%,50Hz+/-3%,

Main Power supply- LT 415V+/-10%,50Hz+/-3%,3 phase, 4 wire AC with earth neutral

Short circuit level HT system- 40 kA for 1 sec for Bus Bar & 40 kA for 3 sec for equipment LT system- 50 KA for 1 sec for Bus Bar & 50 KA for 3 sec for equipment

Voltage for Motors 415V+/-10%,50Hz+/-3%,3Phase,4wire,AC

Control voltage for LT system

220 V 1 phase ,50 Hz ,AC obtained through suitably rated control transformer

Control voltage for HT system

220 VDC through DC battery bank

Lighting AC 415V/240V ±10%, 50Hz ±3%, 3 phases/ single phase supplied by dedicated lighting transformers

PLC Inputs 24 VDC, 4-20 ma

PLC Outputs 24VDC,4-20 ma,0-10 V

UPS output Voltage 220 V ,AC ,single phase

B CONTROL SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

Bidder is required to furnish the Preliminary Architectural Scheme, Operation Philosophy / Write Up and P&ID along-with the bid document. The following points may be considered while designing the system as per the actual requirement of control of operation-

2.1

Level - 0 Level 0 will consist of field mounted primary interfaces, measurement, sensing and activation components. Communication to Level 1 will be hardwired digital and analogue



191


BIDDER Confirmation

signals and low level communication media.

The field instruments will generally perform the following functions. (SMART instruments/equipments preferred) - Interface to field equipment - Interface up to PLC - Measuring - Sensing - Activation - Signaling - Local recording - Analysis - Equipment protection & Safety

2.2

Level 1 Level 1 will comprise a Allen Bradley Control logix 1756-L6x (Latest Controllers) series PLC’s . The level 1 equipment to be connected to the level 2 SCADA system via Ethernet communication network.

The PLC’s and Panel view(Local HMI) (1500 P) will generally perform the following functions :- -Control functions -Interlocking -Sequencing and timing -Calculations -Alarm logic -Start up sequences -Safety functions -Communication to level 0 and

1 -Diagnostics - Local operator interface to

Process The Local control panel shall

cover the following important features for operation requirements:-

-Display of process flow and

monitoring of



191


BIDDER Confirmation

equipment running status -Real time display of various

measurement parameters - Alarm and record system for

equipment fault and control system fault

- Interlock start / stop function and emergency stop function of single equipment

-Function of setting various adjustment

parameters - Definition of operation rights

of different levels

No. of local panel views - Bidder to confirm

2.3

Hardware and software to be provided for level 1 operation.

Location: Local control room

1 Allen Bradley Contrologix 1756-L6x(Latest Series) series Processor(Redundancy Rqd) complete with power supply and chassis, all digital and analogue modules, thermocouple input module.

Ethernet communication for distributed I/O

Ethernet Net communication for PLC to PLC

Communication and Panel view

Ethernet communication to the clients SCADA

system

UPS for PLC 1 - Set instrumentation as necessary together with all pushbuttons and lights for full operation.

1 – Set distributed I/O for MCC panel.

Location : Local Panel near



191


BIDDER Confirmation

Equipment or Local control room

1 – Set distributed I/O in local panel.

1- Panel view 1500P in Local panel

Redundant Power Supply & Redundant Power Supply Module for Remote IO Panel.

Location: Field mounted on equipment

1 - Set of Manual Push-button Stations required. 1 – Set of Emergency Stop push buttons required. 1 - Per motor - Local push button station with ammeter.

2.4 LEVEL 2 - HMI SYSTEM

AND SOFTWARE All software to provide with license version. All software backup to provide.

Programming Software

RS Logix 5500 Ver. 13 (PLC

Programming software)

RS Linx (Communication software)

RS View SE enterprise (SCADA) / Factory Talk View.

Operating System- Windows 2010 / Latest Compatible

Equipment to SCADA shall be thro’ Ethernet

2.5

HMI 1 no- operator station + 1No Operator cum engineering station + 1 no of pre configured engineering laptop with all required licenses and software’s

a) HMI system PC based HMI System to be provided in the control room

b) Requirement of HMI system

HMI system to be used for :

- Operator work station - Operator cum engineering



191


BIDDER Confirmation

station

- Engineering Laptop - data logging

- MIS reports like production

per shift, per day, per month

c) PC Specifications Engineering Computer with

the following or latest Configuration. Intel Core i5 or better, >/= 3.2 GHz 4 GB RAM 500 GB HARD DISK Graphics Acceleration card: Matrox G450 / 32 MB, DVI, DH LAN on board: 100/1000 Mbps DVD / CD ROM, CD R/W, 3.5" 1.44 MB disk Engineering Keyboard & mouse OS : Windows 2010 latest compatible with control software and SCADA Aux. Voltage 220V, AC through UPS system ( to be supplied by Bidder )

Specifications for 21" color

monitor shall be as follows: Max. 1600 x 1200, 85 Hz 50-cm(21") color monitor; 30 - 121 kHz, TFT Graphic adaptor for two color monitors shall be provided

d) Memory of HMI System

20 % extra.

e) UPS To be provided for SCADA, PLC & In Motion Weighing bridge.

2x100% capacity UPS to provide.

Designed capacity for 130% overloading (i.e. 30% additional load)

Back up shall be 60 minutes at



191


BIDDER Confirmation

full load, Type of battery shall be Ni-Cd

(UPS to provide with inbuilt battery)

Isolating transformer to provide in input side.

Static by pass shall be provided with stabilizer.

f) Software’s Supplier shall supply all the licensed software to achieve the required functions

All the required software to achieve above functions shall be supplied with proper licenses, CDs etc. Licenses to be transferred in the name of owner, before handover.

g)Printers 3 nos., Out of 03Nos. 02Nos printers – A3 size color Laser jet printer shall be provided hooked up to HMI stations and cater all requirements. Another 1 shall be at 1 nos. of In motion weighing bridges

h) Additional Minimum features:

All the required graphics of process shall be available on HMI with real time data. HMI shall be used for control, data acquisition, MIS reports, and alarm annunciation and monitoring of process. HMI shall also be suitable for trending and historical data archiving for a minimum period of 6 months. The memory shall be sized accordingly

i) Redundant data high way shall be provided. PLC and HMI shall communicate through this data high way. All the required hardware & software for above shall be provided

2.6

Programmable Logic Controller

a. Make: Rockwell Automation only b. Type Allen Bradley Contrologix 1756-

L6x(latest) Series

c. 20% spare I/Os of each type in each card shall be provided as spare for Purchaser's use



191


BIDDER Confirmation

d. 20% spare memory shall be provided for Purchaser's use

e. 10% spare space shall be provided in PLC panel racks for Purchaser's use

f. 20% spare channel in each IO Module / Card

g. PLC shall have facility for networking through suitable communication module. The communication protocol shall be universally accepted open protocol like, MOD BUS, IEC etc. All the required hardware & software shall be provided to achieve the above

h. Enclosure Class of PLC Panels located inside control room shall be IP54 or better and make of panels shall be RITTAL

i. All the required software like application, HMI etc. shall be provided with all the necessary licenses and CDs

j. Laptop PC for programming of PLC with required software and run time license shall be provided

k. PLC shall be used for sequencing, PID control, data acquisition and other required process control applications

l. PLC shall have hot standby CPU & redundant power supply. The data bus shall also be redundant with required communication processors

3 INSTRUMENTS - GENERAL GUIDELINE AND SPECIFICATION

a Instrumentation system Bidder shall require furnishing



191


BIDDER Confirmation

and equipment the Preliminary Architectural Scheme, Operation Philosophy / Write Up and P&ID scheme along-with the bid document. The following points may be considered while designing the instrumentation system as per the actual requirement of control of operation. The instrumentation system and equipment shall preferably be offered from latest state of the art microprocessor based & smart range of commercially available products from global manufacturers. Proper Tagging of Aluminum / Plastic / Steel to be done for all Instruments & Equipments (Panels / JB / Cables / Valves-Actuators etc) as per P&ID Codes & Submitted Drawings.

b Quality Assurance, Inspection & Testing

i) Equipment and systems furnished under this specification shall be subjected to test witnessed by Owner. The approval of Owner or passing of such inspections or tests will not, however, prejudice the right of Owner to reject the equipment if it does not comply with the specification when erected or fails to give complete satisfaction in service.

ii) Quality assurance documents shall be drawn up by Bidder elucidating the test plan for all items subjected to internal or Owner’s inspection. The quality control plan shall be finalized and approved by Owner. All tests shall be performed with certified instruments which shall be traceable to standard instruments.

iii) Bidder shall furnish details of shop (both Type Tests and



191


BIDDER Confirmation

Routine Tests) and site tests including functional & simulation tests proposed to be conducted by sub-vendor/s.

iv) On Site Tests : Site tests on the entire integrated system and equipment shall be performed as per approved protocol at different stages of erection, commissioning and trial operation as follows :

1)Preliminary on site inspection and tests,(2)Pre- commissioning and start up tests, (3)Initial Trial Operation (4) Availability Tests, (5)Performance Tests

c Service & spares In case of an item being offered from any global manufacturer, Bidder has to ensure the availability of services & spares in India on short notices

d Preferred manufacturers The preferred manufacturers for instruments are Honeywell / Emerson / Yokogawa / E&H in general for all applications, VEGA for level and P+F for switching applications. Any other make shall not be approved & If any particular item is not included here, bidder shall take prior approval from the owner.

e Analog signal – basis of design

The analog signal input & output to / from transmitter / converter shall be considered computer compatible 4-20 mA DC with HART protocol. The digital signal shall be TTL compatible voltage pulse and switching signal shall be considered as potential free contacts from line / field mounted devices.

f Level sensors Level sensors shall be of non contact type / laser / radar based



191


BIDDER Confirmation

g Pressure gauges/ Temp gauges/ Pressure signal transmitters

All pressure gauges shall be with bourdon type sensing element. All temperature gauges shall be with bimetal / filled in type sensing system. All pressure signal transmitters shall be microprocessor based & indicating type with HART protocol

h RTD / Thermocouple RTD / Thermocouple type temperature sensors shall be considered based on the merit of the application.

i Control / shut off valves All control / shut off valves shall be duly sized & provided with electrically operated actuators complete with valve position limit switches & position transmitters

j Vibrating fork type level switch

Vibrating fork type level switch shall be used for signaling of level of silo situation (full or empty) and material blocking situation(if any)

k Isolated analog input signals

Isolated analog input signals (4-20 mA DC) shall be used for the PLC system using isolator cards

l Feedback of analog signal Analog values emitted by temperature transmitter, differential pressure transmitters or vibration transmitters ….., and signals emitted by position detectors, level detectors, flow detectors…., (high, low, open, close, alarm, fault) are displayed on screen and recorded on operator station desk

m Vibration monitors Vibration monitors for crushers, exhaust fans and motors shall be provided

n Belt protection devices for each belt conveyor

Pull Cord Switches (on both side of conveyor) at every 20 Meter interval (Manual Reset Type) Sway Switches at every 30Meter interval Zero Speed Switches (proximity type) longitudinal tear switches, Coal chute block switches to clear coal jam & to operate vibrator in chute.



191


BIDDER Confirmation

o Other system of Conveyor Belt Weigher / Belt Scale, Coal flow detectors etc.

p Fire Fighting System of Conveyors

Smoke/Fire Sensing ( Infrared fire sensor) Alarm/ Interlock Systems, LHSC etc.

q Hydraulic System of Tippler

Complete Hydraulic system of Tippler to be of Rexroth. All Tubing to be SS grade and certified/approved by Rexroth. All directional valves, hydraulic power packs, blocks and SS pipes and fittings to be of standard make and best preferred from Rexroth or better make.

4 Interfacing &

Integration of Automation System

Any modification as required and identified later during commissioning and process operation arising due to addition of new coal handling system, truck tippler & wagon tippler system to be added and integrated into the control systems (PLC/SCADA) of existing CHP Stations at 540MW PP & 1200MW PP. This includes addition of compatible hardware (IO Cards, Communication Cards/Modules, Interfaces, Cables, Fiber Optic Cables, Patch Cords etc) at existing 540MW & 1200MW CHP PLS’s, Creation of new & modification of existing graphic screens, addition & modification of logics at 540MW & 1200MW PLC’s.

Complete Interfacing of the Wagon Tippler System and Truck Tippling System with each other and Interfacing the new Coal Handling Plant (Wagon Tippler + Truck Tippler + Stacker Reclaimers) with BALCO’s existing 540MW & 1200MW CHP PLC’s. Integration of the additional Coal Handling plant (Wagon Tippler & Truck Tippler along with all associated circuits) with existing CHP Systems at



191


BIDDER Confirmation

540MW & 1200MW plant. This includes addition & modification of logics, interlocks , graphics screen & supply, erection & commissioning of any additional hardware at any of the PLC’s in order to achieve this integration.

C 11KV Switchgear Each panel to be provided

with lockout & tag out provision. LOCK – 5no’s to provide & TAG—5no’ to provide.

3.1

General Specification

1 Type VCB 2 Service Indoor 3 Enclosure IP65 4 Nominal System Voltage 11 kV 5 Highest system voltage 12 KV 6 No of phases and System

Frequency 3 and 50 Hz

7 Power Frequency Withstand voltage

28 kV for 1 minute

8 Impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50 microsecond)

75kV

9 Circuit Breaker Rating A) Continuous Current

Rating at 50 deg C Refer- preliminary SLD

B) Short Circuit Rating for CB , CT and PT

40 KA for 3 sec

C) Rated making Current 102 KA (or) As per IEC standards

d) Bus bar short circuit rating

40 KA for 1 sec

10 Main Busbars Current Rating

Refer- preliminary SLD

11 Breaker rated Current Rating

Minimum 1250Amps & as per design.

12 Resistance to Internal arc Bidder to specify 13 Material for bus &sleeving Electrolytic grade copper as per

IS:613:1984, with Raychem sleeving and shrouded on jumper and tapping portion

14 Bus colour code As per Standard 15 Bus bar rating Refer- preliminary SLD 16 System earthing Through NGR 17 Control, Voltage 220 V DC



191


BIDDER Confirmation

18 Spring Charge motor 220 V AC/DC 19 CT,PT & Surge arrestor

detail

In comer board - 3 core CL-0.5 - 1 No and Cl 5P20 -2 No with 15 VA burden, rasin cast CT , Secondary current - 1Amp

Outgoing Board 2 core CL-0.5 - 1 No and Cl 5P20 -1 No with 15 VA burden, rasin cast CT , Secondary current - 1Amp CBCT to provide in all motor feeders

Load break switch near Transformer

Load break switch switch to provide near transformer It shall provide with emergency stop push button.

Line PT To be provided in all Incomers and I/C

STAR/STAR , 50 VA Class 0.5 and 3 P, 2 core

(11/Ö3) / (0.11/Ö3) / (0.11/Ö3 kV)

Bus PT To be provided in each bus STAR/STAR, 50 VA Class 0.5 and

3 P and 3 P 3 core

(11/Ö3) / (0.11/Ö3) / (0.11/Ö3/ (0.11/Ö3 kV)

Surge arrestor All Outgoing feeders, Line PT & BUS PT to provide with surge arrestor.

20 Aux. Contacts In addition to design requirement minimum set of spare contacts to be provided for external interlocking. To be decided during detail engg .

21 Termination Incomers HT Bus Duct / Armoured

Aluminum Cable

Outgoings Armoured Aluminum XLPE Cable 22 Clearance in air Sufficient to withstand 1 min

power frequency withstand voltage and impulse withstand voltage as per IEC 60298

Phase to Phase (mm) As per IEC standards Phase to earth (mm) As per IEC standards

23 Number of Spare 11KV Feeder & spare 11KV breaker trolley

Refer- preliminary SLD

24 Bus Coupler Feeder Manual Switching ON / OFF



191


BIDDER Confirmation

scheme to provide ( in case of any incomer Power OFF, bus coupler to switch ON and vice versa)

25 Outgoing feeder Outgoing feeder to be control from

1) Switchgear 2) PLC 3) Local (near from motor). 4) All Motor & Transformer

feeder to provided with Emergency Stop push button near motor/ transformer as per CEA guideline.

5) Safety tripping of Switchgear door & Transformer door as per CEA guidelines.

3.2

Protection on 11KV Switchboard

All Protection relay should be numerical type Preferable make & model: Siemens 7SJ series in all panels.

1 Incomer Panel § Under voltage relay (27) &

under frequency (81)

§ PT Fuse failure relay (97) § Instantaneous Over

current/Earth fault protection (50/50N)

§ Over current & Earth fault protection 51/51N

§ Local breaker back up (50 LBB)

§ Trip Coil Supervision relay for each trip coil (95).

§ High-speed trip relays (86). § Supervision relays for tripping

relays to supervise the coil of each trip relay.

§ DC control supply & AC control supply monitoring relays.

§ Auxiliary relays, timers in adequate numbers to make the protection scheme complete including multiplication relays for breakers/isolators contact multiplication relays.

§ Auxiliary CTs and VTs as required.

Check synchronising relay for



191


BIDDER Confirmation

manual changeover 2 Transformer Feeders § Instantaneous Over









§ Auxiliary CTs and VTs as required.

§ Transformer mechanical protections i.e. protection devices of Transformer for multiplying the contacts for following protections.

§ For Trip functions · Buchholz Trip

· Winding temperature very high.

· Oil temperature very high. · Pressure relief device operated. · OLTC pressure relief device

operated. § For annunciation functions · Buchholz alarm · Winding temperature high · Oil temperature high · Oil level low. . MOG 3 I/C+O/G

(Incoming+outgoing) Panel

Bidder has to provide I/C+O/G (Incoming+Outgoing) Panel with following Protection.

§ Instantaneous Over current/Earth fault protection (50/50N)



191


BIDDER Confirmation








In built DC Power pack for control supply

4 OUTGOING BOARDS § Instantaneous Over









5 Motor Feeder Motor Differential protection § Over current protection relay

(50, 51) § Earth fault protection relay



191


BIDDER Confirmation

(50/51N) § Negative Phase sequence (46) § Over & under voltage (27/59) § Phase reversal (46) § Phase sequence protection

(47) RTD & BTD features shall also

constitute in the Motor Protection relay. Protection from CBCT shall also constitute in the motor protection relay.

§ Thermal Overload (49) § Motor Start up supervision

(48) § Under-current (37) § PT Fuse failure relay (97) § Local breaker back up (50

LBB) § Trip Coil Supervision relay for

each trip coil (95).

§ High-speed trip relays (86). § DC control supply & AC control

supply monitoring relays.

§ Auxiliary relays, timers in adequate numbers to make the protection scheme complete including multiplication relays for breakers contact multiplication relays.

6 BUS COUPLER § Instantaneous Over current

protection relay (50, 50N)

§ Over current & Earth fault protection relay (51N, 51)






§ Auxiliary relays, timers in adequate numbers to make the protection scheme complete including multiplication relays for breakers/isolators contact



191


BIDDER Confirmation

multiplication relays. In built DC Power pack for

control supply

7 BUS PT § Under voltage relay (27) &

under frequency (81)

§ PT Fuse failure relay (97) 8 Line PT To be provided in all incomer

feeders

9 Line Surge Arrestor To be provided in all motor feeders , Line PT panel & Bus PT panel.

10 Multi Function Meters to be provided in all feeders Voltage & Current L-L and L-E Power- KW,KVA and KVAR Energy- KWH ,KVARH Power Factor Harmonic Distortion

11 Relay features Numerical type Control functions of all the

Breakers

Metering functions Protection features as mentioned

above

Disturbance recorder functions Event logging Trip logging Communication of all above

features to SCADA on IEC 61850

D 11KV/415V Transformer

Transformer Door to be provided with

1) Electrical safety interlock – opening of transformer door shall trip respective breakers.

2) Emergency Stop button.

1 NAME OF THE MANUFACTURER

As per approved manufacturer list/ preferred vendor list.

2 Emergency push button Transformer to provided with Emergency Stop push button as per statutory requirement / CEA guideline.

3 Rating ( or Sizing ) of 11KV/415V Transformer

Transformer shall be Size according to following criteria.

1) Load of wagon tippler system

2) Design margin 20%. 3) Based on above sizing

calculation, transformer to



191


BIDDER Confirmation

be select on next higher rating of manufacturer.

4 Quantity of transformer 2no’s of 2x100% rating. 5 Reference Standards IS 2026/IEC 60076 6 Type of Transformer Dry type (or) Oil type – Bidder

to specify

7 Duty Continuous 8 Voltage HV & LV - kV 11/0.433 9 Frequency - Hz 50 10 No. of Phases 3 11 Continuous Rating Rated 12 Overload design As per IS 6600 13 Insulation Class class F 14 Cooling Dry type – AN (or) Oil type-

ONAN

15 Winding Connection Delta - Star 16 Vector Group Dyn11 17 Neutral Grounding Solid earthing 18.1

Short Circuit rating 40 KA for 1 sec on 11 KV Bus side

18.2

40 KA for 3 sec all 11 KV equipments

18.3

50 KA for 1 sec on LT side

19 Termination 19.1

HV Cable Box

19.2

LV Bus Duct

20 Temp. rise over ambient Temp.:

20.1

b) In winding ( measured by Resistance method)- degC

55

21 Neutral CT Transformer Neutral CT required 22 Tap Changer on primary

side

22.1

a) Range +/- 5% @2.5%

22.2

b) Total tap positions 5

22.3

c) Taps above nominal voltage

2

22.4

d) Taps below nominal voltage

2

22,5

e) Voltage per step variation

± 2.50%

22.6

f) Tap Change controls

Off circuit type



191


BIDDER Confirmation

22.7

g) Make As per approved manufacturer list/ recommended manufacturer list.

23 Impulse Test Withstand Voltage- KVP

As per IS/IEC standard

24 One minute power frequency withstand voltage - kV rms


25 Induced over voltage withstand voltage- V


26 Withstand time without injury for 3 phase short circuit at terminals

3 sec As per IS/IEC

27 Auxilliary Supply voltage- V

230 VAC

28 Overload Capactiy As per IS 6600 29 Radiators Detachable type 30 No Load loss ( as per IS

tolerance.) Bidder to specify

31 Full Load loss ( as per IS tolerance.)

Bidder to specify

32 Paint shade RAL 7030 / RAL 7032 (Epoxy coated)

33 Reference max. Ambient temp.- deg C

50

34 Performance figures As per IS 2026 Part I 34.1

No Load Loss in KW ( IS tol)

Bidder to specify

34.2

Load Loss in KW (IS tol)

Bidder to specify

35 Impedence in % ( IS tol) Bidder to specify 36 % Efficiency at

75degC/Unity P.F

36.1

a)At 100% load Bidder to specify

36.2

b)At 75% load Bidder to specify

36.3

c)At 50% load Bidder to specify

37 %Efficiency at 75degC/0.8P.F

37.1

a)At 100%load Bidder to specify

37.2

b)At 75% load Bidder to specify

37.3

c)At 50% load Bidder to specify

38 % Regulation at full load at 75 deg.C

38. a) At unity PF Bidder to specify



191


BIDDER Confirmation

1 38.2

b) At 0.8 lagging PF Bidder to specify

39 current density 2.7 A/sq.mm 40 flux density 1.73 tesla E 11KV Motors 1 Motor type Bidder to specify 2 Voltage fluctuations 11 kV+/-10% 3 Frequency fluctuation 50Hz+/-3% 4 Degree of protection IP 65 5 Type of construction IM B 3 6 Cooling method IC 411 7 Insulation class F 8 Permissible number of

consecutive starts cold/ hot

3\2

9 Efficiency bidder to specify 10 Short Circuit rating 11 Color RAL 7030 F 415V Panel & Boxes –

PCC/PMCC/MCC/ACDB/LDB/ELDB….etc.,

All 415V PCC/MCC panels - To be provided with lockout & tag out provision. Electrical Panel to provide with lockable switches/ Breakers. Each Panel: LOCK – 5 no’s to provide & TAG—5no’ to provide.

1 Enclosure class IP65 shall be considered. Many MCC panel shall in local, dust environment.

2 Feeders 1) Single front fully draw out design, CRCA sheet steel of thickness 2 mm & for doors & covers 1.6 mm.

2) Double front construction in case of layout constraints and shall be subject to specific approval of owner

3 Incomer The incoming feeders shall be 2 nos. with a bus coupler with 4 pole arrangement. Suitably rated ACBs or MCCBs with u/V, S/c, E/F ,O/C with microprocessor release shall be used for the purpose through castle key interlocking Incoming feeder shall have phase indicating lamps, voltmeter with



191


BIDDER Confirmation

SS and ammeter with SS. Bus coupler shall have phase indicating lamps & voltmeter with SS

4 Bus Bar TPN, Main horizontal & vertical bus bars suitable for S.C. level 50KA for 1 sec. Material shall be electrolytic grade Copper with Raychem sleeve insulation.

5 Motor Feeders Motor feeders shall have Motor protection CB, contactor rated for 125% of motor rated current, thermal overload relay and auxiliary contactors as required. Indicating lamps of LED type for status indication. Ammeters for motor rating of 15 k W & above. Minimum rating of contactors shall be 16A. Type II co-ordination shall be ensured. Auxiliary & trip contact shall be provided for MPCB/MCCB

6 Power Feeders Power supply feeders shall have MCCB of suitable rating with S/c, E/F, O/C with microprocessor release. Ammeter shall be provided for 100A & above rating. Auxiliary & trip contact shall be provided for MPCB/MCCB

7 Spare Feeders 20% spare feeders shall be provided with minimum 2 numbers of each type & each rating.

8 Control Bus Copper control bus bars as required

9 Earth Bus Earth bus of G.I .with minimum size of 50 x 6 mm

10 Internal wiring Power cabling through PVC insulated single core flexible cable of minimum size 2.5 sq. mm. and of stranded copper conductor. Control cabling through PVC insulated single core flexible cable of minimum



191


BIDDER Confirmation

size 1.5 sq. mm. and of stranded copper conductor

11.1

Paint Painting material should be Alkyd melamine epoxy base Power coating of colour Pebble Grey ( No. RAL 7032)

11.2

For feeder above 630 A three pole ACB should be considered

12.1

IS standards Design shall conform to relevant IS/IEC standards

12.2

All feeders shall be either ACB or MCCB only.

12.3

The short circuit level shall be 50 KA for 1 sec for bus and all LT components shall be rated for 50 kA for 1 sec.

12.4

feeder above 630 A- three pole ACB

12.5

The incomer feeders shall have MFM with RS 485 output , Analog voltmeter and Analog ammeter with selector switch , PT , CT ,Indication lamps for R-Y-B, On/OFF, Trip ,Trip circuit healthy, T/N/C breaker control switch , test and service position limit switch , counter meter.

12.6

The outgoing feeders (MCCB/MCB) shall have Analog ammeter with selector switch, CT, Indication lamps for R-Y-B, On/OFF, Trip,

12.7

The outgoing feeders ( DOL/Star delta ) shall have MPCB , Ammeter with selector switch , CT ,Indication lamps for R-Y-B, ON/OFF/ Trip , Local/ remote S/S , Start/Stop Push button.

12.8

The Outgoing feeders (ACBs) shall have Analog ammeter with selector switch, CT, Indication lamps for R-Y-B, On/OFF, Trip, Trip circuit healthy, T/N/C breaker control switch , test and service position limit switch , hour counter.

12.9

Manual + Auto Change Over Scheme with check synchronizing relay to be provided in all 2 Incomer



191


BIDDER Confirmation

PCC/MCC arrangement. 12.10

Type of busbar- Copper with R-Y-B colloured Raychem sleeve. The bus bar should be designed /rated for continuous running at rated current of incomer rating.

12.11

The Bus Bar shall be Copper with R-Y-B coloured Raychem sleeve, Rated for short Circuit rating of 50 KA and above for 1 sec and the Bus duct shall have inspection window and proper earthing arrangement .

12.12

Soft starter feeders shall have conventional by pass arrangement

12.13

14/16 SWG CRCA ,Powder coated Siemens gray colour

12.14

Paint shed- RAL 7032 both internal and External

12.15

Ingress Protection Class : IP65

12.16

Earth bus 50 x 6 mm GI Flat

12.17

Accuracy class of CT for metering /display is Cl= 0.5 and protection CL= 5P20

12.18

CT secondary wiring by 2.5 sq.mm. PVC flexible stranded Cu wire

12.19

All PCC shall have its own control transformer for control supply to outgoing feeders wherever required. The control supply shall have bus arrangement.

12.20

Max Height of panel < 2300 mm including base frame

12.21

Designed for max ambient temp 50 degC .

12.22

Earth bus bar shall be extended at both ends of the panels.

12.23

No fuses in control circuit. All should be MCB only

13.1

ACB Three pole, 50KA for 1 sec with ETU45B unit or equivalent with LSIG protection and universal motor with supply voltage 80- 220 VAC/DC with standard features.

13.2

All Incomers ACBs shall have multi function meters of 0.5



191


BIDDER Confirmation

accuracy class (SATEC MAKE with three line display).

13.3

All ACBs should have EDO with microprocessor release having protection O/C, S/C & E/F, fault level 50 kA for 1 sec for normal inverse and instantaneous protections.

13.4

All incomers feeder ACBs shall have under voltage protection

14.1

MCCB Three/four Pole , 50 KA , rated service voltage = 690 V with 1 No+1 NC Aux contact and 1 No alarm contact

14.2

Ics= 100 % Icu

14.3

The MCCB shall be thermal release type or micro processor release type.

14.4

MCCB- Below 250 A- Thermal release type with adjustable current setting for O/C and short circuit from 80-100 %. No earth fault below 250 A.

14.5

MCCB- 250 A to 630 Amps - Micro processorrelease for O/C, S/C and E/F. The release shall be detachable type with adjustable current setting for O/C and short circuit from 40-100 %. Earth fault protection shall be a separated unit with neutral CT arrangement.

15 MCB Three poles rated for 10KA used in power supply and 10 KA used in control supply.

16 CT Cast resin CT 17 Space heater To be provided wherever

necessary- To be decided during detail engineering.

18 Indication lamps LED Type 19 Ammeter/ Voltmeter 72 x 72 sq mm 20.1

MFM SATEC make with communication port RS 485 port

20.2

To be provided in incomer feeders of all panels whether ACB or MCCB used.

21.1

LT Bus duct Copper bus bar, segregated/ Sandwich type rated for 50KA for 1 sec with all supporting arrangement, insulator earthing



191


BIDDER Confirmation

arrangement and inspection windows in duct enclosure and flexible bends at fixed interval and bimetallic strip at aluminium to copper bus bar joint wherever it is required.

21.2

Enclosure shall be Aluminium for bus rating 2000A & above. Below 2000A, CRCA Powder coated of 2mm thickness.

21.3

The support structure of Bus duct shall be fabricated of MS with one coat Primer and two coats of Epoxy Painting as per TS General Specification for Painting.

21.4

Flexibles shall be of tinned copper

21.5

The bus duct enclosure shall be powder coated with siemens grey colour RAL 7032

21.6

Degree of protection – IP65 for outdoor transformer and Indoor transformer

21.7

Max Allowable temperature on bus bar- 55 deg C over 50 deg C

21.8

Dehydrating silica gel breather connection - 2 no s

21.9

Earth Bus - GS 50X6 mm

21.10

Earth bus bar rated short circuit withstand current 30 KA for 1 sec

22 MLDB Illumination specification already sent by DCPL needs to be considered as reference.

22.1

MCCB Thermal magnetic microprocessor release with breaking capacity of 36 kA with Ics= 100 % Icu

22.1

MCB Suitable type rated for 10 KA

22.3

CT Cast resin

22.4

Protection As required

22.5

On/OFF Timer Not required ( will be provided in individual lighting box )

22.61

Accessories MFM without communication port ,

22. R-Y-B indicating lamp LED type



191


BIDDER Confirmation

62 22.63

Analog Ammeter and Voltmeter with ASS /VSS for Incomer

22.64

Bus bar Aluminium type with PVC sleeve , suitable for required current rating

22.65

Panel Suitable type power coated Siemens gray colour RAL 7032

23 Maintenance Power Supply Boxes

23.1

All Building/ Transfer Tower/ Hopper/ other areas to be provided with maintenance power supply boxes with RCCB of 30mamps sensitivity. Socket – 63Amps, 4pole -2no’s 32Amps, 4pole-4no’s 16Amps, 2Pole-6no’s

23.2

Switchgear room, control room, panel room – to be provided with power socket as per requirement.

24

Lighting Boxes & Emergency Lighting Boxes

Illumination specification already sent by DCPL needs to be considered as reference.

24.1

RCCB All Lighting Boxes & Emergency lighting boxes to be provided with RCCB of 30mAmps sensitivity.

24.2

MCCB Thermal magnetic microprocessor release with breaking capacity of 36 kA with Ics= 100 % Icu

24.3

MCB Suitable type rated for 10 KA

24.4

On/OFF Timer To be provided in all boxes in the incomer with Auto/Manual by pass Switch ( Not in Emergency Boxes)

24.5

Accessories R-Y-B indicating lamp LED type

24.6

Panel wall mounted , powder coated siemens gray colour RAL 7032 , double door with front opening to be considered in lighting panels , single door in emergency panels.

G Lighting Transformer 1 Indoor Dry type vacuum

impregnated type 2 Voltage Ratio : 415 V/415 V



191


BIDDER Confirmation

3 Vector Group : Ynyn0 4 Off circuit links provided on

primary side range : +/- 5% @ 2.5 %

5 Cl. Of Insulation : F 6 Ingress Protection Class : IP65 7 Temperature rise of winding

shall be limited to 70deg.C at an ambient of 50 deg.C.

H LIGHTING FIXTURES Illumination specification already

sent by DCPL needs to be considered as reference.

1 Plant Road Lighting As per Wagon tippler layout ( from plant boundary wall) Road lighting control box to provide with auto/manual with timer.

2 Outdoor area illumination (Lighting Mast)

As per Wagon Tippler layout Hopper, Transfer Tower, Electrical Building, Vehicle parking yard, In motion weighing bridge area…..etc.,

3 Indoor lighting Electrical building, Control room, other building, conveyor gallery, hopper, transfer tower , weighting bridge..…etc.,

4.1 General lighting specification

All Lighting Fixture must be dust proof & lux level as per IS.

4.2

Indoor & Outdoor fixture should be HPSV

4.3 All light fitting to be provided with proper down rod in Switchgear room & Control room

4.4 False ceiling must be provided in Switchgear room & Control room

4.5 All lighting wiring through GI conduit (or) concealed in wall through PVC pipe.

4.6 Outdoor area lighting to be provided with ON/OFF timer with manual/auto mode of operation.

4.7 Emergency Lighting fixtures to be install in all location.

5 1x36W CFL Equivalent to Bajaj WCF 81236 SERIES IN WIPRO or BSP 136 IN BAJAJ or equivalent in CGL

6 1x150/250/400W High Bay

Equivalent to Bajaj BJHB I or Bajaj BJHB NI series Bajaj or WHS 25400 series in Wipro or equivalent in CGL



191


BIDDER Confirmation

7 1x250W Street Light Equivalent to Bajaj BGEST 250W SV IP65 or WST 71250 series in Wipro or equivalent in CGL.

8 1x18W / 2x18W CFL Equivalent to WVF 90118 SERIES IN WIPRO or BSP 136 IN BAJAJ or equivalent in CGL

9 1x150/400W Flood Light Equivalent to BJFL 150SV series in BAJAJ or VECTOR series in Wipro or equivalent in CGL

10 1x70/150W Well Glass Equivalent to BJVWIS SERIES IN BAJAJ or VECTOR series in Wipro or equivalent in CGL

11 2x36W CFL (Recess mounted)

Equivalent to Bajaj BMMR 236 CFL Equ.

12 (Surface mounted) Equivalent to Bajaj WVP24336 APF SERIES IN WIPRO or BMMR 336 IN BAJAJ or equivalent in CGL

13 Mounting Accessories Down rods - part of supply. I LV MOTORS 1 Ambient Temperature Ambient Temperature shall be

considered as 50 deg. C for all outdoor as well as ventilated indoor installation

2 The electrical equipment shall be designed for an ambient temperature of 50 deg. C. and 100% humidity both not occurring simultaneously for area outside pot-room. Equipment inside pot-rooms shall be designed for 65 deg. C

3 Constructional Features Shall conform to IS:325-1978/relevant IEC

Horizontal foot mounting type with integral feet design

Degree of protection IP-65 Insulation Class F Lifting arrangement shall be

provided

4 Terminal Box Suitable to terminate aluminium armored cables of 3½ cores/ 4 cores.

IP-65 degree of protection On right hand side when

viewed from drive end Fitted with double

compression cable glands. Shall be rotatable through

360 0 in steps of 90 0.



191


BIDDER Confirmation

Separate earthing stud inside terminal box for termination of fourth core of cable shall be provided.

5 Cooling Shall be of TEFC design (IC 0141 as per IS 6362 – 1971/relevant IEC Standards)

6 Electrical Design Suitable for DOL starting. All six terminals to be brought

to Terminal Box. Capable of starting & run up

with minimum 85 % rated voltage at its terminals.

Duty class shall meet the requirement of driven equipment.

Starting current shall be as per IS/IEC.

Starting torque not less than 160 % of nominal torque.

Capable of withstanding occasional overloads of 50% for 2 minutes.

Minimum Class `F' insulation with final temperature limited to 120 0C.

Over speed with stand capacity shall be as per IS/IEC.

Pull out torque shall be as required by driven equipment but not less than 275% of the rated torque.

Number of starts shall be as per IS/IEC

7.1 LV Motor Earthing Two separate earthing terminals on opposite sides of motor body

7.2 Electronic earthing (Pit and connection all) to be provided for PLC and I/O panels as per standard requirement- Bidder to specify and confirm.

7.3 Dedicated earth pits for the overall system to be constructed by the supplier and the same shall be connected to main earth grid if necessary by the bidder

7.4 Main earth grid shall be designed and constructed by the Contractor (Bidder)



191


BIDDER Confirmation

8 Quality of Operation Vibration limited as per IS 12075 – 1986/relevant IEC Standards Noise level as per IS 12065-1987/relevant IEC Standards.

9 Tests As per IS : 325, 1987

Routine tests to be carried out in presence of purchaser

Type test certificates to be furnished before inspection All motors shall be provided with LCS with remote /local option from SCADA

J Battery & battery Charger

1 Battery

1.1 Type Nickel cadmium 1.2 Cell voltage 2V 1.3 Sizing calculation

according to Bidder to supply suitable AH capacity of battery house for HT distribution system having backup of 1hour at required.

1.4 Capacity 2x100% 2 Battery Charger

2.1 Type Float cum boost charger 2.2 Capacity 2x100% 2.3 Protection Over current, earth fault…etc., K VFD's 1 Duty as per design 2 Nominal Current Rating as per

motor rated current 3 Complete panel - self standing 4 Input disconnect and protection

device provided 5 Conventional bypass

arrangement provided 6 Aux. supply is 220 V AC in built

through control transformer. 7 Input choke / Output choke

provided 8 communications port as required 9 Enclosure shall be RITTAL MAKE 10 Incomer /outgoing MCCB or ACB

as per the current specification as defined above for PCC /MCC

11 The VFD panels shall be located in local control room along with PLC panels, Which shall be air conditioned or in case of non air



191


BIDDER Confirmation

conditioned room the air conditioning unit with VFD to be provided by supplier.

12 The tentative location and design of local control room to be decided by supplier prior to finalization of order.

13 VFD shall have option for hardwired start / stop control through an Local control station and also Control Net Provision for remote start/ stop control and status indication

L Cable Trays/Step Through bridge

Please refer notes and details of cable tray as part of Erection specification and associated tender drawing.

1 Galvanised Cable tray (perforated, ladder type as per site requirement) to be taken of 3 Sizes only ,600, 300 and 150 mm width. Height of 600mm cable tray to be taken as 75 mm, Height of 300mm and 150 mm cable tray to be taken as 50mm All Cable tray to be provided with cable tray cover.

2 Thickness of all the trays is 2mm 3 2 nos. of coupler plates per joint

considered 4 Length of each set considered is

2000 mm 5 Inside Trench / Building :

Bottom cable tray should be 150mm above the cable trench floor. Cable trench to be design such that no rain water shall enter the cable trench. Also, new MCC room cable trench bottom (floor) shall be 300 mm above the surrounding FGL. All cable shaft, entering the room (& trench), must be covered with canopy to protect from any rain water ingressment

6 No cable shall bury directly in ground. All Cables should be taken cable



191


BIDDER Confirmation

tray in overhead rack (preferred one) and with prior permission from the owner, through cable trench with cable tray.

7 All Cable tray entry/ exit of building/ conveyor building/etc., to be provided with wall sealing arrangement with canopy.

M CABLES Please refer cable specification for HT/LT power and control cable.

1 Supply, laying & termination of all power, control and special cables required for PLC shall be included in the scope of work

Bidder to confirm

2 11 kV (UE) XLPE Cables- As per IS 7098 part-2

XLPE, FRLS cable Conductor - Compacted circular, Aluminum conductor- IS 8130/IEC 60228 Conductor screen- Extruded semi conducting compound- Insulation- XLPE Insulation non metallic screen- Extruded semi conducting compound Insulation metallic screen- Copper wire/ copper tape. Fillers- Cores laid up suitably with fillers – Non hygroscopic PVC /Ployproelenefibre Inner sheath /Bedding- PVC ST2 Armour- Galvanized flat steel strip /round wire armor Outer Sheath- FR PVC ST2,

3 1.1 kV, XLPE aluminum power cables- As per IS 7098/Part-1 /1988

Power cables shall be 1.1 kV grade, XLPE insulated, PVC type ST2 sheathed and armoured as per IS 7098 part-1 1988.

Power cable shall be 4/3.5 core of aluminium conductor with minimum size of 4 sq. mm. PVC taping as insulation is not acceptable

The construction shall be as under:



191


BIDDER Confirmation

Conductor – Aluminium Conductor confirming to IS 8130/1984- solid circular, stranded circular .compacted circular .strandrad shaped as applicable. Insulation - XLPE Inner sheath - PVC ST2 Armour – Galvanized flat strip Outer Sheath - FRLS PVC ST2

4 1.1KV , XLPE , Copper Control Cable:

Copper core Armoured power cable - 1.1KV voltage grade , Insulation- XLPE, Inner sheath Extruded PVC FR ST2 , Outer sheat FRLS PVC ST2, Armouring- Galvanised steel, round wire As per IS 7098

5 Spare core in control cable shall be 10% with minimum of 2 core

6 The cables shall conform to IS: 1554, 1988/relevant IEC Standards.

7 All cables from the outgoing of MCC to various consumers shall be included in the Bidder’s scope of work

8 Supply and lying of controlnet or ethrenet cable to be done using GI conduit and with proper separation from main power cables.

9 Handshaking signals -All signals required by the system is in the bidder scope

10 No cable shall bury directly in ground. All Cables should be taken through cable trench with cable tray (or) cable tray in overhead rack.

11 Minimum Cable drum size should be 500/1000metres to avoid number of joints.

N EARTHING SYSTEM For earthing please refer our specification for General Electrical Specification and Erection & Commissioning of Electrical Equipment and associated notes



191


BIDDER Confirmation

and details. needs to be considered as reference.

1.1 General Requirement Dedicated earth pits are to be provided for the complete electrical system as coming under the bidder scope and connect to the main plant grid. Bidder to design the type and no of pits as per IS standard as applicable for various electrical equipments.

1.2 For PLC and SCADA system, there shall be dedicated electronic earth pits are to be considered in bidder scope. The no of pits to be decided at the time of execution as per requirement of system and according to IS standard.

1.3 Lightning protection for all building in scope to be considered as per standard with dedicated earth pits.

1.4 Aviation system if any required shall be in supplier scope

2 Earthing Electrode For details of earthing & lightning protection, please refer our General Electrical Specification and Erection & Commissioning of Electrical Equipment already sent to you. needs to be considered as reference.

2.1 Electrode Medium duty GI pipe of 40 mm dia

2.2 Galvanizing thickness min 86 microns (as per IS)

2.3 Length of pipe min 4000 mm with perforations

2.4 Flange provided suitable for double connections

2.5 Treated earth pits considered as per IS 3043(latest revision)

3 GI Flats 25x4 mm and 50x6 mm are only flats considered

4 Rod ISRO 12/14 mm dia MS rod is considered for lightning and earthing



191


BIDDER Confirmation

5 Spike or Finials Lightning finials consisting of 25mm dia. GI solid rod, 1.5 mtr long with 50mm dia. copper sphere of thickness 3mm with 5nos, 10mm dia, 125mm long spikes. Base plate dimension are 150x150x6 mm.

O Safety Items As per system requirements and statutory requirement

1 Rubber Mat Suitable for 11 kV as per relevant IS standard, minimum size- 3 mtr x 1.8 mtr& Suitable for 415V panel, as per IS standard.

2 Fire Extinguisher(CO2& DCP type)

Bidder to include in supply.

3 Single line diagram board Single line diagram board to install in all panel room

4 Shock treatment chart To be provided in all room. 5 Painting of panel name &

rating To be done in all panel feeders, local panel, local push buttons.

6 Safety Caution board Electrical safety, Conveyor safety & The relevant safety board to install.

7 Building Identification name painting.

Painting of Name of - Building/Conveyors/ area as per requirement

P Electrical work related to auxiliary system to be construct

1 1) Fire fighting system 2) Dust extraction & Dust

extraction system. 3) Water drainage. 4) Coal waste water

treatment system. 5) Rain water harvesting. 6) Wagon weighing bridge.

Q Furniture’s for Control room, electrical building & In Motion weighing bridge

1 1) Godrej make control desk with chair for operator & in charge room.

2) Godrej make control desk with chair for operator & in charge room – In Motion weighing bridge.

3) Godrej make metal almirah



191


BIDDER Confirmation

for documents, drawings in control room (minimum 3no’s) , electrical room (minimum 3no’s In Motion weighing bridge. ( minimum 3no’s)

4) Wall mounted rack with glass door for lockout tag out keys in control room.

5) Wall mounted rack with glass door for panel handle & key provision in each electrical panel room.

R Air conditioning system & Ventilation system

1 PLC Control room, In Motion weighing bridge to be provided with air-conditioning system as per requirement.

2 Electrical panel room to be provided with : Air supply fan & Exhaust air fan.

(Or) Pressurized ventilation system as per requirement.

3 Battery room & battery charger room to provided with EXHAUST fan system

S ERECTION & INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES (STANDARD)

a Before starting the erection the

contractor shall undertake thorough inspection of all the new items/units to ensure that no damage has occurred during storage and transportation.

b All assemblies and sub-assemblies of the equipment, wherever applicable, shall be dismantled. The bearings gears and other components shall be thoroughly cleaned and lubricated before reassembly

c The contractor shall check the new civil foundations, if any, made by the purchaser to ensure conformity with the installation



191


BIDDER Confirmation

requirements. Minor dressing chipping etc. shall be carried out by the contractor without any extra cost to the purchaser

d Proper alignment, leveling and fixing/fastening shall be ensured. Complete erection shall be carried out in accordance with approved drawings and erection manuals of respective sub-suppliers

e All tools, tackles, hoists, electrodes, accessories and skilled/unskilled workers for erection and testing shall be arranged by the contractor

f The working conditions, practices and all applicable statutory/safety requirements shall be duly taken care of by the contractor. The work shall be carried out in such a way that other agencies working in adjoining areas are not affected.

g After erection all temporary structures, storage sheds etc. constructed for execution of the job shall be dismantled and the area shall be left clear from mucks & debris etc

h After erection of all plant and equipment, the contractor shall conduct tests on individual equipment to ensure that they conform to specified requirements and applicable codes. Details of tests shall be mutually agreed upon at least two weeks in advance. The purchaser will satisfying himself with respect to the following: i) Equipment as erected conform

to the approved drawings and manuals

ii) Pressure testing of pipes & valves and running test of blowers, and door drives etc

i Supply, fabrication, assembly and erection of all erection /



191


BIDDER Confirmation

installation accessories & equipment like GI cable trays, MS cable tray supports, painted support structures for equipment, GI pipes, GI earth strips, clamps, nuts, bolts, washers, cable tags, ferrules etc, are included in Bidder’s Scope

j Kindly confirm that there shall be no fabrication work carried out at site. All the structures, equipment, ducts, staircases etc shall fabricated outside from the site. Therefore no fabrication area shall be allotted to Supplier.

T APPROVED VENDOR LIST- ELECTRICAL

Refer Annexure. Final vendor list shall be handed over to contractor during contract finalization stage.

U Battery Limits & terminal Points

Refer – For scope and battery limit,

& terminal points

V Performance Guarantee parameters

Please refer Performance Guarantee parameters

W 3 Years O&M Spare list Refer the relevant section of technical specification.

X Statutory & Clearances work

5) CEIG approvals – drawing approval & charging permission.

6) Municipal Corporation – construction permission.

7) Factory Inspectorate – approval of drawing & construction permission.

8) Structural stability certificate from the CG govt. approved/authorized agency.

Y CONSTRUCTION POWER AT SITE

Refer the relevant section of technical specification.

Z TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION

Drawings/documents to be submitted along with BID and after LOI have been indicated in General Electrical Specification and respective specification. Bidder/contractor shall



191


BIDDER Confirmation

furnish accordingly.

a Along with Bid document

1. Control System

Architecture- PLC and SCADA configuration

2. Electrical consumer list 3. Preliminary SLD for HT/ LT

system 4. Electrical load in KW/KVA

approximate 5. PLC /MCC/Local Control

desk-Qty and approx size 6. List of makes as per

preferred makes 7. List of Deviation – If any 8. Any Additional

requirement detail 2 sets of hard copies and in soft copies – 1 sets in CD or by e-mail.

b Within one (1) month of LOI or during the kick off meeting

1. Electrical consumer list 2. PLC and SCADA

configuration- Preliminary 3. Electrical load data 4. List of Electrical

equipment- Preliminary list.

5. MCC /PLC and Local control desk- Preminary detail

6. Local Control Room- GA drawing and Panel Arrangement.

7. Location of panels at field.

8. Basic Engineering Drawing (Automation Drawing)

9. P& ID - Preliminary 10. Instrument list- preliminary

11. Control Philosophy-Preliminary

Six (6) hard copies & in soft copies i.e. two sets of CD’



191


BIDDER Confirmation

c Within one (1) month of kick-off meeting

1. Electrical consumer list- Final 2. Electrical load data- Final 3. List of panels- Final 4. MCC ,PLC and local control

desk- final 5. P&ID, Legend, Codes/Tags -

Final 6. Hardware configuration

drawings of PLC control system;

7. I/O interfaces drawings of PLC control system;

8. Drawings of PLC electrical control system;

9. General Arrangement & Internal General Arrangement of C&I Panels.

10.Interconnecting wiring diagram provided by the Seller;

11.UPS Load Sizing Calculation. 12.Communication Network

Arrangement Drawing.

Six (6) hard copies & in soft copies i.e. two sets of CD’

d Within four (4) months of LOI

1. Instruments list and drawings-

Final 2. Control Philosophy- Final 3. Logic Write Up / Flowchart &

Alarms 4. General PLC block

diagram(system configuration) 5. I/O list for PLC 6. PLC control software; 7. Status data sheet and

measurement parameters sheet of PLC control system;

8. Configuration software and communication software of Panelview operator interface;

9. Communication agreement and technology stipulation between PLC control system and master computer supervision station.

10. Electrical schematics, SLD , interconnection and

termination drawing for equipment ,control Desk, PLc



191


BIDDER Confirmation

etc. 10. Motor list. 11. MCC /PLC general arrangement

12. MCC front panel arrangement. 13. List of power and control

cables indicating start and end points, cable numbers, specification,core numbers and the type.

14. Instruments Datasheet. 15. Instruments Bill Of Material. 16. Instrument Installation

Drawings (HookUp Dwgs). 17. C&I Cable Schedule & Cable

Tray Route Drawing. 18. Interconnection Table and

Overall Wiring Scheme. 19. I&C Power supply

distribution scheme. 20. Quality Assurance Plan (QAP

to be approved with Owner) 21. List of Mandatory Spares

e Within eight (8) months of LOI

Program files PC/PLC user’s program table

and its floppy copy. Floppy copy of PLC

programming software. Back-up CDs shall be

provided for the software platform and application programs (as built) for reloading

Operation manual 1. Installation instruction. 2. Start –up instruction. 3. Operation Guide 4. Maintenance instruction and

plan 5. Equipment disassembly 6. Technical descriptions and

plan of lubricant



191


BIDDER Confirmation

7. Hydraulic Technical description

8. Startup program 9. Operation instruction 10.Brochure of electrical

equipment 11.PLC user’s manual and

catalogue 12.All Type of Instrument’s user

manual and catalogue. 13.Instrument Calibration

Certificates.

ANNEXURE

APPROVED VENDOR LIST- ELECTRICAL

Sr.No.

Item Description BALCO Requirement Bidder Confirmation

HT SYSTEM

1 11/0.415 kV Distribution Transformer

Siemens/ABB/ BBL/Voltamp/HHE/CGL

2 11 kV Switchgear ABB / Siemens

3 11 kV Switchboard Siemens/ABB

4 1.1 kV Control & Power Cable

RPG/ CCI /Universal/ Nicco/ Polycab/Fort Gloster /Finolex

5 11 kV HT Cable RPG/ CCI /Universal/ Nicco/ Polycab /Finolex

6 AC and DC Distribution board

ABB/L&T/ Siemens

7 Marshalling Kiosk Siemens/ABB/Rittal

8 Lighting panel Legrand /Havells/Siemens /ABB

9 Ni-CD Battery HBL Nife /Amco / Exide

10 Battery Charger Amaraja / Caldyne / Hansa

11 11 kvBusduct Enpro / Star Drive / C&S

12 Off Load tap Changer Paragon/Alwaye



191

Sr.No.


13 LT switchgear and components

Siemens / ABB / L&T

14 Numerical relays ABB eqvlnt/ ArevaMicom series / Siemens - Siprotec

15 Light fittings Philips / Bajaj/Wipro

16 Lighting Distribution box Siemens / Legrand/MDS/Havells

17 MCB Siemens / Legrand/MDS/ GE

18 MCCB Siemens / GE

19 5/15 A switch and sockets

Anchor / Roma / Siemens

20 Multifunction meter SATEC

21 HT Cable termination kit / joints

Raychem

22 HT DRIVE /HT motor ABB/Siemens/Kirloskar/CG

LT System

1 Lighting transformer EMCO/CGL/VOLTAMP/RAYCHEM

2 LT busduct Best & Crompton/Star Drive/Elfab Zeta/ C&S/ENPRO

3 Pot room Bus slot Best & Crompton/Star Drive/Elfab Zeta/ C&S/ENPRO/NAXSO

4 MCC( 415V) Drawout L & T / Seimens/ABB

5 Motors LT Seimens/Alstom/ABB/Bharat Bijlee

6 LT cables RPG/ CCI /Universal/ Nicco/ Polycab/Fort Gloster /Finolex/Havells

7 Trailing/flexible cable RPG/ CCI /Universal/ Nicco/ Polycab/Fort Gloster /Finolex/Havells

8 VFD panels Rittal

9 Lighting Box MDS/HAVELLS/ SIEMENS/ABB/L&T

10 Local Control box for motor start/stop ( FRP type)

Pushtron

11 Maintenance Repair box L & T/ ABB/ Seimens/Schneider

12 Load Break switch L & T/ ABB/ Seimens/Schneider



191

Sr.No.


13 Junction Box Reputated make

14 Lamps and fittings Bajaj/Crompton/Wipro/GE

15 MLDB HAVELLS/ legrand/ MDS

16 ACB Siemens / L&T/ABB

17 MCCB Siemens / L&T/ABB

18 Control switch Siemens/ L & T/ Kaycee /BCH/GEPC

19 Selector Switch Siemen/ L & T/ Kaycee /BCH

20 Fuses Siemens/ L & T /ABB

21 Contactors and Overload relays

Siemens/ L & T/ABB

22 Indication lamps Siemens/ L & T/ Technic

23 Timers Seimens/L & T / GEPC /ABB

24 Indicating Meters AE/ IMP GECA/ MECO

25 MFM SATEC

26 Push Buttons Seimens/ L & T /ABB

27 CT & PT CGL/ AE

28 LT isolators Seimens/ L & T / GEPC

29 Terminals Elmex

30 MCB Siemens / Legrand/MDS/ GE

31 Protective Relays ABB/ Seimens/ GE/ L&T

32 Switch Socket receptacles

BCH/Best and Crompton/CGL

33 Cable trays / Support Industrial Perforation/INDIANA Jamna Metals/Unitech

34 Battery- Ni-cd amco/exide/amararaja/hblnife

35 UPS EMERSON/HI-REL/DB

36 Battery and Battery Charger

Amara Raja/ Exide/ HBL/ HANSA/ ChabbiAMCO

37 Termination Kits Raychem

38 AC Drives Rockwell / ABB/Siemens/TMEIC

39 Neutral Grounding Resistors

RSI/Resitech/Industries Syndicate BCH/ National Switch gear



191

Sr.No.


40 Local Power Isolation Cabinet

L & T/ ABB/ Seimens/Schneider

41 Programmable logic Controller

Allen Bradley

INSTRUMENTATION

1 Annunciator: Yokogawa/Procon

2 UPS Emerson

3 Control Panel and desk Rittal

4 RTDS/ TC Industrial instrumentation/ General Instrument

5 Level measuring instruments

Vega

6 Tuning fork type Vega/ Yokogawa /Emerson/ Honeywell.

7 Capacitance Type Vega/ Yokogawa /Emerson/ Honeywell

8 Ultrasonic Type Vega/ Yokogawa /Emerson/ Honeywell.

9 Float / Displacer type Vega/ Yokogawa /Emerson/ Honeywell

10 Radar Type Vega/ Yokogawa /Emerson/ Honeywell

11 R F type Vega/ Yokogawa /Emerson/ Honeywell

12 Pressure /DP/ Flow/Temperature

Yokogawa /Emerson/ Honeywell/ ABB

13 Pressure Switch Danfuss/Switzer/IFM

14 Flow Switch Switzer/ Danfuss/Forbes Marshal/IFM

15 Pressure Gauge WIKA

16 Temperature Switch Switzer

17 Control valves Fischer / IL Palghat /Forbes Marshall/ Limitorque

18 Electric Actuators IL Palghat/ Seimens/ Limitorque

19 Pneumatic Actuators Fischer / IL Palghat /Forbes Marshall/ Limitorque

20 I / P convertors Rosemount/ ABB/ Forbes



191

Sr.No.


21 Air Filter regulator ShavoNorgan/ Bells/Palghat

22 Control and data Cables LAPP /Belden /Finolex

23 Safety Valve Fouress

24 Limit Switches BCH/ KAYCEE /Telemechanique/Seimens

25 Scanners Yokogawa /Microsystems/ M B Controls/ Masibus

26 Weigh Feeders Reputated make

27 Load Cell Reputated make

28 Junction Box Reputated make

NOTE: IF ANY PARTICULAR ITEM IS NOT INCLUDED HERE, BIDDER SHALL TAKE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER AGAINST THAT PARTICULAR ITEM;

IF THE ITEM IS INCLUDED HERE, NO ALTERATIONS SHALL BE POSSIBLE

- 1 -

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR

SUPPLY CONTRACT

FOR BALCO EXPANSION PROJECT AT KORBA,

CHHATTISGARH

- 2 -

CONTENTS

Article 1 Definitions And Interpretation

Article 2 Scope of Work

Article 3 Contract Price

Article 4 Payment Terms

Article 5 Effective Date of Contract

Article 6 Delivery Schedule

Article 7 Liquidated Damages

Article 8 Billing Schedule cum Dispatch Schedule

Article 9 Packing marks and Dispatch

Article 10 Transfer of Title

Article 11 License / Approval

Article 12 Insurance

Article 13 Extra Ordinary Traffic

Article 14 Warranty/Guarantee and Defects

Article 15 Assignment and Sub-Contracting

Article 16 Owner’s Representative

Article 17 Legal Compliance and Statutory Requirements

Article 18 Intellectual Property

Article 19 Secrecy and Confidentiality

Article 20 Contractor’s General Obligations

Article 21 Rejection of Defective Plant

Article 22 Defects Before Taking Over

Article 23 Performance Guarantee and Acceptance of the System

Article 24 Variations

Article 25 Supplier’s Co-Operation with Financing

Article 26 Interpretation of Contract

Article 27 Force Majeure

Article 28 Risk Purchase

Article 29 Arbitration

Article 30 Termination & Suspension

Article 31 Languages

Article 32 Notices

Article 33 Inspection And Testing

- 3 -

Article 34 Waiver

Article 35 Severability

Article 36 Bought Out Equipment

Article 37 Consequential Damage

Article 38 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

Article 39 Maximum Aggregate Liability

Article 40 Exclusive Remedy

- 4 -

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Interpretation in this Contract:

1.1.1 Terms and phrases defined in the Article-1 shall have the same meanings

wherever used in this Contract.

1.1.2 References in the singular shall include references in the plural and vice versa.

1.1.3 References to a particular Article, sub-Article -shall, except where the context

otherwise requires, be a reference to that Article-, sub-Article

1.1.4 The headings are inserted for convenience and are to be ignored for the purposes

of construction.

1.1.5 The words “include” and “including” are to be construed without limitation.

1.1.6 The Annexure to the Contract form part of this Contract and will be of full force

and effect as though they were expressly set out in the body of the Contract.

1.1.7 Whenever provision is made for the giving of notice, approval or consent by any

Person, unless otherwise specified such notice, approval or consent shall be in

writing and the words “notify” and “approve” shall be construed accordingly.

1.1.8 The invalidity or unenforceability of any portion or provision of this Contract shall

not affect the validity or enforceability of any other portion or provision. Any

invalid or unenforceable portion or provision shall be deemed severed from this

Contract. The Parties agree that in such circumstances to interpret and to

negotiate an equitable amendment to the provisions of this Contract to give effect

to the underlying purposes of this Contract.

1.1.9 The failure of either Party, at any time during the Term hereof, to require

performance by the other Party of any provision of the Contract shall in no way

affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter. The waiver

by either Party of a breach of any provision of the Contract does not constitute

a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision, nor shall it

constitute a waiver of the provision itself.

ARTICLE - 2

- 5 -

SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 The scope of work to be carried out by the Supplier pursuant to the terms of this

Contract includes, but not limited to design, engineering, manufacture,

procurement, inspection, assembly, painting, testing, packing, forwarding,

transportation, insurance and delivery of “Wagon Tippler along with Associated

Conveying System to 1200 MW and 540 MW CHP” on single point responsibility

basis with all commissioning spares, 2 years recommended spares as per the

signed Technical Specification for “Wagon Tippler along with Associated Conveying

System to 1200 MW and 540 MW CHP” on FOR Site, Korba basis. The detailed

scope and specifications shall be as per signed and mutually agreed Technical

Specifications for “Wagon Tippler along with Associated Conveying System to 1200

MW and 540 MW CHP”.

2.2 Completeness:

The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment, fittings, accessories/materials of

supplies which may not be specifically mentioned in the specification/drawing/scope

of supply/work, but which are usual and materially necessary for proper

commissioning of the equipment, are to be provided by The Contractor without any

extra cost to The Owner, unless expressly excluded in this Contract. The Supplier

shall be deemed to have carefully examined and to have knowledge of all the

documents, drawings and other documents forming part of above subject and

references and also have satisfied itself as to the nature and character of the work

to be executed. Any information thus has or otherwise obtained from the Owner

shall not in any way relieve the Supplier from its responsibility for completion of total

Scope of Work or any other work not specifically mentioned in this Contract but

materially necessary for completion of the Facility within the battery limits offered by

the Supplier and agreed by the owner.

2.3 Special Tools and Consumables

2.4.1 Commissioning Spares

The Supplier shall supply along with the equipment mentioned in Article 2.1 hereof,

adequate commissioning spares as per the Technical Specification. The contract

price at Article-3 hereof includes the prices for such commissioning spares.

2.4.2 Spares for two years operation and maintenance

- 6 -

The Supplier shall provide list of spares along with price required for 2-years normal

operation and maintenance of the plant. The Supplier should keep the prices of two

years operation and maintenance valid till one year from the date of proposal (list

and final price to be discussed within one year of award of contract). The Owner

shall be at liberty to place order for additional spares.

2.4.3 Initial fills of Oil, lubricants and consumables

The Supplier shall supply along with the Plant & Equipment the oils and lubricants

required for the initial fill including hydraulic fluids, grease, flushing oils etc. well in

advance, for commissioning of the Plant & Equipment. The cost of such initial fill of

oils including hydraulic oils and other lubricants is included in the Contract Price.

The Supplier shall be responsible for supply of full quantities of such oils and

lubricants as may be required for this purpose till completion of commissioning

irrespective of the oils & lubricants, quantity etc. mentioned in Technical

Specification. These oils & lubricants should be preferably of Indian origin. In the

case of imported oil & lubricant, specification for the same shall be furnished by the

Supplier for procurement in future.

2.5 PAINTING

The general specification for painting and colour code etc. shall be followed for

painting of the equipment, steel structures etc. as given in the Technical

Specification.

Article-3

CONTRACT PRICE

3.1 In consideration of the Supplier supplying the Plant and Equipment, the Owner

hereby covenants to pay to the Supplier the Contract Price amounting to XXXXX

(Including all taxes and duties including CST @2% against ‘C’ form ,excluding of

Excise Duty which shall be paid/reimbursed on submission of necessary

Cenvatable Documents) Say Indian Rupees XXXXXX at the time and in the

manner prescribed in Article-4 of the Contract subject to such

deductions/adjustments as may be allowable in the Contract.

3.2 Basis of Contract Price

- 7 -

3.2.1 Supplier to inform itself Fully

The Supplier shall be deemed to have inspected the Site and its surroundings and

have satisfied itself as to all technical, commercial, and general condition of and all

circumstances affecting the Site and the Works, the form and nature of the Site, the

extent and nature of the work and materials necessary for the carrying out and

completion of the Works, the means of communication with and transportation and

access to the Site, the accommodation it may require and in general all risks and

contingencies influencing or affecting the Works. The Supplier shall not, except as

expressly provided in this Contract, be entitled to any extension of the Completion

Schedule or to any adjustment of the Contract Price on grounds of misinterpretation

or misunderstanding of any such matter.

3.2.2 Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Contract, the above prices are all

inclusive, firm and final. The agreed rates are inclusive of all

incidental/miscellaneous expenses incurred in order to discharge the contractual

obligations.

3.2.3 All taxes and duties on Supplies payable and shall be borne and paid by the

Supplier & the Owner shall reimburse the same as indicated in the Article 3.3

3.2.4 Freight & transit insurance for supplies are included in the Contract Price.

3.2.5 The price shall be on the basis of scope of work, specifications and battery limits as

defined herein and more particularly described in the technical details as agreed

and signed during your visit at BALCO, Korba. The price includes all statutory fees /

levies in India as may be required up to commissioning.

3.2.6 In case the project is entitled to any Tax benefit / concessions in India, the same

shall be passed on to The Owner by The Contractor

3.3 Taxes & Duties

3.3.1 Contract Price shall be inclusive of all taxes, duties and levies except Excise Duty,

However, Excise duty which shall be paid/reimbursed at actual against submission

of CENVATABLE documents. Owner will issue necessary C-forms and Road

Permits, wherever required / permitted. Since the excise duty shall be paid/

reimbursed on submission of CENVATABLE Excise Invoice by the Supplier, the

Supplier shall be responsible for the correctness of the CENVATABLE documents

to enable the Owner to avail the CENVAT credit.

- 8 -

Statutory variations in taxes/duties or imposition of any new taxes, duties or levies

in India shall be to OWNER’s account.

Entry tax shall be paid extra at actual by the Purchaser.

Article 4

PAYMENT TERMS

In consideration of the payments to be made by the Owner to the Supplier as

provided in the Contract, the Supplier covenants with the Owner to supply the

Plant and equipment in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the

Contract.

Subject to any deductions from the contract price as per Contract the Supplier

shall be entitled to receive the contract price in the following manner:

4.1 Supply of Plant, Equipments & Spare

4.1.1 Payment Terms

Subject to any deductions from the Contract Price as per Contract the Supplier shall

be entitled to receive the Contract Price in the following manner:

a) 10% of the basic Contract Price shall be paid as advance against submission of

advance bank guarantee of equivalent amount along with security bank guarantee

of 5% of the basic Contract Price. The advance bank guarantee shall have the

validity till completion of supply whereas the security bank guarantee shall be valid

till Commissioning. The amount of advance bank guarantee shall be

progressively reduced on quarterly basis in proportion to the value of progress

payments received.

b) 80% of the basic Contract Price with 100% taxes and duties shall be paid on

prorate basis as per mutually agreed billing schedule within 21 days of receipt of

materials at Site and submission of invoices along with supporting documents.

c) 5% of the basic Contract Price shall be paid after Commissioning certified by

owners engineer in-charge and submission of 5% Performance Bank Guarantee

valid till completion of warranty period.

- 9 -

d) 5% of the basic Contract Price shall be paid against successful demonstration of

Performance Guarantees certified by owners engineer in-charge and submission of

5% Performance Bank Guarantee valid till completion of warranty period.

If the supplier is unable to conduct commissioning for the reason not attributable to

supplier for the more than three month after the date for which it was ready for the

commissioning then supplier shall be entitled to have payment for commissioning

against submission of performance bank guarantee of 5% valid till warranty period.

However the supplier shall not be relived from the obligation to perform

commissioning.

If the supplier is unable to conduct Performance Guarantee test for the reason not

attributable to supplier for the more than six month after the date for which it was

ready for the performance guarantee test then supplier shall be entitled to have

payment for PG test against submission of performance bank guarantee of 5%

valid till warranty period.. However the supplier shall not be relived from the

obligation to perform guarantee test.

4.1.2 Bank Guarantee:

The Contractor shall procure and deliver to the Owner, Bank Guarantee(s) in such

form and amounts as specified hereunder.

a) The Advance Bank Guarantee amounting to 10% of the basic Contract Price shall

be submitted within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of contract valid till the

completion of Supply.

b) The Security Bank Guarantee amounting to 5% of the basic Contract Price shall

be submitted within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of Contract valid till

commissioning.

c) The Performance Bank Guarantee amounting to 5% of the basic Contract Price

shall be submitted within 15 (fifteen) days of successful completion of

Commissioning and Performance Guarantee Test respectively valid up to

warranty period. Total value of bank guarantee towards performance shall be ten

percent (10%) of the basic Contract Price.

d) All the Bank Guarantees furnished by the Supplier shall be unconditional,

irrevocable and from a nationalized bank of repute acceptable to the Owner and

in The Owner’s format including all changes agreed mutually.

- 10 -

e) All Bank Guarantees shall have a claim period of 03 (three) months from the date

of expiry.

f) The value of Advance Bank Guarantee shall be reviewed and reduced once in

three (3) months corresponding to the adjustments of advance made by the

Owner and based on a certificate to be issued by the Owner.

g) Any demand must be presented by way of a letter duly signed by executive who

have the authority required to act with binding effect upon you. The signatories’

names must also be typed in the letter and verified by your Bankers and the

signed letter must identify this Letter of Guarantee by reference to its number

The Bank Guarantees shall have the provision of the same currency as the Contract

price.

Article-5

EFFECTIVE DATE OF CONTRACT

5.1 Effective Date of the Contract shall be the latest date of (a) the date of signing of

the Contract and (b) the date of receipt of advance payment. However, Advance

payment shall be released within 30 days of submission of correct Bank Guarantee

as per Owner’ format including all changes agreed mutually. The Supplier shall

submit the Advance Bank Guarantee within 15 days of signing of Contract.

If beyond thirty (30) & within sixty (60) days from the date of submission of advance

bank guarantee, the condition set out in item (b) above is not fulfilled by the Owner

due to reasons attributable to the Owner, the date shall be shifted by equal period.

If beyond sixty (60) & within ninety (90) days from the date of submission of

advance bank guarantee, the condition set out in item (b) above is not fulfilled by

the Owner due to reasons attributable to the Owner, the implication, if any on

Completion Schedule date shall be reviewed.

If beyond ninety (90) days from the date of submission of advance bank guarantee,

the condition set out in item (b) above is not fulfilled by the Owner due to reasons

attributable to the Owner, the Contractor shall suspend the Work and Parties shall

review the Contract for its implication and arrive at a mutually agreed settlement.

5.2 Commencement

- 11 -

The Supplier shall commence the Works immediately from the Effective Date of

Contract and shall thereafter, subject to the terms of the Contract, proceed with

the Works diligently and expeditiously.

Article 6

DELIVERY SCHEDULE

Notwithstanding the date of execution of this Contract, this Contract shall for all

purposes and for the performance of obligations; The Contractor shall have the

date effective and enforceable with effect from the date of award of this contract

The complete scope of work envisaged under this contract should be completed

within XXXXXX from the effective date of contract.

The Parties agree that time is also one of the important feature of this Contract

and undertakes to complete this work within the time schedule as stipulated in this

contract.

Article-7

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

7.1 Liquidated Damages due to Delay in Completion

In case of delay in commissioning of equipment for reasons attributable to

Supplier, supplier shall be liable to pay liquidated damages for the respective

system and not by way of penalty, an amount calculated at the rate of 0.5% of the

Contract Price of the respective system for each week of delay or part thereof

subject to a maximum of 5% of basic Contract Price.

7.2 Liquidated Damages due to Non Performance :- 7.2.1 In case, the Performance of unit/system as a whole is below guaranteed

performance parameters, if for reasons attributable to the Supplier/Contractor, as

set out in the performance guarantee clause of the technical specifications of the

contract, The Contractor shall pay to the Owner, liquidated damages and not way

of penalty for each of the short fall of guarantee parameters up to a maximum of

ten percent (10%) of basic Contract Price.

- 12 -

7.3 The liquidated damages for delay and non-fulfilment of performance guarantees

shall be mutually exclusive and shall be levied independently, however subject to

clause 7.5. Payment or deduction of Liquidated Damages shall in no way relieve the

Supplier from completing the Works and discharging all its other obligations under this

Contract.

7.4 Recovery of Liquidated Damages

The Owner shall have right to recover any such amount, as deductible / recoverable

under liquidated damages, from the pending bills of Supplier, if any, and / or from

the retention money and / or by encashing any Bank Guarantee.

7.5 The combined liquidated damages on account of delay in commissioning and short

fall in performance parameters shall be limited to ten percent (10%) of the basic

Contract Price.

Article-8

BILLING CUM DESPATCH SCHEDULE

For facilitating release of payments the Supplier shall prepare and submit detailed

Billing Schedule and Despatch Schedule separately for the Plant & Equipment

within 45 days of the Effective Date of the Contract for approval by the Owner.

Within 3 months from the Effective Date of contract, a detailed shipping schedule

shall be submitted, indicating the break-up of the complete Plant into shipment units

with approximate weights and dimensions and the respective dates upon which

such units will be dispatched from the Supplier's and/or its Sub-Supplier's works.

The Supplier shall arrange for supplies of the Plant, Machinery and Equipment in

the logical sequence required for erection by the Owner within the overall delivery

schedule of the Contract. The Supplier shall promptly give written notice to the

Owner of any anticipated delay in maintaining such schedule stating reasons and

remedial measures, there for. This shall not however in any way absolve the

Supplier from his responsibility of timely delivery of Plant and Equipment as per

contractual time schedule.

Article-9

PACKING, MARKING AND DESPATCH

- 13 -

9.1 The general specification of packing and marking in respect of Plant and Equipment

shall be as per good Industry Practices.

All Plant and Equipment and materials shall be consigned in favour of

Head – Stores

Bharat Aluminium Company Limited

1200 MW Power Project

Korba, - 495684 Chhattisgarh, India

9.2 The Supplier shall take prior instructions from Owner before making first delivery of

the project so as to ensure proper documents are in place and Owner shall

formalise the same by issuing detailed despatch instructions to the Supplier.

9.3 DESPATCH CLEARANCE On satisfactory completion of inspection or waiver or deemed inspection thereof, Supplier shall submit raw material TCs, internal inspection reports, final inspection reports, etc., to Purchaser. If the Owner fails to inspect the item within 10 days of its notice of readiness, the Supplier shall continue with the tests as specified in the specification, which shall be considered deemed inspected in presence of the Owner and will proceed further as per the Contract.

All consignments shall be dispatched only after receipt of "Inspection Certificate" and "Dispatch Clearance" from Purchaser. Purchaser shall issue “Inspection Certificate” and “Dispatch Clearance” within 10 days of receipt of such documents In case Dispatch Clearance certificate is not issued by the Purchaser within 10 days from receipt of notice of readiness for dispatch by the Supplier due to reasons not attributable to the Supplier, then Supplier shall proceed as per the Contract.

9.4 TRANSIT RESPONSIBILITY 9.4.1 Equipment should be conserved and packed in such a manner so as to protect it

from damage, deterioration and pilferage during transportation to site. 9.4.2 The responsibility for safe delivery of complete equipment at site is that of the

Supplier/ Contractor. 9.4.3 An open package inspection shall be carried out once the consignment arrives at

site. If this inspection were to reveal deficiencies, damage or incorrect or incomplete

deliveries, that are responsibility of the Supplier/ Contractor, the Supplier/

- 14 -

Contractor shall eliminate the faults within a time limit set by the Purchaser. All

costs whatsoever arising in this connection shall be borne by the Supplier/

Contractor.

Article-10

TRANSFER OF TITLE

The title to the Plant and Equipment and goods shall be passed to the Owner

when delivered to the Site, provided however, such passing of title of ownership to

the Owner shall not in any way absolve, diminish or dilute the responsibilities and

obligations of the Supplier as per the Contract.

For despatches made from the Sub-Contractors’ /Sub-suppliers’ works, on the

consignment-note/lorry receipt, the consignee for the materials despatched

under sale-in-transit transaction shall be on SELF basis duly endorsed in favour of

BALCO, Korba . The Transporter’s copy of the excise duty invoice shall be

submitted to the BALCO, Korba.

Article-11 LICENCES / APPROVALS The Supplier shall obtain all the necessary licenses / approval if any required for

their scope of work from the competent authorities and the charges for approval of

electrical equipment from any Indian authority shall be reimbursed by THE OWNER

to The Contractor only upon submission of original and essential documents, issued

by the said authority, as a proof of such approval. Failure to obtain licenses /

approval shall not be considered as Force Majeure.

Article-12

INSURANCE 12.1 All the insurances required for the supplies covered under the Contract shall be

arranged by the Supplier at his own cost. The Owner shall neither bear any

responsibility nor any liability whatsoever on this account.

12.2 The Owner shall be the principal beneficiary of the policy along with the Supplier

and shall reserve the exclusive right to assign the policy. The Supplier shall take

out insurance policy from one or more reputed Insurance Company.

- 15 -

12.3 The insurance policy to be taken by the Supplier shall cover replacement cost of all

supplies with due consideration of escalation, incidental expenses, supervision cost

etc.

12.4 All the insurance claims shall be lodged and settled by the Supplier and the

missing/damaged items shall be replaced / repaired by the Supplier without any

extra cost to the Owner and without affecting the scheduled completion time. The

Owner's decision regarding replacement of goods damaged, lost or rendered

unusable shall be final.

12.5 The supplier shall also cover insurance for all those items which will be repaired/

refurbished at the works of Supplier/sub-Supplier.

12.6 In the event of such loss or damage before Taking Over, the Supplier shall be solely

responsible to lodge the claims and settle the same. On receipt of the repair or

replacement item the Owner shall issue No Claim Certificate to the Supplier to

enable the Supplier to receive the claim amount directly from the Insurance Co. and

take out the damaged item, after which the Supplier shall proceed with repair or

replacement of the goods without waiting for settlement of the claim. It is further

clarified that neither extension of Completion Schedule nor any extra claim shall be

admissible on account of insurance.

Article-13

EXTRA ORDINARY TRAFFIC

13.1 Damage to Highways

The Supplier shall use all reasonable endeavours to prevent damage to any of the

highways or bridges on the routes to the Site by any traffic of the Supplier or its

Sub-Suppliers. If and to the extent that any such damage is caused to any

highway or bridges by the Supplier or its Sub-Suppliers, the Supplier shall arrange

to remedy such damage at its own expense and indemnify the Owner against

such damages/claims/issue.

13.2 Special Loads

Should the Supplier consider that the moving of one or more loads of Plant or

Supplier’s Equipment is likely to damage any highway or bridge unless special

protection or strengthening is carried out, then the Supplier shall before moving

the load submit to the relevant Competent Authority its proposals as to the moving

- 16 -

of the load, including details of the weight and other particulars of the load to be

moved and its proposal for protecting or strengthening the highway or bridge.

13.3 Extraordinary Traffic Claims

If the Owner shall receive any claim in respect of damage or injury to highways or

bridges arising out of the execution of the Works, it shall immediately report the

claim to the Supplier. The Supplier shall indemnify the Owner against any such

claims/issue and negotiate the settlement of and pay all sums due in respect of

such claim and shall reimburse to the Owner any costs, charges and expenses

reasonably incurred by the Owner in relation thereto, if any.

13.4 Non-interference with Local Traffic

The Supplier shall take all such measures as may be reasonably necessary to

ensure that its arrangements and those of its Sub-Suppliers with respect to the

transport of goods, material and labour to the Site do not interfere with local traffic

in the vicinity of the Site and where such interference is unavoidable shall make

such special arrangements and obtain such permissions from the relevant

Competent Authorities as may be reasonably required to minimise the effect of

such interference.

Article – 14

WARRANTY/GUARANTEE AND DEFECTS

14.1 The supplier shall also warrants that his proposed facility is free from all defects,

including Latent of those pertaining to:

(a) Design

(b) Engineering

- 17 -

(c) Material

(d) Manufacturing

(e) Workmanship

14.2 Should any defect attributable to above arise within the Warranty Period, as

indicated below, the bidder shall replace such defective portion or part thereof at

no extra cost (considering all cost elements involved) to the Owner . Such repair /

replacement shall be carried out with minimum loss of time.

14.3 The Warranty Period shall be 12 (twelve) months from the date of successful

commissioning. The Warranty period shall exclude any downtime for defects /

repairs attributable to supplier. However in case of any delay in commissioning

beyond 6 months from the scheduled date, for reasons solely attributable to the

owner then Warranty shall also be reckoned as 18 (eighteen) months from the

date of scheduled commissioning.

Any delay on the part of the supplier / contractor shall result into extension of

warranty period accordingly.

14.4 Making Good Defects

The Supplier shall be responsible for promptly making good by replacement at

FOR Site, repair and/or modification, as per the instruction of the Owner at its

expense any Defect in any part of the Facility which may appear during the

Warranty Period in relation thereto and which arises from any failure to comply

with the provisions of Article 14.3 hereof.

14.5 Extension of Warranty Period

The Warranty Period for the System or any part thereof shall be extended by a

period equal to the period during which the relevant Facility or part cannot be

used by reason of any Defect to which Article 14.5 applies. The provisions of this

Article 14.5 shall apply to all repairs; replacements or modifications carried out by

the Supplier to remedy Defects as if the component replaced, repaired or modified

had been taken over on the date they were completed. However warranty period

for such replaced/repaired/modified parts shall not exceed 12 months from the

date of delivery of the replacement Equipment or repair of the defective

Equipment.

- 18 -

14.6 Delays in Remedying Defects

If the Supplier fails to commence and proceed diligently with the remedy of any

such defect within 30 (thirty) days of receipt of notification thereof from the Owner,

the Owner may proceed to do the work at the Supplier’s expense provided that it

does so in a reasonable manner in accordance with Good Industry Practice,

notifies the Supplier of its intention to do so and permits the Supplier to inspect

such repaired or replaced Plant to ensure that quality standards have been

maintained. The reasonable cost for replacement of defective part of the

Equipment so incurred by the Owner shall be deducted from the Contract Price or

to be paid by the Supplier to the Owner.

14.7 Removal of Defective Supplies

The Supplier may with the consent of the Owner, which consent shall not be

unreasonably withheld, remove from the Site at his own cost any part of the

Facility which is defective, if the nature of the defect is such that repairs cannot be

expeditiously carried out on the Site.

14.8 Warranty due to Design Defects

Wherever it is established that a Defect in a component is due to faulty design

only, the Supplier shall replace all identical application components performing the

same function under the same working conditions with new ones based on the

correct design, even though, such components may not have given rise to any

failure.

14.9 Further Tests

If any replacement, repair or modification is of such a character as may affect the

subsequent performance of the Facility or any part thereof in accordance with the

Performance Guarantees, the Owner may within 30 (thirty) days after such

replacement, repair or modification give to the Supplier notice requiring that such

further tests be conducted in respect of the relevant part as may be necessary to

demonstrate the adequacy and efficacy of the replacement, repair or modification.

14.10 Operation and Maintenance

The obligations and liabilities of the Supplier under this Article do not extend to

any repairs, adjustments, alterations, replacements, or maintenance that may be

required as a result of normal wear and tear or as a result of the Owner’s failure to

- 19 -

operate or maintain the Facility after Taking-Over in accordance with Good

Industry Practice consistent with the operating and maintenance manuals

supplied by the Supplier.

14.11 Latent Defects

If any Defect of the kind (i) significantly affects the operation or output of the Facility,

or (ii) arises as a result of any act or omission on the part of the Supplier which a

highly skilled Supplier acting conscientiously would have foreseen or avoided shall

appear in any part of the facility within a period of 4 years after the expiry date of

Guarantee Period of such part of the Plant, the same shall be made good by the

Supplier by repair or replacement, provided that the Defect was “latent”, i.e. could not

have been discovered by a reasonable examination prior to the expiry of the

Guarantee Period. Such Defects shall not include those defects where (i) at the time

of discovery of the defect, the repair or replacement is already contemplated for such

parts under the recommendations contained in the operating and maintenance

manuals, or (ii) if and to the extent that such defect has occurred due to the operation

of the plant in a manner other than that advised in the final operation and

maintenance manual submitted by the Supplier to the Owner, or (iii) the defect arises

from fair wear and tear.

Article-15

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING

15.1 Assignment by Supplier

The Supplier shall not without the prior written consent of the Owner assign to any

Person any benefit of or obligation under the Contract in whole or in part, except

that the Owner hereby consents to assignment of the Supplier’s rights to receive

any monies due under the Contract.

15.2 Assignment by Owner

The Supplier hereby consents to the creation by the Owner of a security

assignment of the Contract in favour of any Financing Entity (or a trustee acting

on behalf of one or more Financing Entities) and hereby undertakes to execute

upon the request of the Owner such documents as may be reasonably and

customarily required to give effect to any such assignment provided that the

Supplier’s written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,

shall be required for the above or for the inclusion in such documents of any

- 20 -

terms whatsoever . Any stamp duty and all costs and expenses payable in respect

of such documents shall be to the account of the Owner in respect of any such

documents required to be signed by the Supplier.

15.3 Sub-Contracting

15.3.1 The Supplier shall not sub-contract the whole of the Supplies to third parties for

the performance of the Contract.

15.3.2 The Supplier shall, within 1 (one) months of signing of the Contract, deliver to the

Owner a Major Sub-Suppliers List for approval. The Supplier shall furnish all

particulars of such Sub-Suppliers while seeking approval. The Parties may by

mutual agreement add to or delete from such list from time to time and approve

any successor or replacement of any Person listed on such list or any other

vendor, consultant or sub-Supplier. For any Sub-Supplier not included in the Major

Sub-Suppliers List involving a contract price in excess of Rs.10,000,000 (Say

Indian Rupees ten million only) shall be with the written approval of the Owner

(such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), while for those Sub-Suppliers

involving a contract price less than the value above mentioned, particulars shall

be furnished for the Owner’s information.

15.3.3 The Supplier shall furnish to the Owner copies of technical ordering

specifications and principal commercial terms (un-priced) of the major sub-

contracts as the Owner may reasonably request from time to time.

15.3.4 The approval granted by the Owner shall not discharge the Supplier from any of

his contractual obligations.

15.3.5 The Supplier shall be responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of all Sub-

Suppliers and all its and their agents, servants or workmen of any of them as if

they were the acts, defaults or neglects of the Supplier under the terms of this

Contract.

15.3.6 The Supplier shall ensure that all sub-contracts are made in writing.

15.3.7 Each instrument evidencing any sub-contract shall provide that, pursuant to

terms in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner, the rights of the Supplier

under such sub-contract are assignable to the Owner, its successors and

assigns upon the Owner’s written request following termination of this Contract

- 21 -

Article-16

OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE

16.1 Duties of the Owner’s Representative

The Owner’s Representative shall carry out such duties in issuing certificates,

decisions, instructions and orders as are specified in the Contract to be carried

out by the Supplier and, except to the extent otherwise stated in the Contract or

notified to the Supplier by the Owner from time to time, the Owner’s

Representative shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Owner for all

purposes in connection with the Contract and shall be the Supplier’s primary point

of contact with the Owner in relation to the execution of the Works.

16.2 Owner’s Responsibility

The Owner shall cause the Owner’s Representative to perform every act required

under the Contract to be performed by the Owner’s Representative and any

obligation stated under the Contract to be an obligation of the Owner’s

Representative shall be deemed to be an obligation of the Owner. The Owner

shall be responsible for any act, neglect or omission of the Owner’s

Representative as if it were an act, neglect or omission of the Owner.

16.3 Decisions, Instruction and Orders of the Owner’s Representative

The Supplier shall proceed with the Works in accordance with decisions,

instructions and orders given by the Owner’s Representative subject to and in

accordance with the Contract, including provisions for variations as set out in the

Contract.

16.4 Owner’s Instructions in Writing

No decision, instruction or order given by the Owner’s Representative shall be

effective until written confirmation thereof has been received by the Supplier.

Provided that, in any exigency of work, the Owner’s Representative may issue

oral instructions with which the Supplier shall immediately comply, the Owner’s

Representative shall confirm any such oral instruction in writing within 48 (forty-

eight) hours of its issuance.

Article-17

LEGAL COMPLIANCE & STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

17.1 Compliance with Applicable Law

- 22 -

Either Party shall in its performance of the Contract and the carrying out of the

Works ascertain and comply with the Applicable Laws.

Supplier shall indemnify the owner, the Party’s Affiliates and their respective

directors, officers, employees and agents against losses, claims and liabilities,

including any governmental penalties and sanctions payable to a Competent

Authority, together with any legal expenses incurred in connection therewith, to

the extent arising out of any failure of the Supplier or his Sub-Supplier or their

respective agents or employees to comply in the performance of the Contract.

17.2 Divergences from Statutory Requirements

If the Supplier or the Owner finds any divergence between the Applicable Law and

the Contract or the Technical Specifications, it shall immediately give to the other

Party written notice specifying the divergence. The Supplier shall promptly upon

becoming aware of the same, inform the Owner in writing of its proposed

amendment for removing the divergence, and with the Owner’s consent the

Supplier shall entirely at its own cost and expense complete the Works in

accordance with the amendment.

17.3 Contractor to Obtain Clearance

The Contractor shall be responsible to obtain and maintain in effect all Applicable

Clearances required in connection with execution of the Works and pay all fees

required to be paid to any Competent Authorities.

Contractor should submit a clearance certificate from HR, stating that all statutory

charges are paid and all clearance are obtained along with submission of every

running bills payment.

17.4 Import and Export Permits

The Owner shall be responsible for obtaining all import permits and other licences

required for the importation of any Services or Equipment. The Contractor shall be

responsible within the Contract Price for obtaining all import permits and other

licences required for the importation of Contractor’s Equipment or other goods or

materials required for the purposes of the Works.

The Contractor shall be also responsible, within the Contract Price, for obtaining

all permits and other licences required for re-exportation of any Equipment,

Contractor’s Equipment or other goods or materials that the Contractor desires to

- 23 -

export, and for the exportation and re-importation of any component or piece of

equipment that it must export for repairs or replacement

Article-18

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

18.1 Indemnity Against Infringement

The Supplier shall indemnify the Owner from and against any demands, claims,

suits, and causes of action and any liability, legal costs, expenses, settlements

arising from or incurred by reason of any infringement or alleged infringement of

letters patent, registered design, unregistered design right, copyright, trade mark

or trade name by the use or possession of any Plant. The Supplier hereby

represents to the Owner that, as of the date of signing of the Contract, the

Supplier has received no notification of any rightful patent infringement claim

which would prejudice the Owner’s right to use or maintain the Plant.

18.2 Conduct of Proceedings

In the event of any claim being made or action brought against the Owner which

is covered by the indemnity set out as given above, the Owner shall promptly

notify the Supplier thereof and the Supplier may at its own expense conduct all

negotiations for the settlement of the same, and any litigation that may arise there

-from. The Owner shall not, unless and until the Supplier shall have failed to take

over the conduct of the negotiations or litigation, agree to any settlement of such

negotiations or litigation or make any admission, which might be prejudicial

thereto.

18.3 Infringement Preventing Performance

If, in consequence of any infringement of letters patent, registered design,

copyright, trade mark or trade name, the Supplier is prevented from executing the

Works, or the Owner is prevented from using the Facility, the Supplier shall at its

own expense:

18.3.1 procure for the Owner the right to continue using the relevant Plant or part; or,

18.3.2 replace the relevant Plant or part with a non-infringing Plant or part; or,

18.3.3 modify the relevant Plant or part so it becomes non-infringing.

- 24 -

Article 19

SECRECY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

19.1 Confidential Information

The Owner and the Supplier shall treat the details of the Contract and any

information made available in relation thereto as private and confidential and

neither of them shall publish or disclose the same or any particulars thereof (save

insofar as may be necessary for the purposes of the Contract), without the

previous written consent of the other Party, provided that nothing in this Article

shall prevent the publication or disclosure of any information that has come within

the public domain otherwise than by breach of this Article.

The Supplier/ Contractor acknowledges that the drawings, specifications,

documents, data, manuals, etc. whether as documents or in electronic media

(hereinafter referred to as “the Information”) furnished by the Owner shall be

regarded as the proprietary information of the Owner and the same is of

considerable financial value.The Information furnished by the Owner in this

enquiry is for the single and sole use for the execution of this Contract and shall

be treated as strictly confidential by the Supplier / Contractor, his employees and

agents, and shall always remain the property of the Owner. The Supplier /

Contractor undertakes that the Information shall not be used or disclosed to third

party(s) by the Supplier / Contractor for any purpose whatsoever other than the

execution of this Contract. The Information in original, duplicate, photo-stat or in

any electronic form shall not be retained by the Supplier / Contractor and shall be

returned to the Owner immediately on completion/termination of the Contract. In

case the bidder not being successful, these documents shall be retuned promptly

on demand by the Owner.

Notwithstanding any proprietary legends or copyright notices to the contrary,

Owner/Purchaser may copy drawings and documents and other information or

any other information furnished by Supplier/ Contractor in connection with

Supplier's proposal and with this Contract for the limited purposes of installing,

operating, maintaining and repairing the Equipment in relation to any part of the

Project provided however always that Supplier’s/ Contractor’s Intellectual Property

shall always remain the property of the Supplier/ Contractor.

Article 20

- 25 -

CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

20.1 DRAWINGS & DOCUMENTS 20.1.1 The Supplier/ Contractor shall submit drawings and documents in requisite

number of sets as described in the specification, as per the submission Schedule given therein.

20.1.2 Approval of Supplier/ Contractors' drawings and documents shall not relieve the

Supplier/ Contractors of any of its responsibilities under the Contract. 20.1.3 The Supplier/ Contractor shall depute his engineers for discussions and approval

of drawings by Purchaser/Consultant without any extra costs to the Purchaser as

specified in Technical Specification.

20.2 Supplier’s Obligations

Except as otherwise expressly enclosed in this Contract, the Supplier shall, in

accordance with the provisions of the Contract which are more particularly

described in Technical Specification hereto, furnish and deliver the Plant and

equipment and perform all such related work as may be required for the execution

of the Works as specified in Technical Specification.

20.3 Anti Bribery Policy The Contractor shall comply with the Anti-Bribery & Corruption (“AB&C”)

requirements as applicable to them.

On receipt of complaint the Owner shall notify the contractor to respond within 15

days. Thereafter the owner shall have the right to initiate “Audit proceedings”

against Contractor to verify compliance with Anti-Bribery & Corruption

requirements. The Contractor shall extend full cooperation for smooth completion

of the audit.

Notwithstanding anything content in this Contract, the Owner shall have the right

to terminate the contract forthwith in case, it is found that the Contractor has failed

to comply with AB&C requirements as above and as envisaged in the Vendor

Code.

20.4 Purchaser’s General Obligations

- 26 -

The Purchaser shall have only the following obligations for the execution of the

Contract by the Supplier so as to achieve the Completion of Works:

a) Save and except the obligations mentioned in the Technical Specifications of

the contract and those which are specifically mentioned herein the owner

shall have no other obligation / liabilities for the execution of the contract by

the supplier for completion of the facility.

b) Make timely payments to the Supplier of all amounts due to the Supplier

under this Contract in accordance with the terms and provisions of this

Contract.

c) Provide qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply the

required input raw materials, utilities, other materials and facilities, if any, for

carrying out the start up, Commissioning and Performance Guarantee Tests

in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

d) Provide Construction Power and water at one point within the battery limit

free of cost

e) Provide access to site to supplier’s authorized representatives.

f) Provide assistance if any, to the Supplier for arranging necessary approvals.

Article-21

REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE PLANT

21.1 For the purpose of this Contract, Minimum Acceptance Criteria is defined in

Technical Specification (Annexure 2) hereto.

21.2 If the completed plant or any portion thereof before it is finally accepted is found to

be defective or fails to fulfil the Minimum Acceptance Criteria, the Owner shall

give the Supplier notice setting forth particulars of such defects or failure and the

Supplier shall forthwith make the defective portion of the plant good, or make it

comply with the Acceptance Criteria. Should they fail to do so within a reasonable

period of time as stated in the said notice, the Owner at its discretion shall have

the right to either (a) accept the Facility subject to commercial settlement of

contract price as may be mutually agreed between the Parties or, (b) in the event

the Parties fail to reach such agreement under (a) within 30 (thirty) days, Owner

- 27 -

shall be entitled to repair/ replace /reject at the cost of the Suppliers the whole or

any portion of the plant as the case may be which is defective or fails to fulfil the

Acceptance Criteria of the Contract. However, such repair /replacement /rejection

by the Owner shall not absolve the Supplier of any of their responsibilities under

this Contract.

In the event of such rejection, the Owner shall be entitled to the use of the plant in

a reasonable and proper manner for a time reasonably sufficient to enable him to

obtain other replacement plant.

Article-22

DEFECTS BEFORE TAKING-OVER

22.1 If, at any time prior to Taking-Over of the System, the Owner notifies the Supplier

that any work done or Plant supplied or materials used by the Supplier or any

Sub-Supplier is or are not in accordance with the Contract, or that such part does

not fulfil the requirements of the Contract (all such matters being in this Article

hereinafter called “Defects”) then the Supplier shall, at its own expense, remedy

the defects so specified. If the Supplier fails to do so in respect of any Defect and

such failure poses an imminent danger to the health and/or safety of persons

engaged in carrying out the Works, the Owner may take such steps as may in all

the circumstances be reasonable to remedy such Defects including appointment

of third parties for rectification of such Defects and the Supplier shall pay to the

Owner the cost of doing so. It is further clarified that the Owner shall have the

right to deduct such reasonable sum form any sum due and payable to the

Supplier including encashment of any bank guarantee/security.

Article 23 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE FACILITY 23.1 Mechanical Completion 23.1.1 Mechanical Completion, for the Facility, shall mean the completion of the following

activities, in relation to that Facility, to the satisfaction of the Owner.

23.1.2 the connecting / hooking up of such Equipment to other relevant Equipment with

welding, wiring, controls and safety systems.

23.1.3 ensuring that such components of Equipment and all related operating systems

are individually cleaned, leak checked, lubricated and point-to-point checked to

- 28 -

verify that such components of Equipment and related operation systems have

been correctly installed so as to respond to simulated test signals / instructions

(i.e. loop checks) equivalent to actual signals / instructions received during

operation.

23.1.4 ensuring that such Equipment and related operating systems are ready for start-

up, initial operation, pre-commissioning, adjustment and testing and may be so

operated safely and without damage thereto; and

23.1.5 pre-commissioning activities (Cold Tests) as applicable to each Equipment,

system or component such as stroking of control valves, phase rotation of

electrical equipment and completion of checks for continuity of other electrical

circuits (including loop checks) and the responses of controls and control

equipment are completed.

Cold test shall be taken up by the Contractor to prove that the Facility has been erected

as per Contract & after erection is fit for commissioning. Details of Cold tests are given in

the Technical Specification.

23.2 Commissioning and Taking Over

23.2.1 On completion of cold Tests and Once the Facility has successfully passed all pre-

commissioning tests / inspections and is capable of safe operation as per the

operation manual and Good Industry Practices, the Contractor shall declare that

the Facility is ready for start up and Commissioning. The Contractor shall then

proceed for Commissioning of the Facility in accordance with the procedure as

specified in the Technical Specifications.

23.2.2 The Contractor shall also ensure that he has, in relation to any Facility :

(a) provided to the Owner such preliminary operating and maintenance manuals and

drawings, updated P&I drawings, electrical single line drawings and control

diagrams and other information as may be specified in the Technical

Specifications to be provided prior to Taking Over of that Facility or otherwise as

may reasonably be required by the Owner for the safe and reliable operation of

the Facility; and

(b) provided to the Owner such certification by the Contractor or other written

evidence, as the Owner may reasonably require, that the Contractor has complied

with the Applicable Laws relating to the operation of the Facility and has obtained

- 29 -

all Applicable Clearances in connection with the construction of the Facility which

the Contractor has to comply with or obtain,

23.2.3 On successful Commissioning of the Facility and provided the Contractor has

completed all his contractual obligations due till Commissioning, the Owner shall

issue Commissioning Certificate.

23.2.4 Upon successful Commissioning of the Facility, all surplus materials and

equipment, whether or not required in connection with the performance of the

Contractor’s obligations, shall be the property of the Owner.

23.3 Performance Acceptance Certificate

Once a Facility is Taken Over by the Owner and has successfully attained

stabilized and consistent operations, the Contractor shall, with consent of the

Owner, proceed for demonstration of Performance Guarantees by conducting

Performance Guarantee Tests in accordance with the procedures as specified in

the Technical Specifications. The contractor shall give the Owner at least 30

(thirty) days prior written notice of the date on which the contractor intends to

commence the Performance Guarantee Tests. The Performance Guarantee Test

shall be carried out with the pre defined materials quality as per Technical

Specification.

Subject to the relevant provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall, as soon as

Facility/ Unit has passed all the Performance Guarantee Tests and has completed

all other tests required and as stipulated in Annexure 1 hereto, so notify the Owner

in writing and if such notice was given properly in accordance with the

requirements of the Contract, the Owner shall, within 30 (thirty) days of receipt of

such notice, either issue a Performance Acceptance Certificate for that Unit, or

if reasonable cause exists for doing so, notify the contractor that Performance Acceptance has not been achieved, stating the reasons thereof.

23.4 Final Completion

Final completion certificate shall be issued by the Owner after the Contractor has demonstrated successfully Performance Guarantee Tests and fulfilled all his obligations as per the Contract.

Article-24

VARIATIONS

- 30 -

The Owner shall have the right, during the performance of the Contract, to change

the scope and/or technical character of the Project and/or of the services

stipulated in the Contract. Owner may by a notice in writing to the contractor

request for changes in the scope of work. Within 3(three) days of receipt of such

notice, the contractor shall inform the owner, in writing of the effect of such

change would have on the price, schedule, and other provisions of the contract

and within 3 (three) days of receipt of such information, Owner shall advise the

contractor in writing of its acceptance or otherwise. On the same being accepted

by the owner such changes shall be deemed to form part of this agreement.

Contractor should not execute any other work unless mentioned in this contract

without any prior written approval from the owner

24.1 If any changes are required for completeness of the work, the Contractor shall not be entitled to extra price or time.

24.2 In the event, the Owner requests a change as per Article 24.1 the Contract price and time shall be adjusted upwards or downwards, as the case may be and as shall be mutually agreed to. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time unless such changes adversely affect the time schedule.

24.3 The Contractor shall not change any work to be made pursuant to this Contract except as may become necessary to enable him to meet his technical obligations under this Contract, provided however that such changes shall be subject to prior written approval of the Owner.

24.4 If any changes are required for completeness of the works as per Article 24.2, or the Contractor himself changes as per Article 24.4, the Contractor shall not be entitled to extra price or time.

24.5 In the event that a request for changes by the Owner should affect the guarantees of the plant/process, a readjustment of such guarantees shall be agreed upon jointly, before the Contractor proceeds with the change.

Article-25

- 31 -

SUPPLIER'S CO-OPERATION WITH FINANCING

The Supplier shall, as and when requested to do so by the Owner at any time

after the signing of this Contract, prepare and provide such information in

connection with the Contract and/or the Works (including resolutions, certificates,

opinions of counsel or other documents related to the Supplier's corporate

authorisation to enter into the Contract and to undertake the obligations set forth

herein) as may be reasonably required for any potential lender to the Owner

under a proposed loan agreement. The Supplier shall cooperate with the Owner

in good faith in order to satisfy the requirements of the Owner's financing

arrangements, including where appropriate and reasonable the making of

amendments to the terms of the Contract as may be required by the Financing

Entities and mutually agreed by the Parties.

Article-26

INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

26.1 Annexures of this Contract are forming an integral part of this Contract are to be

taken as mutually explanatory to one another.

26.2 There are no understandings or agreements between the Owner and the Supplier

which are not fully expressed herein including the Annexures referred to in the

Contract. No modifications of this Contract shall be valid unless the same is

agreed in writing by the Parties hereto and issued as an amendment to the

Contract.

26.3 All the words and expressions used in this Contract shall unless repugnant to the

context have the same meaning as are respectively assigned to them in the

Contract. All headings to the Articles, Annexure or to any other part of the

Contract are solely for the purpose of giving a concise indication and not a

summary of contents thereof and they shall not be deemed to be a part thereof or

be used in the interpretation or construction thereof.

26.4 Contract shall include following documents having priority as per the order given below;

i) Contract Agreement,

ii) Technical Specification

- 32 -

Article-27

FORCE MAJEURE

27.1 As used in this Agreement, Force Majeure means any act, event or circumstance,

or combination of acts, events or circumstances, which may materially and

adversely affect the affected Party’s performance of its obligations pursuant to the

terms of this Contract, but only if and to the extent that such acts, events or

circumstances are not within the affected Party’s reasonable control, were not

reasonably foreseeable and could not have been prevented or overcome by the

affected Party through the exercise of reasonable skill or care. Any act, event,

circumstance or combination thereof meeting the description of Force Majeure

that has the same effect upon the performance of Major Sub-Suppliers which

directly, materially and adversely affects the performance by the Owner or

Supplier of its obligations in whole or in part under this Contract shall constitute

Force Majeure with respect to the Owner or Supplier respectively.

27.2 The Force Majeure Events shall comprise the acts, events and circumstances,

beyond the control of Owner/ Purchaser or Supplier/ Contractor such as (i) act of

war, invasion, armed conflict or act of foreign enemy, blockade, embargo,

revolution, riot insurrection, civil commotion, act of terrorism or sabotage, in each

case occurring inside or directly involving India (ii) strikes, lockouts or other

generalised labour action occurring within India (excluding such events which are

attributable to the Supplier); (iii) Radioactive contamination or ionising radiation or

chemical contamination originating from a source in India or resulting from

another Force Majeure Event; (iv) flood, cyclone, lightning, earthquake, drought,

storm or any other extreme effect of the natural elements; (v) epidemic or plague;

(vi) fire or explosion, except as may be attributable to the Supplier; (vii) air crash

or shipwreck; (viii) an act of God (ix) issue of notification(s), order(s), direction(s)

by the Central or State Government or any authority /department of the Central or

State Government or by any Court of Law rendering the execution or continuance

of execution of the contract or the obligation(s) of the parties under this contract

unless attributable to the either party, etc.

27.3 As time is also one of the important feature of this Contract, if either Party is

prevented from the performance of its obligations in whole or in part for reasons of

Force Majeure Event, then provided notice of happening of any such eventuality

- 33 -

is given by the affected Party to the other Party within 7 (seven) days from the

date of occurrence and cessation of the Force Majeure, the period of Force

Majeure shall be excluded from the time specified for fulfilment of obligation of the

Party prevented by Force Majeure.

27.4 It is however clarified that in the event of Force Majeure preventing the Supplier

from performing its obligations under the Contract, for a continuous period of less

than 04 (four) months from the beginning of Force Majeure Event or an aggregate

period of not more than 06 (six) months, the Supplier shall be entitled to extension

of time for the period during which such Force Majeure Event had occurred for

fulfilment of its obligations under the Contract and the Supplier shall not be

entitled to terminate the Contract or abandon the project during such above

mentioned period.

27.5 If Force Majeure Event continues beyond the period of 04 (four) months from the

beginning of the Force Majeure Event or prevent the Supplier from performing its

obligations under the Contract for an aggregate period of more than 06 (six)

months, the Parties shall mutually decide further course of action. If mutual

settlement cannot be arrived at within 30 (thirty) days, either Party shall have the

right to terminate the Contract. In the event of such termination, the Owner shall

be liable to make payment for all Works done by the Supplier till the time such

Force Majeure had commenced and the Supplier shall be liable to hand over all

works and Supplies completed pursuant to the Contract till the date of termination

due to Force Majeure.

27.6 Neither Party can claim any compensation from the other Party on account of

Force Majeure Event

27.7 Performance to Continue

Upon the occurrence of any circumstances of Force Majeure the Supplier shall

use all reasonable endeavours to continue to perform its obligations under the

Contract and to minimise the adverse effects of such circumstances.

Article-28

RISK PURCHASE

- 34 -

In case, the supplier is unable to meet with the stipulated delivery schedule even

alter repeated notice from the owner, the owner reserves the right to cancel the

contract for the balance quantity which has not been shipped and purchased the

balance quantity from any other sources at the risk and cost of the Supplier and

recover the cost / expenditure from the suppliers bill due or becoming due.

However this article shall not apply to any part of the extension, which would be

granted by the owner under Force Majeure conditions.

Article-29

ARBITRATION

29.1 The Parties hereto shall endeavour to settle all disputes and differences relating

to and/or arising out of the Contract amicably.

29.2 In the event that the Parties failing to resolve any dispute amicably the same shall

be referred to Arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act

1996 with all modifications and re-enactments thereto, as is prevalent in India.

Each Party shall be entitled to nominate an Arbitrator and the two Arbitrators so

nominated shall jointly nominate a third presiding Arbitrator. The Arbitrators shall

give a reasoned award. The place of arbitration shall be Korba, India. The

language used in arbitral proceedings shall be English.

29.3 This contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of

India. The parties hereby expressly submit themselves to exclusive jurisdiction of

the courts in Korba, India.

29.4 The Parties hereto agree that the Parties shall be obliged to carry out its

obligations under the Contract even in the event a dispute is referred to Arbitration.

It is further clarified that the Owner shall not be entitled to retain any sum or

portion of Contract price which has become due and payable to the Supplier/

Contractor, for any Works or any subject matter under arbitration.

Article-30

TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION

30.1 TERMINATION DUE TO SUPPLIER’S DEFAULT

30.1.1 If the Supplier

- 35 -

a) shall have voluntarily commenced winding-up, bankruptcy, insolvency,

reorganization, stay, moratorium or similar debtor-relief proceedings, or shall have

become insolvent or is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in

writing its inability to pay its debts or makes an assignment for the benefit of its

creditors;

b) has insolvency, receivership, reorganization or bankruptcy proceedings brought

against him and the petition commencing such proceedings is not controverted

and the proceedings dismissed or effectively stayed within 30 (Thirty) days of

such commencement;

c) has abandoned the Contract;

d) The Supplier has despite previous warnings in writing from the Owner, has

wrongfully refused or has materially failed or neglected at any time to execute the

Contract or is failing to proceed with the Contract with due diligence or is

neglecting to carry out its other obligations under the Contract in each case so as

to affect materially and adversely the execution of the Contract;

e) fails to remove and replace portion of Supplies after receiving, from the Owner,

notice to the effect that the said portion of Supplies have been rejected;

f) The Supplier offers or gives or agrees to give to any person in the Owner’s

service or to any other person on his behalf, any gift or consideration of any kind

as an inducement or reward for doing or for bearing to do so or for having done or

forborne to do any act in relation to obtaining or execution of this or any other

Contract for the Owner;

g) If the Supplier enter into a contract with the Owner’s employee in connection with

which commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his knowledge,

unless the particulars of any such commission and the terms of payment thereof

have previously been disclosed, in writing, to the Owner;

h) If the supplier abandons this contract or commit any delay beyond 8 weeks for

performance of any obligations, the Owner may terminate this contract forthwith

and take possession of all Plant and Equipment and the Site

30.1.2 Opportunity to remedy

The Owner’s right to terminate the Contract following the occurrence of the events

or circumstances, as described above, shall be subject to the Owner having first

given the Supplier 30 (thirty) days prior notice of its intention to terminate the

- 36 -

Contract, during which period the Supplier shall have failed to remedy or to take

all reasonable steps to commence the remedy of the default.

30.1 Payment after termination due to Supplier’s Default

30.1.1 the owner shall not be liable to make any further payments to the supplier

until the cost of execution and all other expenses incurred by the owner in

completing the supplies and thereby the facility, have been ascertained (Here in

called as “Cost of Completion”)

30.1.2 If the cost of completion when added to the total amount already paid to

the supplier as at the date of termination exceeds the total amount which would

have been payable to the supplier for the execution of the complete supplies, the

supplier shall upon demand, pay to the owner the amount of the such excess. Any

such excess shall be deemed a debt due by the supplier to the owner and shall

be recoverable accordingly.

30.1.3 If there is no such excess the supplier shall be paid the value of the

supplies executed after adjusting the total of all payments received by the supplier

as on the date of termination.

30.2 TERMINATION WITHOUT SUPPLIER’S DEFAULT

The Owner reserves the right to terminate the Contract at any time, without

assigning any reason, by giving a notice of 1 (one) month. The Supplier shall stop

the performance of the Contract from the date of termination and shall hand over

all the drawings, documents and goods manufactured till date, including related

rights, sanctions and approvals, to the Owner. The Owner shall pay to the

Supplier the cost incurred by the Supplier till the date of termination, duly

supported with documents, as compensation after adjusting payments already

made till the termination. No consequential damages shall be payable by the

Owner to the Supplier in the event of such termination.

30.3 SUSPENSION

30.3.1 The Owner may suspend the work in whole or in part at any time by giving

Supplier notice in writing to such effect stating the nature, the date and the

anticipated duration of such suspension. On receiving the notice of suspension,

the Supplier shall stop all such work, which the Owner has directed to be

suspended with immediate effect. The Supplier shall continue to perform other

- 37 -

work in terms of the Contract, which the Owner has not suspended. The Supplier

shall resume the suspended work as expeditiously as possible after receipt of

such withdrawal of suspension notice.

30.3.2 If such suspension of work for a longer period effects demobilization &

remobilization and idling of resources, charges if any shall be paid after mutual

settlement. If the suspension continues for more than 90 days or 180 days

cumulative (minimum 15 days block can only be considered for cumulative

suspension), then both Parties shall jointly review the situation and mutually agree

to a way forward. However in the event that no agreement is achieved between

the Parties then the Supplier by a further 30 days’ notice may be entitled to

terminate the Contract. In such case the supplier shall hand over all the drawings,

documents goods manufactured till date, including related rights sanctions and

approvals to the owner. The owner shall pay to the supplier the cost incurred by

the supplier till date of termination, duly supported with documents as

compensation after adjusting payment already made till the termination.

Article-31

LANGUAGE

All documents, instructions, catalogues, brochures, pamphlets, design data,

operation and maintenance manuals, communications shall be in English

language.

Article- 32

NOTICES

32.1 Notices to Owner

Any contractual notice, report, certificate or other communication to be given to

the Owner under the Contract shall be served by sending the same by facsimile

transmission (with a confirmation copy by couriers or by hand delivery only in

case of major issues relating to the Contract, Viz. Notices of Tests, arbitration,

making a claim, termination etc.) to, or by leaving the same at, the respective

addresses set out below or such other addresses as may be specified for that

purpose in writing to the Supplier.

- 38 -

Head -Commercial


Korba Aluminium Project

PO – BALCONAGAR

Korba- 495684, Chhattisgarh, India.

E-mail: XXXXX

with a copy in all cases to the Owner’s Representative:

Head- Project Bharat Aluminium Company Limited

Korba Aluminium Project PO – BALCONAGAR Korba- 495684, Chhattisgarh, India

E-mail: XXXXX

32.2 Notices to Supplier

All certificates, notices or decisions, instructions and orders to be given by the

Owner’s Representative or the Owner under the Contract shall be served by

sending the same by facsimile transmission (with a confirmation copy by couriers

or by hand delivery only in case of major issues relating to the Contract, Viz.

Notice of Tests, arbitration, claims, termination etc.) to, or by leaving the same at,

the address set out below or such other address as the Supplier shall nominate in

writing for that purpose:

Supplier: XXXX

XXXX

With a copy in all cases to: XXXX

32.3 Serving of Notices

Any notice sent by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been served at the time of receipt, provided that a positive transmission report from the sender’s machine will be conclusive evidence of receipt in the absence of evidence to the contrary.

32.4 Other Communications

- 39 -

All other communications pertaining to the Supplies not referred to in Articles 32.1 and 32.2 shall be made between the Supplier and the Owner’s Representative or other representatives nominated by the Supplier or the Owner’s Representative from time to time in respect of such categories of communication and subject to such limits of authority as may be agreed as part of the project co-ordination procedures or as may be notified from time to time.

32.5 Project Co-ordination Procedures

The Supplier shall within 15 (fifteen) days of date of signature of the Contract

submit to the Owner for approval a draft project co-ordination procedures

document setting out procedures for communications between the Supplier, the

Owner and the Owner’s Representative in connection with this Contract, including

details relating to correspondence, circulation of notices and documentation,

meetings and other interfaces.

The Parties shall comply with the requirements of such project co-ordination

procedures once approved by the Owner, as such procedures may be amended

from time to time by mutual agreement.

ARTICLE 33

INSPECTION AND TESTING

33.1 The Purchaser or Purchaser’s Representatives shall at any time have access to the Supplier’s/Sub-Supplier’s manufacturing premises for the purpose of inspection, reviewing and checking the items under manufacture as per approved Quality Assurance Plan (QAP).

33.2 Should such inspection entail any cost, these shall be borne by the Supplier with the exception of the travel, accommodation and personal costs for the inspectors appointed by the Purchaser or the respective authorised representatives. Should such inspection be repeated due to reasons attributable to the Supplier, then the travel, accommodation and personal costs shall be borne by the Supplier.

33.3 Where special tests in addition to agreed tests are required by the Purchaser, the Supplier shall bear the cost of the only if such special test proves that the equipment is not in accordance with the Technical Specifications. However, if such special tests are necessary based on the result of the agreed test, then cost of all such special tests shall be to the account of the Supplier.

33.4 The Supplier shall render the inspecting personnel all necessary assistance and shall make available free of charge all necessary instruments and appliances and test beds and tools and other materials necessary for the performance of the inspection so as to enable the inspectors to work properly in accordance with the QAP.

- 40 -

33.5 The readiness for carrying out the inspection and testing must be notified to Purchaser in writing 2 (two) weeks before the anticipated date of inspection. Inspection call should contain internal inspection and test reports, if required as per QAP. Should the Purchaser waive the inspection and testing, the Supplier will be notified accordingly and shall execute the inspection and testing by himself deemed as in Purchaser’s Representative’s presence (“deemed inspection”) and the Supplier shall forthwith forward to the Purchaser the inspection and test reports in triplicate.

33.6 The carrying out of the inspection and testing by the Purchaser, or any waiver thereof, shall in no manner relieve the Supplier from discharging any of his contractual obligations.

33.7 The Supplier undertakes that any deficiencies or defects resulting from his fault and discovered during the inspection and testing shall forthwith be remedied/ repaired/ replaced by the Supplier prior to the agreed delivery date at his own cost.

33.8 The above mentioned inspection and testing shall be in accordance with the Quality Assurance Plan to be approved by the Purchaser

Article 34

Waiver

The failure of the either party, at any time during the term here of , to require performance by the other party of any provision of the contract in no way affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of the contract does not constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision, nor shall it constitute a waiver of the provision itself.

Article 35

SEVERABILITY

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the terms and conditions of the contract shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of the contract. The parties shall make all reasonable endeavours to agree as far as possible that invalid terms are amended or replaced by valid terms with a similar effect in order to maintain the purpose and continuity of the contract.

Article 36 BOUGHT OUT EQUIPMENT

- 41 -

34.1 Prior approval shall be taken from the Purchaser for major bought-out equipment from Sub-Supplier/ Contractors, which are not mentioned in the approved list (Technical Specifications) of the Purchaser.

34.2 This however shall not have any bearing on delivery and shall not relieve the Supplier/ Contractor from his obligations of the Contract.

Article – 37

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE Except as expressly provided in the Contract, in no event shall any Party hereto be liable to the other Party, by way of indemnity or by reason of any breach of the Contract or otherwise, for any loss of profit, loss of use, loss of contracts, loss of production, loss of business opportunities, damage to reputation or for any financial or economic loss or for any indirect, incidental or consequential damage whatsoever or contingent loss(es) or damage(s) that may be suffered by the other Party or any other party whose claim for such compensation or damages derive from a Party to this Contract.

Article-38

GOVERNING LAW & JURISDICTION This Contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of India and in the event of any litigation the jurisdiction of this Contract shall be that of the appropriate courts in Korba, India.

Article -39

Maximum aggregate Liability

The maximum liability of the Principal Contractor in aggregate under this

Guarantee shall not exceed 100% (one hundred percent) of the total Contract

Price, provided however, such limit shall not apply to work man compensation and

liability against indemnity for infringement of intellectual property rights. It is

clarified that in the event of any claim for work man compensation and liability

against indemnity for infringement of intellectual property rights the same shall be

excluded from the maximum liability of 100% (one hundred percent) of the Total

Contract Price

Article- 40

Exclusive Remedy

This Contract sets forth the sole and exclusive remedies available to the Parties, and neither Party has granted or assumed any other warranties, guarantees, duties,

- 42 -

liabilities or obligations, either express, implied, statutory at law or in equity which are hereby disclaimed.

- 1 -

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR

SERVICE CONTRACT

FOR

BALCO EXPANSION PROJECT AT KORBA, CHHATTISGARH

- 2 -

CONTENTS

Article 1 Definitions And Interpretation

Article 2 Scope of Work

Article 3 Contract Price

Article 4 Payment Terms

Article 5 Effective Date Of Contract

Article 6 Completion Schedule

Article 7 Liquidated Damages

Article 8 Billing Schedule

Article 9 Unloading and Storage

Article 10 Contractor’s Staff

Article 11 Contractor’s Equipment

Article 12 Insurance

Article 13 Drawings and Documents

Article 14 Warranty, Guarantee and Defects

Article 15 Assignment and Sub-Contracting

Article 16 Owner’s Representative

Article 17 Legal Compliance and Statutory Requirements

Article 18 Intellectual Property

Article 19 Secrecy and Confidentiality

Article 20 Contractor’s General Obligations

Article 21 Rejection of Defective Plant

Article 22 Defects Before Taking Over

Article 23 Acceptance of the System

Article 24 Variations

Article 25 Contractor’s Co-Operation with Financing

Article 26 Interpretation of Contract

Article 27 Force Majeure

Article 28 Inspection And Testing At Site

Article 29 Risk Purchase

Article 30 Arbitration

Article 31 Termination & Suspension

Article 32 Languages

Article 33 Notices

Article 34 Waiver

Article 35 Severability

- 3 -

Article 36 Maximum Liability

Article 37 Consequential Damages

Article 38 Governing Law

Article 39 Exclusive Remedy

- 4 -

ARTICLE- 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.2 Interpretation in this Contract: 1.2.1 Terms and phrases defined in the Article-1 shall have the same meanings where

used in this Contract.

1.2.2 References in the singular shall include references in the plural and vice versa.

1.2.3 References to a particular Article -or sub-Article -shall, except where the

context otherwise requires, be a reference to that Article, or sub- Article .

1.2.4 The headings are inserted for convenience and are to be ignored for the

purposes of construction.

1.2.5 The words “include” and “including” are to be construed without limitation.

1.2.6 The Schedules to the Contract form part of this Contract and will be of full force

and effect as though they were expressly set out in the body of the Contract.

1.2.7 Whenever provision is made for the giving of notice, approval or consent by any

Person, unless otherwise specified such notice, approval or consent shall be in

writing and the words “notify” and “approve” shall be construed accordingly.

1.2.8 The invalidity or unenforceability of any portion or provision of this Contract shall

not affect the validity or enforceability of any other portion or provision. Any

invalid or unenforceable portion or provision shall be deemed severed from this

Contract. The Parties agree that in such circumstances to interpret and to

negotiate an equitable amendment to the provisions of this Contract to give effect

to the underlying purposes of this Contract.

1.2.9 The failure of either Party, at any time during the Term hereof, to require

performance by the other Party of any provision of the Contract shall in no way

affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter. The waiver

by either Party of a breach of any provision of the Contract does not constitute a

waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision, nor shall it

constitute a waiver of the provision itself.

Article-2

SCOPE OF WORK

- 5 -

2.1 The scope of work to be carried out by the Contractor pursuant to the terms of this

Contract includes, but not limited to Unloading, Storage, Fabrication, Erection,

Commissioning and successfully demonstrating the Performance Guarantee

parameters of “Wagon Tippler and Associated Conveying System to 1200 MW

and 540 MW CHP”, detailed scope of work is as per the signed Technical

Specifications. The detailed scope and specifications shall be as per signed and

mutually agreed Technical Specifications for “Wagon Tippler and Associated

Conveying System to 1200 MW and 540 MW CHP”.

2.2 Receipt, unloading at Site, storage and preservation for all equipment and material

required for the Facility as a whole.

2.3 Construction management and administration including supervision and procuring

statutory clearances/approvals within the scope of the Contractor as defined here-

in-under.

2.4 Erection, testing and commissioning

All erection work including site supervision and inspection, pre-operational

checking, starting, calibration, system balancing and all commissioning activity

including start up, trial run, Cold Run and activities relating to Performance

Guarantee Tests as detailed in Schedule-1 of the Contract. The Contractor shall

be responsible for construction of Structural work and all others connected civil

construction works as detailed in Technical Specification of this Contract.

2.5 Procure comprehensive insurance policy covering storage and erection risks. said

policy shall also cover comprehensive risks during handling, storage, erection and

commissioning. Besides, the Contractor shall also take an “Contractors All Risks”

(CAR) insurance, Third Party Liability insurance, Personal Accident Insurance in

respect of Contractor’s Supervisory Personnel and workmen and such other

insurance as required as per statute. The policy shall be 125% of the fully erected

value of the Package including value of spares for two years operation.

2.6 Field training of operation and maintenance personnel of the Owner.

2.7 Provide all temporary ladders; scaffolding materials; platforms, supports and other

necessary facilities required for handling, erection, testing and visual inspection of

supplies at the point of installation and shall also provide necessary packing plates,

wedges, shims, levelling screws etc. required for erection of equipment and

structures

- 6 -

2.8 The scope of work also includes arranging labour of every discipline (skilled /

unskilled) as required for the proper and successful execution of work to the

satisfaction of the Owner

2.9 Clean the Site / fabrication yard, and provide housekeeping during fabrication and

final cleaning at the time of handing over

2.10 Provide all temporary / enabling works such as temporary sheds, access roads,

water supply (including drainage and sewage), power supply, offices, stores,

yards, utility buildings, labour camps, fencing, etc.

2.11 All erection work including inspection, testing and quality control as per agreed

QAP, pre-operational checking, starting, calibration, system balancing, hooking up

with existing system, all commissioning activity including trial run (no load / with

load)

2.12 Watch and ward to ensure security and safety of material in Contractor’s custody

2. Completeness:

Any work which is not specifically mentioned in this Contract but materially

required for the completion of the Facility and/or for safe, trouble free, normal

operation, shall be done free of cost to the Owner, unless expressly excluded in

this Contract and within the battery limits offered by the contractor and agreed by

the owner.

Article-3

CONTRACT PRICE 3.1 In consideration of the Contractor carrying out the Works given in Article-2 and

signed Technical Specification, the Owner hereby covenants to pay/reimburse to

the Contractor the Contract Price XXXXXX amounting to inclusive of all taxes and

except Service Tax at the time and in the manner prescribed in Article-4 of the

Contract subject to such deductions/adjustments as may be allowable in the

Contract.

3.2 Basis of Contract Price

3.2.1 Contractor to inform itself fully

The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected the Site and its surroundings

and to have satisfied itself as to all technical, commercial, social and general

condition of and all circumstances affecting the Site and the Works, the form and

- 7 -

nature of the Site, the extent and nature of the work and materials necessary for

the carrying out and completion of the Works, the means of communication with

and transportation and access to the Site, the accommodation it may require and

in general all risks and contingencies influencing or affecting the Works. The

Contractor shall not, except as expressly provided in this Contract, be entitled to

any extension of the Completion Schedule or to any adjustment of the Contract

Price on grounds of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of any such matter.

3.2.2 above price is inclusive of prices towards following:-

a) Receipt, Unloading, Storage, Handling & Movement of materials / equipment

at site.

b) Erection & commissioning

Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Contract, the above price is all

inclusive, firm and final. The agreed rates are inclusive of all

incidental/miscellaneous expenses incurred in order to discharge the

contractual obligations.

c) The above prices are inclusive of all charges, taxes and duties applicable as

per rules whether leviable by Central, State or local authorities both inside

and outside India except Service Tax that shall be paid extra at actuals

against submission of documentary evidence required for availing CENVAT

credit.

3.3 Taxes and Duties

3.3.1 The Contract Price is inclusive of all taxes, duties, imposts, fees and levies in

India be it central, provincial or local including works contract tax and excluding

Service Tax as may be payable by and/or normally assessed upon the Contractor

in respect of the performance or arising out of the performance of all or any of the

obligations of the Contractor under this Contract as applicable as on the date of

this Contract.

3.3.2 The rates and amount of taxes & duties indicated in the Contract Price is firm

during the execution of work. However, statutory changes or imposition, if any,

shall be to Owner’s account. No other escalation on whatsoever basis shall be

entertained.

Statutory variations in taxes/duties or imposition of any new taxes, duties or levies

in India shall be to OWNER’s account.

- 8 -

3.3.3 TDS for Income Tax and Works Contract Tax as applicable shall be deducted from

Contractor’s bills and relevant certificates shall be furnished to the Contractor so

as to enable the Contractor to take necessary tax credits. Such deduction of tax

by the Owner shall have no effect on the Contract Price and Contract Price (as per

Article 3 hereof) shall not be liable to increase because of such deductions. No tax

will be deducted at source if a tax exemption certificate from the tax authorities is

provided by the Contractor to the Owner.

3.3.4 Where any tax is assessed on Owner for non-compliance of tax obligations of the

Contractor’s for their Scope of Work under this Contract, the Contractor shall allow

the Owner to recover such tax amount from the Contractor citing reasons thereof.

Article-4

4.1 PAYMENT TERMS

Subject to any deductions / adjustments from the Contract Price as per the Contract, the

Contractor shall be entitled to receive the Contract Price, from the Owner, in the following

manner:

a) 10% of the basic Contract Price shall be paid as advance against submission of

advance bank guarantee of equivalent amount along with security bank guarantee

of 5% of the basic Contract Price. The advance bank guarantee shall have the

validity till mechanical completion, whereas the security bank guarantee shall be

valid till commissioning. The amount of advance bank guarantee shall be

progressively reduced on quarterly basis in proportion to the value of progress

payments received.

b) 80% of the basic Contract Price shall be paid against pro rata completion against

monthly running bills certified by Owner’s Engineer in charge.

c) 5% of the basic Contract Price shall be paid after Commissioning certified by owners

engineer in-charge and submission of 5% Performance Bank Guarantee valid till

completion of warranty period.

d) 5% of the basic Contract Price shall be paid against successful demonstration of

Performance Guarantees certified by owners engineer in-charge and submission of

5% Performance Bank Guarantee valid till completion of warranty period.

If the contractor is unable to conduct commissioning for the reason not attributable to

contractor for the more than three month after the date for which it was ready for the

commissioning then contractor shall be entitled to have payment for commissioning

- 9 -

against submission of performance bank guarantee of 5% valid till warranty period.

However the contractor shall not be relived from the obligation to perform commissioning.

If the contractor is unable to conduct Performance Guarantee test for the reason not

attributable to contractor for the more than six month after the date for which it was ready

for the performance guarantee test then contractor shall be entitled to have payment for

PG test against submission of performance bank guarantee of 5% valid till warranty period.

However the contractor shall not be relived from the obligation to perform guarantee test.

4.2 BANK GUARANTEE:

The Contractor shall procure and deliver to the Owner, Bank Guarantee(s) in such form

and amounts as specified hereunder.

a) The Advance Bank Guarantee amounting to 10% of the basic Contract Price shall

be submitted within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of Contract valid till the

mechanical completion.

b) The Security Bank Guarantee amounting to 5% of the basic Contract Price shall

be submitted within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of Contract valid till

commissioning.

c) The Performance Bank Guarantee amounting to 5% of the basic Contract Price

shall be submitted within 15 (fifteen) days of successful completion of all works

valid upto warranty period.

d) All the Bank Guarantees furnished by the contractor shall be unconditional,

irrevocable and from a nationalized bank of repute acceptable to the Owner and

in the owner’s format including all changes agreed mutually.

e) All Bank Guarantees shall have a claim period of 03 months from the date of its

expiry.

f) The value of Advance Bank Guarantee shall be reviewed and reduced once in

three months corresponding to the adjustments of advance made by the Owner

and based on a certificate to be issued by the Owner.

g) The Bank Guarantees shall have the provision of the same currency as the

Contract price.

Article-5

EFFECTIVE DATE OF CONTRACT

- 10 -

5.1 Effective Date of the Contract shall be the latest date of (a) the date of signing of

the Contract and (b) the date of receipt of advance payment. However, Advance

payment shall be released within 30 days of submission of correct Bank

Guarantee as per Owner’ format including all changes agreed mutually. The

Contractor shall submit the Advance Bank Guarantee within 15 days of signing of

Contract.

If beyond thirty (30) & within sixty (60) days from the date of submission of


the Owner due to reasons attributable to the Owner, the date shall be shifted by

equal period.

If beyond thirty (60) & within ninety (90) days from the date of submission of


the Owner due to reasons attributable to the Owner, the implication, if any on

Completion Schedule date shall be reviewed.

If beyond ninety (90) days from the date of submission of advance bank

guarantee, the condition set out in item (b) above is not fulfilled by the Owner due

to reasons attributable to the Owner, the Contractor shall suspend the Work and

Parties shall review the Contract for its implication and arrive at a mutually agreed

settlement.

5.2 Commencement

The Contractor shall commence the Works immediately from the Effective Date of

the Contract and shall thereafter, subject to the terms of the Contract, proceed

with the Works diligently and expeditiously.

Article-6

COMPLETION SCHEDULE 6.1 Time is the one of the most important feature of the contract. The Contractor

undertakes to complete the Facility as per the completion schedule, failing which

the Contractor shall be liable to pay Liquidated Damages as per Article 7 of the

Contract.

Contractor shall hand over the facilities as per below schedule:

Notwithstanding the date of execution of this Contract, this Contract shall for all

purposes and for the performance of obligations The Contractor shall have the date

effective and enforceable with effect from the date of contract.

- 11 -

The complete scope of work envisaged under this contract should be completed

within XXXXX from the Effective Date of contract.

The Contractor agrees that time is one of the most important feature of this Contract

and undertakes to complete this work within the time schedule as stipulated in this

contract.

6.2 The completion period shall be inclusive of all the lead time required for

procurement of Contractor’s raw materials/items including transportation upto Site,

inspection, testing and any other relevant activity required for execution of Work.

The time for completion of the Work, including extension of time granted, if any, is

the most important feature of the Contract.

6.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a Time v/s Progress Chart for mutual

agreement showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the

Work and also indicating the probable dates of commencement and completion of

various parts/section of the Work.

6.4 The Contractor shall adhere to the programme in detail. Any modification to this

shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer in Charge.

6.5 If at any time, it appears to the EIC that the actual progress of Work does not

conform to the mutually agreed programme referred to in clause 6.4, the Contractor

shall furnish, a revised programme showing the modifications to the mutually

agreed programme as are necessary to ensure the completion of the Work within

the time limit for completion referred to in clause 6.1. Note: The detail milestones shall be as per the signed technical documents.

Article-7

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY IN SUPPLY/COMMISSIONING

7.1 Liquidated Damages due to Delay in Commissioning

In case of delay in commissioning of equipment for reasons attributable to

Contractor, contractor shall be liable to pay liquidated damages for the respective

system and not by way of penalty, an amount calculated at the rate of 0.5% of the

Contract Price of the respective system for each week of delay or part thereof

subject to a maximum of 5% of basic Contract Price.

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE TO NON PERFORMANCE

- 12 -

7.2 In case, the Performance of unit/system as a whole is below guaranteed

performance parameters, if for reasons attributable to the Supplier/Contractor, as

set out in the performance guarantee clause of the technical specifications of the

contract, The Contractor shall pay to the Owner, liquidated damages and not way

of penalty for each of the short fall of guarantee parameters up to a maximum of

ten percent (10%) of basic Contract Price.

7.3 Recovery of Liquidated Damages The Owner shall have right to recover any such

amount, as deductible / recoverable under liquidated damages, from the pending bills of

Contractor, if any, and / or from the retention money and / or by encashing any Bank

Guarantee.

7.4 The liquidated damages for delay and non-fulfillment of performance guarantees

shall be mutually exclusive and shall be levied independently however, subject to

clause 7.6 below

7.5 Payment or deduction of Liquidated Damages shall in no way relieve the Supplier/

Contractor from completing the works and discharging all its other obligations

under this Contract.

7.6 The combined liquidated damages on account of delay in commissioning and

short fall in performance parameters shall be limited to ten percent (10%) of the

basic Contract Price.

Article-8

BILLING SCHEDULE 8.1 For facilitating release of payments the Contractor shall prepare and submit

detailed Billing Schedule and Despatch Schedule separately for the Plant &

Equipment within 45 days of the Effective Date of the Contract for approval by the

Owner. The Contractor shall arrange for supplies of the Plant, Machinery and

Equipment in the logical sequence required for erection by the Owner within the

overall delivery schedule of the Contract. The Contractor shall promptly give written

notice to the Owner of any anticipated delay in maintaining such schedule stating

reasons and remedial measures, there for. This shall not however in any way

absolve the Contractor from his responsibility of timely delivery of Plant and

Equipment as per contractual time schedule.

Article-9

UNLOADING AND STORAGE 9.1 The Contractor shall notify the Owner prior to the delivery of any Plant or other

shipments to the Site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the subsequent

- 13 -

receipt, unloading, storage and preservation of all Plant and Equipment. The Plant

and Equipment and materials shall be issued to the Contractor by the Owner for

further handling and erection.

9.2 The CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, provide suitable sheds and storage

yards, in such places and in such numbers as, are needed, for orderly and proper

storage of material, either supplied by the OWNER or as brought by the

CONTRACTOR for the WORK, to prevent damage due to rain, wind, direct

exposure to sun etc. as also from theft, pilferage etc. He shall obtain prior approval,

in writing, from the ENGINEER for erection of such sheds and storage yards before

undertaking construction. Storage and safe custody, including protection against

theft and pilferage, of all material with the CONTRACTOR, including Free Issue

Material, shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

Article 10

CONTRACTOR’S STAFF

10.1 SITE STAFF AND KEY PERSONNEL

The Contractor shall ensure that there are at all times at the Site sufficient suitably

qualified and experienced staff to supervise the carrying out of the Works at the

Site, to direct the Owner’s operating staff in the start-up, commissioning, testing

and operation of each Unit until Taking-Over and thereafter to advise the Owner

during the conduct of any further Performance Guarantee Tests and in the

operation of the Facility until Final Completion.

In particular, but without limitation, the Contractor shall forthwith upon the date of

signing of the Contract appoint suitably qualified and experienced persons

acceptable to the Owner, such personnel shall, for so long as they may be

engaged in connection with the Works, give substantially the whole of their time to

the superintendence of the Works and shall not be removed from their posts or

replaced without the prior written approval of the Owner, which approval shall not

be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

10.2 PROJECT DIRECTOR

The person appointed as the Contractor’s Project Director for the Works shall

have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor for all purposes in connection

with the Contract. The Project Director shall not be engaged in any project other

than the Works and shall not be replaced or removed without the prior consent of

- 14 -

the Owner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The

Contractor shall notify the Owner of the Project Director’s normal place or places

of work.

10.3 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER

The person appointed by the Contractor pursuant to Article 10.1 hereof as the

construction manager shall be employed at the Site from the commencement of

Works on the Site until Final Completion to supervise all work done on the Site

and to receive all instructions related to Site activities given by or on behalf of the

Owner. The construction manager so appointed shall be present at the Site

throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for

reasons connected with the proper performance of the Works. Whenever the

construction manager is absent from Site the Contractor shall nominate a suitable

person to act as his or her deputy. The Contractor shall obtain the Owner’s

approval of the person appointed as construction manager and shall not replace

or remove such person without the prior consent of the Owner, which consent

shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

10.4 OBJECTION TO REPRESENTATIVE

The Owner shall be entitled by notice to the Contractor to object to any

representative or person employed by the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor in the

execution of the Works who shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Owner,

misconduct himself or herself or be incompetent or negligent, and the Contractor

shall remove such person from the Works and appoint a suitable replacement or

ensure that the relevant Sub-Contractor does so.

10.5 OWNER’S APPROVAL OF KEY PERSONNEL

The Contractor shall submit the resumes of the personnel nominated to fill all the

key positions, to the Owner for review, comment or rejection of the nominations.

Article 11

CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT

11.1 Loss or Damage to Contractor’s Equipment

The Contractor shall be liable for loss of or damage to any of the Contractor’s

Equipment which may occur and shall insure against such loss.

11.2 Maintenance of Contractor’s Equipment

The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the Contractor’s Equipment on

the Site in a safe working condition

- 15 -

11.3 All the tools, tackles, machinery and consumables required for the Work will have

to be arranged and deployed by the Contractor whether specifically mentioned in

the Contract or otherwise.

11.4 In order to facilitate issue of exit gate passes for material and Equipment to be

taken out after completion of Work, the Contractor shall, prior to taking such things

inside, submit a list of Equipment and all other material to the Owner that he is

taking inside the Owner’s premises.

11.5 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge(EIC), upon request a

statement, showing the Equipment deployed at Site for the purpose of Work, and

additional Equipment in the course of shifting or to be shifted or to be required

during the ensuing month or months and all such further information/particulars as

it may be necessary or required to enable the EIC to satisfy himself that the

Contractor has taken necessary measures for the execution of Work in

accordance with the Contract.

11.6 After completion of Work or termination of Contract, the Contractor shall promptly

dismantle, at his own cost, distribution and other temporary facilities he has

erected for execution of Work and shall also remove the same within a reasonable

time, but not exceeding one month, fixed by the Engineer. On his failure to do so,

the Owner shall be entitled to remove them at the risk and cost of the Contractor.

Article 12

INSURANCE

12.1 Contractor’s Insurance Obligations

Without limiting the Contractor’s obligations and responsibilities under the

Contract, the Contractor shall procure and maintain a comprehensive insurance

policy from a reputed insurance company acceptable to the Owner, covering risks

of damage and loss of goods up to taking over of the Units. The said policy shall

also cover comprehensive risks during unloading, handling, storage, erection and

commissioning. Besides, the Contractor shall also take an “Erection All Risks”

insurance, Third Party Liability insurance, Personal Accident Insurance in respect

of Contractor’s supervisory personnel and workmen and such other insurance as

required as per statute.

The value of the insurance policy shall be 125% of the full erected value of the

Facilities.

- 16 -

The Owner shall be the principal beneficiary of the policy along with the Contractor

and shall reserve the exclusive right to assign the policy.

In the event of loss or damage, the Contractor shall be solely responsible to lodge

the claims and settle the same. On receipt of the repair or replacement item the

Owner shall issue No Claim Certificate to the Contractor to enable the Contractor

to receive the claim amount directly from the Insurance Co. and take out the

damaged item / work, after which the Contractor shall proceed with repair or

replacement of the goods without waiting for settlement of the claim. It is further

clarified that neither extension of Completion Schedule nor any extra claim shall

be admissible on account of insurance. Article-13

DRAWINGS & DOCUMENTS 13.1 The Supplier/ Contractor shall submit drawings and documents in requisite

number of sets as described in the specification, as per the submission Schedule given therein.

13.2 Approval of Supplier/ Contractors' drawings and documents shall not relieve the

Supplier/ Contractors of any of its responsibilities under the Contract. 13.3 The Supplier/ Contractor shall depute his engineers for discussions and approval

of drawings by Owner/Consultant without any extra costs to the Owner.

Article 14

WARRANTY/GUARANTEE AND DEFECTS

14.1 The Contractor shall also warrants that his proposed facility is free from all defects,

including latent defects.

14.2 Should any defect attributable to above arise within the Warranty period, as

indicated below, the bidder shall replace such defective portion or part thereof at

no extra cost (considering all cost elements involved) to the Owner . Such repair /

replacement shall be carried out with minimum loss of time.

14.3 The Warranty Period shall be 12 (twelve) months from the date of successful

commissioning. The Warranty period shall exclude any downtime for defects /

repairs attributable to contractor. However in case of any delay in commissioning

beyond 6 months from the scheduled date, for reasons solely attributable to the

Owner then Warranty shall also be reckoned as 18 (eighteen) months from the

date of scheduled commissioning.

- 17 -

Any delay on the part of the supplier / contractor shall result into extension of

warranty period accordingly.

14.4 Making Good Defects

The Contractor shall be responsible for promptly making good by replacement at

FOR Site, repair and/or modification, as per the instruction of the Owner at its

expense any Defect in any part of the Facility which may appear during the

Warranty Period in relation thereto and which arises from any failure to comply

with the provisions of Article 14.3 hereof.

14.5 Extension of Warranty Period

The Warranty Period for the System or any part thereof shall be extended by a

period equal to the period during which the relevant Facility or part cannot be

used by reason of any Defect to which Article 14.5 applies. The provisions of this

Article 14.5 shall apply to all repairs; replacements or modifications carried out by

the Contractor to remedy Defects as if the component replaced, repaired or

modified had been taken over on the date they were completed. However warranty

period for such replaced/repaired/modified parts shall not exceed 12 months from the date

of delivery of the replacement Equipment or repair of the defective Equipment.

14.6 Delay in Remedying Defects

If the Contractor fails to commence and proceed diligently with the remedy of any

such defect within 30 (thirty) days of receipt of notification thereof from the Owner,

the Owner may proceed to do the work at the Contractor’s expense provided that

it does so in a reasonable manner in accordance with Good Industry Practice,

notifies the Contractor of its intention to do so and permits the Contractor to

inspect such repaired or replaced Plant to ensure that quality standards have

been maintained. The reasonable cost so incurred by the Owner shall be

deducted from the Contract Price or to be paid by the Contractor to the Owner.

14.7 Removal of Defective Supplies

The Contractor may with the consent of the Owner, which consent shall not be

unreasonably withheld, remove from the Site at his own cost any part of the

Facility which is defective, if the nature of the defect is such that repairs cannot be

expeditiously carried out at site.

14.8 Further Tests

If any replacement, repair or modification is of such a character as may affect the

subsequent performance of the Facility or any part thereof in accordance with the

- 18 -

Performance Guarantees, the Owner may within 30 (thirty) days after such

replacement, repair or modification give to the Contractor notice requiring that

such further tests be conducted in respect of the relevant part as may be

necessary to demonstrate the adequacy and efficacy of the replacement, repair or

modification.

14.9 Operation and Maintenance

The obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under this Article do not extend to

any repairs, adjustments, alterations, replacements, or maintenance that may be

required as a result of normal wear and tear or as a result of the Owner’s failure to

operate or maintain the Facility after Taking-Over in accordance with Good

Industry Practice consistent with the operating and maintenance manuals

supplied by the Contractor.

14.10 LATENT DEFECTS

If any Defect of the kind (i) significantly affects the operation or output of the Facility,

or (ii) arises as a result of any act or omission on the part of the contractor which

a highly skilled contractor acting conscientiously would have foreseen or avoided

shall appear in any part of the facility within a period of 4 years after the expiry

date of Guarantee Period of such part of the Plant, the same shall be made good

by the Contractor by repair or replacement, provided that the Defect was “latent”,

i.e. could not have been discovered by a reasonable examination prior to the

expiry of the Guarantee Period. Such Defects shall not include those defects

where (i) at the time of discovery of the defect, the repair or replacement is

already contemplated for such parts under the recommendations contained in the

operating and maintenance manuals, or (ii) if and to the extent that such defect

has occurred due to the operation of the plant in a manner other than that advised

in the final operation and maintenance manual submitted by the Contractor to the

Owner, or (iii) the defect arises from fair wear and tear.

Article 15

ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING

15.1 Assignment by Contractor

The Contractor shall not without the prior written consent of the Owner assign to

any Person any benefit of or obligation under the Contract in whole or in part,

except that the Owner hereby consents to assignment of the Contractor’s rights to

receive any payment due under the Contract.

- 19 -

15.2 Assignment by Owner

The Contractor hereby consents to the creation by the Owner of a security

assignment of the Contract in favour of any Financing Entity (or a trustee acting on

behalf of one or more Financing Entities) and hereby undertakes to execute upon

the request of the Owner such documents as may be reasonably and customarily

required to give effect to any such assignment provided that the Contractor’s

consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, shall be required

for the inclusion in such documents of any terms or simple confirmation of the

consent given above or a simple acknowledgement of a notice of an assignment

pursuant to this Article. Any stamp duty and all costs and expenses payable in

respect of such documents shall be to the account of the Owner in respect of any

such documents required to be signed by the Contractor.

Sub-Contracting

15.3.1 The Contractor shall not sub-contract the whole of the Works to third parties for

the performance of the Contract.

15.3.2 The Contractor shall, within 1 (one) month of effective date of the Contract, deliver

to the Owner a Major Sub-contractors List for approval. The Contractor shall

furnish all particulars of such Sub-Contractors while seeking approval. The Parties

may by mutual agreement add to or delete from such list from time to time and

approve any successor or replacement of any Person listed on such list or any

other vendor, consultant or sub-contractor. For any Sub-Contractor not included in

the Major Sub-Contractor List involving a contract price in excess of

Rs.10,000,000 (Say Indian Rupees ten millions only) shall be with the written

approval of the Owner (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), while for

those Sub-Contractors involving a contract price less than the value above

mentioned, particulars shall be furnished for the Owner’s information.

15.3.3 The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner copies of technical ordering

specifications and principal commercial terms (un-priced) of the major sub-

contracts as the Owner may reasonably request from time to time.

15.3.4 The approval granted by the Owner shall not discharge the Contractor from his

contractual obligations.

15.3.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of all Sub-

Contractors and all its and their agents, servants or workmen of any of them as

fully as if they were the acts, defaults or neglects of the Contractor under the

terms of this Contract.

- 20 -

15.3.6 The Contractor shall ensure that all sub-contracts are made in writing.

15.3.7 Each instrument evidencing any sub-contract shall provide that, pursuant to terms

in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner, the rights of the Contractor under

such sub-contract are assignable to the Owner, its successors and assigns upon

the Owner’s written request following termination of this Contract.

Article 16

OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE

16.1 Duties of the Owner’s Representative

The Owner’s Representative shall carry out such duties in issuing certificates,

decisions, instructions and orders as are specified in the Contract to be carried out

by the Owner and, except to the extent otherwise stated in the Contract or notified

to the Contractor by the Owner from time to time, the Owner’s Representative

shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Owner for all purposes in

connection with the Contract and shall be the Contractor’s primary point of contact

with the Owner in relation to the execution of the Works.

16.2 Owner’s Responsibility

The Owner shall cause the Owner’s Representative to perform every act required

under the Contract to be performed by the Owner’s Representative and any

obligation stated under the Contract to be an obligation of the Owner’s

Representative shall be deemed to be an obligation of the Owner. The Owner

shall be responsible for any act, neglect or omission of the Owner’s

Representative as if it was an act, neglect or omission of the Owner.

16.3 Decisions, Instruction and Orders of the Owner’s Representative

The Contractor shall proceed with the Works in accordance with the written

decisions, instructions and orders given by the Owner’s Representative subject to

and in accordance with the Contract, including provisions for Variations as set out

in the Contract.

16.4 Owner’s Instructions in Writing

No decision, instruction or order given by the Owner’s Representative shall be

effective until written confirmation thereof has been received by the Contractor.

Provided that, in any exigency of work, the Owner’s Representative may issue oral

instructions with which the Contractor shall immediately comply, the Owner’s

Representative shall confirm any such oral instruction in writing within 48 (forty-

eight) hours of its issuance.

- 21 -

Article-17 LEGAL COMPLIANCE AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

17.1 Compliance with Applicable Law

Either Party shall in its performance of the Contract and the carrying out of the

Works ascertain and comply with the Applicable Laws.

The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner, the Party’s Affiliates and their

respective directors, officers, employees and agents against losses, claims and

liabilities, including any governmental penalties and sanctions payable to a

Competent Authority, together with any legal expenses incurred in connection

therewith, to the extent arising out of any failure of the Party , any Sub-Contractor

or their respective agents or employees to comply in the performance of the

Contract.

17.2 Divergences from Statutory Requirements

If the Contractor or the Owner finds any divergence between the Applicable Law

and the Performance Guarantees or the Technical Specifications it shall

immediately give to the other Party written notice specifying the divergence. The

Contractor shall promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Owner in

writing of its proposed amendment for removing the divergence, and with the

Owner’s consent the Contractor shall complete the Works in accordance with the

amendment.

17.3 Contractor to Obtain Clearance

The Contractor shall be responsible to obtain and maintain in effect all Applicable

Clearances required in connection with execution of the Works and pay all fees

required to be paid to any Competent Authorities.

Contractor should submit a clearance certificate from HR, stating that all statutory

charges are paid and all clearance are obtained along with submission of every

running bills payment.

17.4 Import and Export Permits

The Owner shall be responsible for obtaining all import permits and other licences

required for the importation of any Services or Equipment. The Contractor shall be

responsible within the Contract Price for obtaining all import permits and other

licences required for the importation of Contractor’s Equipment or other goods or

materials required for the purposes of the Works.

- 22 -

The Contractor shall be also responsible, within the Contract Price, for obtaining

all permits and other licences required for re-exportation of any Equipment,

Contractor’s Equipment or other goods or materials that the Contractor desires to

export, and for the exportation and re-importation of any component or piece of

equipment that it must export for repairs or replacement.

However, the Owner shall extend all such cooperation that is reasonably required

to facilitate the re-exportation/re-importation under the Applicable Law.

Article-18

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

18.1 Indemnity Against Infringement

The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner from and against any demands, claims,

suits and causes of action and any liability, legal costs, expenses, settlements

arising from or incurred by reason of any infringement or alleged infringement of

letters patent, registered design, unregistered design right, copyright, trade mark

or trade name by the use or possession of any Plant. The Contractor hereby

represents to the Owner that, as of the date of signing of the Contract, the

Contractor has received no notification of any rightful patent infringement claim

which would prejudice the Owner’s right to use or maintain the Plant.

18.2 Conduct of Proceedings

In the event of any claim being made or action brought against the Owner which is

covered by the indemnity set out in Article 18.1 hereof, the Owner shall promptly

notify the Contractor thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense conduct

all negotiations for the settlement of the same, and any litigation that may arise

there from. The Owner shall not, unless and until the Contractor shall have failed

to take over the conduct of the negotiations or litigation, agree to any settlement

of such negotiations or litigation or make any admission, which might be

prejudicial thereto.

18.3 Infringement Preventing Performance

If, in consequence of any infringement of letters patent, registered design,

copyright, trademark or trade name, the Contractor is prevented from executing

the Works, or the Owner is prevented from using the Facility, the Contractor shall

at its own expense:

18.3.1 procure for the Owner the right to continue using the relevant Plant or part; or,

- 23 -

18.3.2 replace the relevant Plant or part with a non-infringing Plant or part; or,

18.3.3 modify the relevant Plant or part so it becomes non-infringing.

Article-19 SECRECY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

Confidential Information

The Owner and the Contractor shall treat the details of the Contract and any

information made available in relation thereto as private and confidential and

neither of them shall publish or disclose the same or any particulars thereof (save

insofar as may be necessary for the purposes of the Contract), without the

previous written consent of the other Party, provided that nothing in this Article

shall prevent the publication or disclosure of any information that has come within

the public domain otherwise than by breach of this Article.

The Contractor/ Contractor acknowledges that the drawings, specifications,

documents, data, manuals, etc. whether as documents or in electronic media

(hereinafter referred to as “the Information”) furnished by the Owner shall be

regarded as the proprietary information of the Owner and the same is of

considerable financial value.

The Information furnished by the Owner in this enquiry is for the single and sole

use for the execution of this Contract and shall be treated as strictly confidential

by the Supplier / Contractor his employees and agents, and shall always remain

the property of the Owner. The Supplier / Contractor undertakes that the

Information shall not be used or disclosed to third party(s) by the Supplier /

Contractor for any purpose whatsoever other than the execution of this Contract.

The Information in original, duplicate, Photostat or in any electronic form shall not

be retained by the Supplier / Contractor and shall be returned to the Owner

immediately on completion/termination of the Contract. In case the bidder not

being successful, these documents shall be retuned promptly on demand by the

Owner.

Notwithstanding any proprietary legends or copyright notices to the contrary,

Owner/Purchaser may copy drawings and documents and other information or

any other information furnished by Supplier/ Contractor in connection with

Contractor's proposal and with this Contract for the limited purposes of installing,

operating, maintaining and repairing the Equipment in relation to any part of the

- 24 -

Project provided however always that Supplier’s/ Contractor’s Intellectual

Property shall always remain the property of the Supplier/ Contractor.

Article-20

CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

20.1 Except as otherwise expressly excluded in this Contract, the Contractor shall, in

accordance with the provisions of the Contract which are more particularly

described in Article-1 and Schedule-1 hereto carry out such engineering and

perform such work and other services as may be required for the execution of the

Works.

20.2 Labour Requirements

The Contractor shall prepare and make available to the Owner from time to time

details of the numbers and trades of workmen whom the Contractor proposes to

employ (whether directly or through Sub-Contractors) on the Site throughout the

periods shown in the Project Schedule.

As far as practicable, the Contractor shall give preference in the

employment of unskilled labourers at the Site to persons living locally.

20.3 Expediting of Progress

If for any reason which does not entitle the Contractor to an extension to the

Completion Schedule, the rate of progress of any Unit or any other part of the

Works is at any time in the reasonable opinion of the Owner too slow to ensure

that Provisional Completion of any Unit will occur on or before the scheduled

Completion Schedule in relation thereto, the Owner may so notify the Contractor

in writing. The Contractor shall respond within 10 (ten) working days with its plan

(including but not limited to re-planning task sequences, increasing labour or other

resources of the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor employed on the Works or the

addition of Sub-Contractors) to accelerate the progress of the Works so as to

achieve Provisional Completion no later than the scheduled Completion

Schedule. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional payment for

taking such steps.

20.4 Security

Fencing, Guarding, Lighting, etc.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fencing, guarding, lighting and

security of all the Works on the Site and for the proper provision of temporary

roadways, footways, guards and fences on the Site as far as may be necessary

- 25 -

for the Works and so as not to endanger the owners and occupiers of adjacent

property, the public and others, all in accordance with Good Industry Practice.

20.5 Clearance of Site

On a continuous basis consistent with Good Industry Practice during the progress

of the Works the Contractor shall clear away and remove pursuant to the

directions of the Owner from the Site all scrap, debris, other waste materials.

The Contractor shall, leave on the Site for the Owner such temporary works as

instructed by the Owner.

The Contractor shall at all times and particularly after completion of the Works,

keep the Site and the Facility in a clean, safe and workmanlike condition and shall

dispose of all rubbish (other than hazardous materials or other materials which

may contaminate ground-water, for which other arrangements shall be made by

the Contractor) in a properly prepared landfill site in accordance with Good

Industry Practice.

20.6 Safety

Site Operations and Safety Regulations

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy, stability and safety of

its operations on the Site. The Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of

Works at the Site, prepare and submit to the Owner a comprehensive set of

safety regulations in connection with its operations at the Site. The Contractor

shall comply with and shall ensure that all of its employees, agents and Sub-

Contractors of any tier engaged in work at the Site comply with the provisions of

such safety regulations.

20.7 Safety Supervisor

The Contractor shall have on its staff at the Site a person dealing with the safety

and protection against accidents of all staff and labour including any other men,

servants, agents or any person concerned with any activity of the Owner. This

person shall be appropriately qualified for this work and shall have the authority to

issue instructions and to take protective measures in connection with the

prevention of accidents.

20.8 Health and Safety Records and Reports

- 26 -

The Contractor shall maintain such records and make such reports concerning

safety, health and welfare of persons at the Site and damage to property at the

Site as the Owner shall from time to time reasonably require consistent with Good

Industry Practice. The Contractor shall in any event report to the Owner details of

any accident occurring on the Site or, if occurring elsewhere, which causes

damage to any Plant intended for incorporation in the Facility, as soon as

reasonably practicable after its occurrence.

20.9 Health and Safety Precautions

The Contractor hereby confirms that all design, manufacture, construction and

commissioning work undertaken in India complies with all applicable Health and

Safety at Work Codes and regulations in force in India from time to time until the

date of Final Completion.

20.10 Without prejudice to its general obligation to comply with Applicable Laws

concerning health and safety precautions, the Contractor shall at its own cost take

all due precautions to ensure the safety of its staff and labour and, in collaboration

with and to the requirements of the local health authorities where appropriate,

shall ensure that medical staff, first aid equipment and stores, sick bay and

suitable ambulance service are available at the Site at all times throughout the

period of the Contract and that suitable arrangements are made for the prevention

of epidemics and all necessary welfare and hygiene requirements. In the event of

the outbreak of any illness of an epidemic nature, the Contractor shall comply with

and carry out such regulations, orders and requirements of any Competent

Authority for the purpose of dealing with and overcoming the same.

20.11 Labour Welfare

20.11.1Housing for Labour

The Contractor shall provide and maintain such temporary accommodation and

amenities as may be reasonably necessary for all its and its Sub-Contractors’ staff

and labour employed at the Site, including all fencing, water supply (both for

drinking and other purposes), electricity supply, sanitation, fire prevention and fire-

fighting equipment and other agreed requirements in connection with such

accommodation or amenities.

20.11.2 Festivals and Religious Customs

- 27 -

The Contractor shall in all dealings with its and its Sub-Contractors’ staff and

labour have due regard to all recognised festivals, days of rest and religious or

other customs.

20.11.3 Disorderly Conduct

The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to prevent any

unlawful riotous or disorderly conduct by or amongst its or its Sub-Contractors’

staff and labour and for the preservation of peace and protection of persons and

property in the neighbourhood of the Site against the same.

20.12 Accidents and Damage

20.12.1 Care of the Facility

The Contractor shall be responsible for the care of each Unit, those parts of the

Works relating thereto and all Plant, goods and materials intended for

incorporation therein until Taking-Over of such Unit occurs in accordance with this

Contract. In the event of termination of the Contract in accordance with these

Conditions, responsibility for the care of such Plant, goods and materials shall

pass to the Owner upon the effective date of termination or, if later, upon the date

on which such Plant, goods and materials are delivered to the Owner or the

Owner otherwise takes possession of them.

20.12.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the Contractor shall be responsible for all Plant,

including spare parts, chemicals, lubricants and other consumables, procured

from outside India from the point at which the Owner’s Contractor ceases to have

such responsibility.

20.12.3 Making Good Loss or Damage to the Works

In the event that any Unit, any part of the Works relating thereto or any Plant,

goods or materials intended for incorporation therein shall suffer loss or damage

whilst the Contractor has responsibility therefore, the same shall be made good

by the Contractor at its own expense except to the extent that such loss or

damage shall be caused by the Owner’s Risks.

20.12.4 In the event that any Unit, any part of the Works relating thereto or any Plant,

goods or materials intended for incorporation therein shall suffer loss or damage

whilst the Contractor has responsibility for the care thereof as provided in the

Contract, which is caused by any of the Owner’s Risks the Contractor shall,

unless instructed by the Owner to do otherwise, make good the same and the

requirement for such making good shall be deemed to have arisen pursuant to an

- 28 -

instruction requiring a Variation to which the provisions of this Article hereof shall

apply.

For the purposes of this Article, the “Owner’s Risks” are the risk of loss or

damage to the Facility or any part thereof caused by:

any Force Majeure event to the extent the Contractor has complied with the

provisions of Force Majeure; and

use of the Works or any part thereof by the Owner; and

the act, neglect or omission or breach of contract or of statutory duty of the

Owner, its agents or servants or other Persons for whom the Owner is responsible

(but excluding the Owner’s or the Operator’s operations and maintenance

personnel whilst performing duties in accordance with the Contractor’s directions).

20.12.5 Injury to Persons and Property other than the Works

Except as otherwise stated in this Article, the Contractor shall be liable for and

shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Owner, the Owner’s

Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the

“Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all demands, claims, suits and

causes of action and any and all liability, costs, expenses, settlements and

judgements incurred in connection therewith (including court costs and

reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by the Owner if and only if the Contractor

fails to address such claim by its own attorney having received notice of the

claim) in respect of personal injury to or death of third parties and in respect of

loss of or damage to any third party property to the extent that the same arises

out of or in consequence of any negligent, reckless or tortuous act or omission

(including strict or absolute liability) or any breach of statutory duty of the

Contractor, any Sub-Contractor or their respective agents or employees in

connection with activities under this Contract, except to the extent that such

injury, death or damage is caused or contributed to by the Owner when the

Owner shall be liable for and shall indemnify the Contractor’s Indemnified Party in

respect of all matters as aforesaid to such extent.

20.12.6 Accidents or Injury to Workmen

The Contractor shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Owner’s

Indemnified Party from and against any and all demands, claims, suits and

causes of action and any and all liability, costs, expenses, settlements and

judgements incurred in connection therewith (including court costs and

reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by the Owner if and only if the Contractor

fails to address such claim by its own attorney having received notice of the

claim) arising in connection with the death of or injury to any person employed by

- 29 -

the Contractor or its Sub-Contractors in connection with the Works except to the

extent such death or injury is caused or contributed to by the Owner when the

Owner shall be liable for and shall indemnify the Contractor’s Indemnified Party in

respect of all matters as aforesaid to such extent.

20.13 Claims in Respect of Damage to Persons or Property

In the event of any claim being made against any Person arising out of the

matters referred to in respect of which it appears that the Contractor may be liable

to indemnify the Owner’s Indemnified Party under this Article the Contractor shall

be promptly notified thereof and may at its own expense conduct all negotiations

for the settlement of the same and any litigation that may arise in relation thereto,

subject to compliance with the terms of the claims procedures under any

applicable insurance policy. The Owner’s Indemnified Party shall not, unless and

until the Contractor shall have failed to take over the conduct of the negotiations

or litigation, agree to any settlement of such negotiations or litigation or make any

admission which might be prejudicial thereto. The Owner’s Indemnified Party shall

at the request of the Contractor afford all available assistance for any such

purpose and shall be repaid all costs reasonably incurred in so doing.

20.14 Compliance with Labour Laws & Regulations

The Contractor shall ensure compliance with all applicable labour laws,

regulations and statutory requirements and shall indemnify Owner against any

claims or proceedings against him.

20.15 CONSTRUCTION WATER AND POWER

The Owner shall provide open land for site office, storage yards, fabrication yard

and batching plants inside the plant boundary free of cost. The Owner shall also

provide construction water and power supply at one point at each area of work

including batching plant, site office, workshops, etc. within the plant area, on free

of cost. Further distribution of power from the point of supply shall be arranged by

the contractor at his own cost. The contractor, at his cost, will also arrange for

suitable meters, fuses, switches, elcbs, etc. Required for safe and secure use of

these utilities. The metering shall be done at the source point. Owner shall not

provide any land for contractor’s labour colony and aggregate crushing plant

20.16 PROJECT SCHEDULING, INFORMATION AND PROGRESS REPORTS

20.16.1 Project Scheduling

- 30 -

The Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed Project Schedule/PERT for

approval of the Owner which will be periodically updated so as to match the

Project Schedule. The Contractor shall perform the Works in accordance with the

Project Schedule.

20.16.2 Progress Reports

The Contractor shall at monthly intervals prepare formal written and quantitative

reports to the Owner on the progress of the Works by reference to the Project

Schedule in a format approved by the Owner and in sufficient detail to permit the

Owner to assess performance, plan witness dates and evaluate forecasts,

including reports on key sub-contracts (as applicable). Within 10 (ten) days of the

submission of each such report and at such other times as the Owner may

reasonably request, the Contractor and the Owner shall meet to discuss progress.

Each monthly progress report shall be submitted no later than the 5th day of the

month following that in respect of which it is made, but may report on actual

progress only up to the 25th day of the month and anticipated progress thereafter.

Monthly progress reports shall include the following:

a) Executive summary;

b) description of the work and services performed during the preceding month;

c) updated Project Schedule showing progress to the end of the month (as

percentages complete of the Contractor’s activities broken down into significant

elements of the Works) and the current schedule of activities and the targets for

the next month;

d) updated billing schedule showing the payment become due to the end of the next

month;

e) identification of areas with foreseeable problems relating to scope, claims for

adjustments to the Contract Price, or changes in the Project Schedule; and

f) such other information and supporting documentation as the Owner may

reasonably request;

The Contractor shall submit the progress report every month and in 5 (five) hard

copies. The Owner shall have the right to depute his representative at the

premises of the Works of the Contractor or any of its Sub-Contractors to ascertain

the progress of the Works. The Contractor shall as and when required by the

Owner give the Owner access to all scheduling information prepared by the

- 31 -

Contractor in respect of the Works and shall permit the Owner’s Representative to

attend and fully participate in scheduling and progress meetings.

20.17 Anti Bribery Policy

The Contractor shall comply with the Anti-Bribery & Corruption (“AB&C”)

requirements as applicable to them.

On receipt of complaint the Owner shall notify the Contractor to respond within

fifteen (15) days thereafter The Owner shall have the right to initiate “Audit

proceedings” against Contractor to verify compliance with Anti-Bribery &

Corruption requirements. The Contractor shall extend full cooperation for smooth

completion of the audit.

Notwithstanding anything content in this LOA, the Owner shall have the right to

terminate the contract forthwith in case, it is found that the Contractor has failed to

comply with AB&C requirements as envisaged in the Vendor Code.

20.18 Purchaser’s General Obligations

The Purchaser shall have only the following obligations for the execution of the

Contract by the Contractor so as to achieve the Completion of Works:

a) Save and except the obligations mentioned in the Technical Specifications of

the contract and those which are specifically mentioned herein the owner

shall have no other obligation / liabilities for the execution of the contract by

the contractor for completion of the facility.

b) Make timely payments to the Contractor of all amounts due to the Contractor

under this Contract in accordance with the terms and provisions of this

Contract.

c) Provide qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply the

required input raw materials, utilities, other materials and facilities, if any, for

carrying out the start up, Commissioning and Performance Guarantee Tests

in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

d) Provide Construction Power and water at one point within the battery limit

free of cost

e) Provide access to site to contractor’s authorized representatives.

- 32 -

f) Provide assistance if any, to the Contractor for arranging necessary

approvals.

Article-21

REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE PLANT 21.1 For the purpose of this Contract, Minimum Acceptance Criteria is defined in

Technical Specification hereto.

21.2 If the completed plant or any portion thereof before it is finally accepted is found to

be defective or fails to fulfil the Minimum Acceptance Criteria, the Owner shall

give the Contractor notice setting forth particulars of such defects or failure and

the Contractor shall forthwith make the defective portion of the plant good, or

make it comply with the Acceptance Criteria. Should they fail to do so within a

period of time as deemed reasonable by the Owner and stated in the said notice,

the Owner at its discretion shall have the right to either (a) accept the Facility

subject to commercial settlement as may be mutually agreed between the Parties

or, (b) in the event the Parties fail to reach such agreement under (a) within 30

(thirty) days, Owner shall be entitled to repair/replace/reject at the cost of the

Contractor the whole or any portion of the plant as the case may be which is

defective or fails to fulfil the Acceptance Criteria of the Contract However, such

repair /replacement /rejection by the Owner shall not absolve the Contractor of

any of their responsibilities under this Contract.

In the event of such rejection, the Owner shall be entitled to the use of the plant in

a reasonable and proper manner for a time reasonably sufficient to enable him to

obtain other replacement plant.

Article-22

DEFECTS BEFORE TAKING-OVER If, at any time prior to Taking-Over of the relevant Unit, the Owner notifies the

Contractor that any work done or materials used by the Contractor or any Sub-

Contractor or any Plant supplied in connection with such Unit is or are not in

accordance with the Contract, or that such part does not fulfil the requirements of

the Contract (all such matters being in this Article hereinafter called “Defects”)

then the Contractor shall, at its own expense, remedy the Defects so specified. If

the Contractor fails to do so in respect of any Defect and such failure poses an

imminent danger to the health and/or safety of persons engaged in carrying out

- 33 -

the Works, the Owner may, take such steps as may in all the circumstances be

reasonable to remedy such Defects including appointment of third parties for

rectification of such Defects and the Contractor shall pay to the Owner the cost of

doing so. It is further clarified that the Owner shall have the right to deduct such

reasonable sum form any sum due and payable to the Contractor including

encashment of any bank guarantee/security.

Article-23

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE FACILITY

23.1 Mechanical Completion

23.1.1 Mechanical Completion, for the Facility, shall mean the completion of the following

activities, in relation to that Facility, to the satisfaction of the Owner:

23.1.2 the connecting / hooking up of such Equipment to other relevant Equipment with

welding, wiring, controls and safety systems;

23.1.3 ensuring that such components of Equipment and all related operating systems

are individually cleaned, leak checked, lubricated and point-to-point checked to

verify that such components of Equipment and related operation systems have

been correctly installed so as to respond to simulated test signals / instructions

(i.e. loop checks) equivalent to actual signals / instructions received during

operation;

23.1.4 ensuring that such Equipment and related operating systems are ready for start-

up, initial operation, pre-commissioning, adjustment and testing and may be so

operated safely and without damage thereto; and

23.1.5 pre-commissioning activities (Cold Tests) as applicable to each Equipment,

system or component such as stroking of control valves, phase rotation of

electrical equipment and completion of checks for continuity of other electrical

circuits (including loop checks) and the responses of controls and control

equipment are completed.

Cold test shall be taken up by the Contractor to prove that the Facility has been

erected as per Contract & after erection is fit for commissioning. Details of Cold

tests are given in the Technical Specification

23.2 Commissioning and Taking Over

23.2.1 On completion of cold Tests and Once the Facility has successfully passed all pre-

commissioning tests / inspections and is capable of safe operation as per the

- 34 -

operation manual and Good Industry Practices, the Contractor shall declare that

the Facility is ready for start up and Commissioning. The Contractor shall then

proceed for Commissioning of the Facility in accordance with the procedure as

specified in the Technical Specifications.

23.2.2 The Contractor shall also ensure that he has, in relation to any Facility :

(b) provided to the Owner such preliminary operating and maintenance manuals and

drawings, updated P&I drawings, electrical single line drawings and control

diagrams and other information as may be specified in the Technical

Specifications to be provided prior to Taking Over of that Facility or otherwise as

may reasonably be required by the Owner for the safe and reliable operation of

the Facility; and

(c) provided to the Owner such certification by the Contractor or other written

evidence, as the Owner may reasonably require, that the Contractor has complied

with the Applicable Laws relating to the operation of the Facility and has obtained

all Applicable Clearances in connection with the construction of the Facility which

the Contractor has to comply with or obtain,

23.2.3 On successful Commissioning of the Facility and provided the Contractor has

completed all his contractual obligations due till Commissioning, the Owner shall

issue Commissioning Certificate.

23.2.4 Upon successful Commissioning of the Facility, all surplus materials and

equipment, whether or not required in connection with the performance of the

Contractor’s obligations, shall be the property of the Owner.

23.2.5 Take over

On successful completion of Commissioning, the System shall be provisionally

taken over by the Owner and Take over Certificate will be issued by the Owner.

23.3 Performance Acceptance Certificate

Once a Facility is Taken Over by the Owner and has successfully attained

stabilized and consistent operations, the Contractor shall, with consent of the

Owner, proceed for demonstration of Performance Guarantees by conducting

Performance Guarantee Tests in accordance with the procedures as specified in

the Technical Specifications. The contractor shall give the Owner at least 30

(thirty) days prior written notice of the date on which the contractor intends to

commence the Performance Guarantee Tests. The Performance Guarantee Test

- 35 -

shall be carried out with the pre defined materials quality as per Technical

Specification.

Subject to the relevant provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall, as soon as

Facility/ Unit has passed all the Performance Guarantee Tests and has completed

all other tests required and as stipulated in Annexure 1 hereto, so notify the

Owner in writing and if such notice was given properly in accordance with the

requirements of the Contract, the Owner shall, within 30 (thirty) days of receipt of

such notice, either issue a Performance Acceptance Certificate for that Unit, or

if reasonable cause exists for doing so, notify the contractor that Performance

Acceptance has not been achieved, stating the reasons thereof.

23.4 Final Completion

Final completion certificate shall be issued by the Owner after the Contractor has

demonstrated successfully Performance Guarantee Tests and fulfilled all his

obligations as per the Contract

Article-24

VARIATIONS

The Owner shall have the right, during the performance of the Contract, to change

the scope and/or technical character of the Project and/or of the services stipulated in

the Contract. Owner may by a notice in writing to the contractor request for changes

in the scope of work. Within 3(three) days of receipt of such notice, the contractor

shall inform the owner, in writing of the effect of such change would have on the price,

schedule, and other provisions of the contract and within 3 (three) days of receipt of

such information, Owner shall advise the contractor in writing of its acceptance or

otherwise. On the same being accepted by the owner such changes shall be deemed

to form part of this agreement. Contractor should not execute any other work unless

mentioned in this contract without any prior written approval from the owner.

24.1 If any changes are required for completeness of the work, the Contractor shall not

be entitled to extra price or time.

- 36 -

24.2 In the event, the Owner requests a change as per Article 24.1 the Contract price

and time shall be adjusted upwards or downwards, as the case may be and as shall

be mutually agreed to. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time

unless such changes adversely affect the time schedule.

24.3 The Contractor shall not change any work to be made pursuant to this Contract except as may become necessary to enable him to meet his technical obligations under this Contract, provided however that such changes shall be subject to prior written approval of the Owner.

24.4 If any changes are required for completeness of the works as per Article 24.2, or the Contractor himself changes as per Article 24.4, the Contractor shall not be entitled to extra price or time.

24.5 In the event that a request for changes by the Owner should affect the guarantees of the plant/process, a readjustment of such guarantees shall be agreed upon jointly, before the Contractor proceeds with the change.

Article-25

CONTRACTOR'S CO-OPERATION WITH FINANCING The Contractor shall, as and when requested to do so by the Owner at any time

after the signing of this Contract, prepare and provide such information in

connection with the Contract and/or the Works (including resolutions, certificates,

opinions of counsel or other documents related to the Contractor's corporate

authorisation to enter into the Contract and to undertake the obligations set forth

herein) as may be reasonably required for any potential lender to the Owner

under a proposed loan agreement. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner

in good faith in order to satisfy the requirements of the Owner's financing

arrangements, including where appropriate and reasonable the making of

amendments to the terms of the Contract as may be required by the Financing

Entities and mutually agreed by the Parties.

Article-26

- 37 -

INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

26.1 Several Conditions, Schedules listed in this contract and forming an integral part

of this Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory to one another.

26.2 There are no understandings or agreements between the Owner and the

Contractor which are not fully expressed herein including the Schedules referred

to in the Contract. No modifications of this Contract shall be valid unless the same

is agreed in writing by the Parties hereto and issued as an amendment to the

Contract.

26.3 All the words and expressions used in this Contract shall unless repugnant to the

context here the same meaning as are respectively assigned to them in Article 1

of Contract. All headings to the Articles, Conditions, Schedules or to any other

part of the Contract are solely for the purpose of giving a concise indication and

not a summary of contents thereof and they shall not be deemed to be a part

thereof or be used in the interpretation or construction thereof.

26.4 Contract shall include following documents having priority as per the order given below;

i) Contract Agreement, ii) Technical Specification

Article-27 FORCE MAJEURE

27.1 As used in this Agreement, Force Majeure means any act, event or circumstance,

or combination of acts, events or circumstances, which may materially and

adversely affect the affected Party’s performance of its obligations pursuant to the

terms of this Contract, but only if and to the extent that such acts, events or

circumstances are not within the affected Party’s reasonable control, were not

reasonably foreseeable and could not have been prevented or overcome by the

affected Party through the exercise of reasonable skill or care. Any act, event,

circumstance or combination thereof meeting the description of Force Majeure

that has the same effect upon the performance of Major Sub-Contractors which

directly, materially and adversely affects the performance by the Owner or

- 38 -

Contractor of its obligations in whole or in part under this Contract shall constitute

Force Majeure with respect to the Owner or Contractor respectively.

27.2 The Force Majeure Events shall comprise the acts, events and circumstances,

beyond the control of Owner/ Purchaser or Supplier/ Contractor such as (i) act of

war, invasion, armed conflict or act of foreign enemy, blockade, embargo,

revolution, riot insurrection, civil commotion, act of terrorism or sabotage, in each

case occurring inside or directly involving India (ii) strikes, lockouts or other

generalised labour action occurring within India (excluding such events which are

attributable to the Supplier); (iii) Radioactive contamination or ionising radiation or

chemical contamination originating from a source in India or resulting from

another Force Majeure Event; (iv) flood, cyclone, lightning, earthquake, drought,

storm or any other extreme effect of the natural elements; (v) epidemic or plague;

(vi) fire or explosion, except as may be attributable to the Contractor; (vii) air

crash or shipwreck; (viii) an act of God (ix) issue of notification(s), order(s),

direction(s) by the Central or State Government or any authority /department of

the Central or State Government or by any Court of Law rendering the execution

or continuance of execution of the contract or the obligation(s) of the parties under

this contract unless attributable to the either party, etc.

27.3 As time is also one of the important Feature of this Contract if either Party is

prevented from the performance of its obligations in whole or in part for reasons of

Force Majeure Event, then provided notice of happening of any such eventuality

is given by the affected Party to the other Party within 7 (seven) days from the

date of occurrence and cessation of the Force Majeure, the period of Force

Majeure shall be excluded from the time specified for fulfilment of obligation of the

Party prevented by Force Majeure.

27.4 It is however clarified that in the event of Force Majeure preventing the Contractor

from performing its obligations under the Contract, for a continuous period of less

than 4 (four) months from the beginning of Force Majeure Event or an aggregate

period of not more than 6 (six) months, the Contractor shall be entitled to

extension of time for the period during which such Force Majeure Event had

occurred for fulfilment of its obligations under the Contract and the Contractor

shall not be entitled to terminate the Contract or abandon the project during such

above mentioned period.

27.5 If Force Majeure Event continues beyond the period of 4 (Four) months from the

beginning of the Force Majeure Event or prevent the Contractor from performing

- 39 -

its obligations under the Contract for an aggregate period of more than 06 (Six)

months, the Parties shall mutually decide further course of action. If mutual

settlement cannot be arrived at within 30 (thirty) days, either Party shall have the

right to terminate the Contract. In the event of such termination, the Owner shall

be liable to make payment for all Works done by the Contractor till the time such

Force Majeure had commenced and the Contractor shall be liable to hand over all

works and Supplies completed pursuant to the Contract till the date of termination

due to Force Majeure.

27.6 Neither Party can claim any compensation from the other Party on account of

Force Majeure Event

27.7 Performance to Continue

Upon the occurrence of any circumstances of Force Majeure the Contractor shall

use all reasonable endeavours to continue to perform its obligations under the

Contract and to minimise the adverse effects of such circumstances.

Article-28

INSPECTION AND TESTING AT SITE

Opening-Up for Inspection and Testing on Site In circumstances where:

28.1.1 any element of the Works has been found to be defective or otherwise not in

accordance with the requirements of the Contract and the Owner has reasonable

grounds to suspect that the Works may contain other similar defects or non-

compliant elements; or

28.1.2 the Contractor has failed to give the Owner a reasonable opportunity in

accordance with the agreed quality plan to inspect any element of the Works

before it is covered up,

the Owner shall be entitled to require the Contractor, at the Contractor’s cost, to

open up for inspection or to arrange for or carry out any tests of any such element

of the Works.

28.2 Quality Assurance and Control

The Contractor shall comply and require that its Sub-Contractors comply with the

provisions of the Technical Specifications in connection with quality assurance

and quality control arrangements in the carrying out of the Works. All records

maintained by the Contractor and its Sub-Contractors pursuant to such quality

- 40 -

assurance and quality control obligations shall be made available for inspection

by the Owner upon reasonable notice.

28.3 The Contractor shall submit their quality assurance plan, within 30 days of Effective

Date Of Contract, clearly stating the stages of inspection and methods of inspection

etc. The Contractor shall accord to the inspecting personnel all necessary

assistance and shall make available free of charge all necessary instruments and

appliances and test beds and tools and other materials necessary for the

performance of the inspection (s) so as to enable the inspectors to work properly in

accordance with the Contractor’s Quality Assurance Plan (“QAP”). The above

mentioned inspection (s) and testing shall be in accordance with the QAP to be

approved by the Owner.

28.4 Owner or its duly authorized representative shall have, at all reasonable times,

access to the Contractor’s facilities within the Owner’s premises and shall have the

power to examine, inspect and call for tests for material and/or workmanship during

the execution of Work. Such tests shall be carried out by the Contractor wholly at

his expense. Such inspection and test shall not absolve and relieve the Contractor

of its responsibility to carry out and complete the Work in accordance with the

Technical Specifications or discharging any of its contractual obligations.

28.5 FOR MATERIAL

28.5.1 The Owner shall have full powers to get the incoming material, being used in

Work, tested by an independent agency at his expense in order to crosscheck /

revalidate their soundness and adequacy. Such inspection and test shall not

absolve and relieve the responsibility of the Contractor to carry out and complete

the Work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications as is provided to the

Contractor or discharging any of its contractual obligation

28.5.2 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to submit necessary samples and

obtain prior approval of the Owner/Owner’s representative in respect of all

material, fittings, fixtures and any other item as decided by the Owner/Owner’s

representative. One such approved sample of each shall be kept with the

Owner/Owner’s representative at SITE for future reference.

28.5.3 The fittings or fixtures shall confirm to Specifications and shall have prior approval

of the Owner/Owner’s representative.

- 41 -

28.5.4 If the Contractor desires to substitute any material or item, he must secure the

approval of the Owner/Owner’s representative, in writing, of any such substitution

well before making such substitution. Material designated in Specifications, or in

the SCHEDULE OF ITEMS, as “equal or other approved” shall be considered as

coming under the provision of this Article as substitutions and no such material

shall be used until specific approval of the Owner/Owner’s representative has

been received in writing.

28.5.5 All standard tests, which are performed for quality control, shall be done with

proper maintenance of records.

28.5.6 The Specifications prescribe various tests at specified intervals for ascertaining

for the quality of the Work done. If the tests prove to be unsatisfactory, the

Owner/Owner’s representative shall have liberty to order the Contractor to redo

the Work done in that period and / or to order such alterations for rectification that

may be necessary or both at the cost of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be

bound to carry out such orders failing which the rectification / redoing will be done

by the Owner/Owner’s representative through other agencies and cost recovered

from the Contractor. Such rectification/redoing by the Owner/Owner’s

representative through any other agency and recovery of cost shall be in addition

to any other right the Owner may have against the Contractor.

28.6 WORKMANSHIP AND TESTING

28.6.1 The Contractor shall carry out Radiography, Magnetic particle test of weld joints

and any other stage wise test & inspection required to be carried out in

conformation to the particulars contained in or implied by the Specifications and

as referred to in and represented by the Drawings or in such other additional

particulars, instruction and documents as may be found requisite to be given

during the execution of the Work and to the entire satisfaction of the

Owner/Owner’s representative.

28.6.2 Owner or its duly authorized representative shall have, at all reasonable times,

access to the Contractor’s facilities within the Owner’s premises and shall have

the power to examine, inspect and call for tests for material and / or workmanship

during the execution of Work. Such tests shall be carried out by the Contractor

wholly at his expense. Such inspection and test shall not absolve and relieve the

- 42 -

responsibility of the Contractor to carry out and complete the Work in accordance

with the Drawings and Specifications as is provided to the Contractor or

discharging any of its contractual obligations.

28.6.3 Work shall be carried out in such a manner so as not to interfere with effects like

vibration etc., or retard or disturb the existing structure's foundations, the progress

of operation and maintenance of the existing plant or of other works being

executed by other agencies.

28.6.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and perfect setting out of the

Work and for the correctness of the positions, levels, dimensions and alignment of

all parts of the Work. All measurements shall comply with the dimensions noted

on the DRAWINGS and / or as directed. If at any time during the progress of

Work, any error shall appear or arise in the position, levels, dimensions, or

alignments of any part of the Work, the Contractor, on being required to do so by

the Owner/Owner’s representative, shall rectify, at his own expense, such errors

to the satisfaction of the Owner/Owner’s representative notwithstanding that he

may have been assisted by the Owner/Owner’s representative in setting out the

same earlier.

Article - 29

RISK PURCHASE

In case, the contractor is unable to meet with the stipulated delivery schedule

even alter repeated notice from the owner, the owner reserves the right to cancel

the contract for the balance quantity which has not been shipped and purchased

the balance quantity from any other sources at the risk and cost of the Contractor

and recover the cost / expenditure from the contractors bill due or becoming due.

However this article shall not apply to any part of the extension, which would be

granted by the owner under Force Majeure conditions.

Article-30

ARBITRATION

- 43 -

30.1 The Parties hereto shall endeavour to settle all disputes and differences relating

to and/or arising out of the Contract amicably.

30.2 In the event that the Parties failing to resolve any dispute amicably the same shall

be referred to Arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act

1996 with all modifications and re-enactments thereto, as is prevalent in India.

Each Party shall be entitled to nominate an Arbitrator and the two Arbitrators so

nominated shall jointly nominate a third presiding Arbitrator. The Arbitrators shall

give a reasoned award. The place of arbitration shall be Korba, India. The

language used in arbitral proceedings shall be English.

30.3 This contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of

India. The parties hereby expressly submit themselves to exclusive jurisdiction of

the courts in Korba, India.

30.4 The Parties hereto agree that the Parties shall be obliged to carry out its

obligations under the Contract even in the event a dispute is referred to Arbitration.

It is further clarified that the Owner shall not be entitled to retain any sum or

portion of Contract price which has become due and payable to the Contractor, for

any works or any subject matter under arbitration.

Article-31

TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION 31.1 TERMINATION DUE TO CONTRACTOR’S DEFAULT 31.1.1 If the Contractor:

a) shall have voluntarily commenced winding-up, bankruptcy, insolvency,

reorganization, stay, moratorium or similar debtor-relief proceedings, or shall have

become insolvent or is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in

writing its inability to pay its debts or makes an assignment for the benefit of its

creditors;

b) has insolvency, receivership, reorganization or bankruptcy proceedings brought

against him and the petition commencing such proceedings is not controverted

and the proceedings dismissed or effectively stayed within 30 (Thirty) days of

such commencement;

c) has abandoned the Contract;

d) The Contractor despite previous warnings in writing from the Owner, has

wrongfully refused or has materially failed or neglected at any time to execute the

- 44 -

Contract or is failing to proceed with the Contract with due diligence or is

neglecting to carry out its other obligations under the Contract in each case so as

to affect materially and adversely the execution of the Contract;

e) fails to remove and replace portion of Supplies after receiving, from the Owner,

notice to the effect that the said portion of Supplies have been rejected;

f) The Contractor offers or gives or agrees to give to any person in the Owner’s

service or to any other person on his behalf, any gift or consideration of any kind

as an inducement or reward for doing or for bearing to do so or for having done or

forborne to do any act in relation to obtaining or execution of this or any other

Contract for the Owner;

g) If the Contractor enter into a contract with the Owner’s employee in connection

with which commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his

knowledge, unless the particulars of any such commission and the terms of

payment thereof have previously been disclosed, in writing, to the Owner;

h) If the contractor abandons this contract or commit any delay beyond 12 weeks for

performance of any obligations, the Owner may terminate this contract forthwith

and take possession of all Plant and Equipment and the Site

31.1.2 Opportunity to remedy

The Owner’s right to terminate the Contract following the occurrence of the events

or circumstances, as described above, shall be subject to the Owner having first

given the Contractor 30 (thirty) days prior notice of its intention to terminate the

Contract, during which period the Contractor shall have failed to remedy or to take

all reasonable steps to commence the remedy of the default.

31.1.3 Payment After Termination due to Contractor’s Default

The Owner shall not be liable to make any further payments to the Contractor until

the costs of execution and all other expenses incurred by the Owner in completing

the Supplies, and thereby the Facility, have been ascertained (herein called the

“Cost of Completion”). If the Cost of Completion when added to the total amounts

already paid to the Contractor as at the date of termination exceeds the total

amount which would have been payable to the Contractor for the execution of the

complete Supplies, the Contractor shall upon demand, pay to the Owner the

amount of such excess. Any such excess shall be deemed a debt due by the

Contractor to the Owner and shall be recoverable accordingly.

- 45 -

If there is no such excess the Contractor shall be paid the value of the Supplies

executed after adjusting the total of all payments received by the Contractor as on

the date of termination

31.2 TERMINATION WITHOUT CONTRACTOR’S DEFAULT

The Owner reserves the right to terminate the Contract at any time, without

assigning any reason, by giving a notice of 1 (one) month. The Contractor shall

stop the performance of the Contract from the date of termination and shall hand

over all the drawings, documents and goods manufactured till date, including

related rights, sanctions and approvals, to the Owner. The Owner shall pay to the

Contractor the cost incurred by the Contractor till the date of termination, duly

supported with documents, as compensation after adjusting payments already

made till the termination. No consequential damages shall be payable by the

Owner to the Contractor in the event of such termination..

31.3 SUSPENSION

31.3.1 The Owner may suspend the work in whole or in part at any time by giving

Contractor notice in writing to such effect stating the nature, the date and the

anticipated duration of such suspension. On receiving the notice of suspension,

the Contractor shall stop all such work, which the Owner has directed to be

suspended with immediate effect. The Contractor shall continue to perform other

work in terms of the Contract, which the Owner has not suspended. The

Contractor shall resume the suspended work as expeditiously as possible after

receipt of such withdrawal of suspension notice.

31.3.2 If such suspension of work for a longer period effects demobilization &

remobilization and idling of resources, charges if any shall be paid after mutual

settlement. If the suspension continues for more than 90 days or 180 days

cumulative (minimum 15 days block can only be considered for cumulative

suspension), then both Parties shall jointly review the situation and mutually agree

to a way forward. However in the event that no agreement is achieved between

the Parties then the contractor by a further 30 days’ notice may be entitled to

terminate the contract. In such case the contractor shall hand over all the

drawings, documents goods manufactured till date, including related rights

sanctions and approvals to the owner. The owner shall pay to the contractor the

cost incurred by the contractor till date of termination, duly supported with

- 46 -

documents as compensation after adjusting payment already made till the

termination.

31.5.0 URGENT WORKS

If any urgent work (in respect where of the decision of the EIC shall be final)

becomes necessary for safety of the Work or personnel and the Contractor is

unable or unwilling to carry it out, the Owner, on due advise from EIC, shall have

right to employ departmental labour or other agencies he may consider expedient.

All documented expenses incurred by the Owner shall be recoverable from the

Contractor.

Article-32

LANGUAGE All documents, instructions, catalogues, brochures, pamphlets, design data,

operation and maintenance manuals, communications shall be in English

language.

Article-33

NOTICES

33.1 Notices to Owner

Any contractual notice, report, certificate or other communication to be given to

the Owner under the Contract shall be served by sending the same by facsimile

transmission (with a confirmation copy by couriers or by hand delivery only in case

of major issues relating to the Contract, Viz. Notices of Tests, arbitration, making a

claim, termination etc.) to, or by leaving the same at, the respective addresses set

out below or such other addresses as may be specified for that purpose in writing

to the Contractor.

Owner:

Head - Commercial


Korba Aluminium Project

PO – BALCONAGAR

Korba- 495684, Chhattisgarh, India.

- 47 -

E-mail: XXXXX

with a copy in all cases to the Owner’s Representative:

Head- Project


Korba

PO – BALCONAGAR

Korba- 495684, Chhattisgarh, India

E-mail: XXXXX

32.2 Notices to Contractor

All certificates, notices or decisions, instructions and orders to be given by the

Owner’s Representative or the Owner under the Contract shall be served by

sending the same by facsimile transmission (with a confirmation copy by couriers

or by hand delivery only in case of major issues relating to the Contract, Viz.

Notices of Tests, arbitration, making a claim, termination etc.) to, or by leaving the

same at, the address set out below or such other address as the Contractor shall

nominate in writing for that purpose:

Contractor:

XXXXX

XXXXX

with a copy in all cases to:

XXXXX

XXXXX

32.3 Serving of Notices

Any notice sent by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been served at

the time of receipt, provided that a positive transmission report from the sender’s

machine will be conclusive evidence of receipt in the absence of evidence to the

contrary.

32.4 Other Communications

- 48 -

All other communications pertaining to the Works not referred to in Articles 32.1

and 32.2 shall be made between the Contractor and the Owner’s Representative

or other representatives nominated by the Contractor or the Owner’s

Representative from time to time in respect of such categories of communication

and subject to such limits of authority as may be agreed as part of the project co-

ordination procedures or as may be notified from time to time.

32.5 Project Co-ordination Procedures

The Contractor shall within 60 (sixty) days of date of signature of the Contract

submit to the Owner for approval a draft project co-ordination procedures

document setting out procedures for communications between the Contractor, the

Owner and the Owner’s Representative in connection with this Contract, including

details relating to correspondence, circulation of notices and documentation,

meetings and other interfaces.

The Parties shall comply with the requirements of such project co-ordination

procedures once approved by the Owner, and such procedures may be amended

from time to time by mutually agreement.

Article 34

Waiver

The failure of the either party, at any time during the term here of , to require

performance by the other party of any provision of the contract in no way affect the

full right to require such performance at any time thereafter. The waiver by either

party of a breach of any provision of the contract does not constitute a waiver of

any succeeding breach of the same or any other provision, nor shall it constitute a

waiver of the provision itself.

Article 35

SEVERABILITY

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the terms and conditions of the

contract shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of any other

provision of the contract. The parties shall make all reasonable endeavours to

agree as far as possible that invalid terms are amended or replaced by valid terms

with a similar effect in order to maintain the purpose and continuity of the contract.

- 49 -

Article-36

MAXIMUM LIABILITY

34.1 The maximum liability of the Principal Contractor in aggregate under this

Guarantee shall not exceed 100% (one hundred percent) of the total Contract

Price, provided however, such limit shall not apply to work man compensation and

liability against indemnity for infringement of intellectual property rights. It is

clarified that in the event of any claim for work man compensation and liability

against indemnity for infringement of intellectual property rights the same shall be

excluded from the maximum liability of 100% (one hundred percent) of the Total

Contract Price.

Article – 37

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE

Except as expressly provided in the Contract, in no event shall any Party hereto

be liable to the other Party, by way of indemnity or by reason of any breach of the

Contract or otherwise, for any loss of profit, loss of use, loss of contracts, loss of

production, loss of business opportunities, damage to reputation or for any

financial or economic loss or for any indirect, incidental or consequential damage

whatsoever or contingent loss(es) or damage(s) that may be suffered by the other

Party or any other party whose claim for such compensation or damages derive

from a Party to this Contract.

Article-38

GOVERNING LAW & JURISDICTION This Contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of

India and in the event of any litigation the jurisdiction of this Contract shall be that

of the appropriate courts in Korba, Chattisgarh, India.

Article- 39

Exclusive Remedy

This Contract sets forth the sole and exclusive remedies available to the Parties, and neither Party has granted or assumed any other warranties, guarantees,

- 50 -

duties, liabilities or obligations, either express, implied, statutory at law or in equity which are hereby disclaimed.

- 51 -

PRICE BID FORMATS

1. QTY WISE PRICE BREAK UP

2. PRICE BID FORMAT

1. WAGON TIPPLER QTY WISE PRICE BREAK UP

Bidder S. No ITEM UOM

Qty Supply Service

Unit Price Total Price Unit Price Total

Price A CIVIL

A - 1 RCC CUM A - 2 PCC CUM A - 3 Excavation including side slopes and working space CUM A - 4 Reinforced Steel (Supply & Erection) MT A - 5 Roads (Tar ) , 500 mtr 5 m wide + 500 mtr, 7 mtr wide Sqm A - 6 Roads (RCC ) , 100 mtr 7 m wide - 700 sqmtr LS A - 7 Pavement around WT complex- 1500 sqmtr LS A - 8 RCC Drains- 1780 RM LS A - 9 Electrical building and control room etc LS

A - 10 Other miscellaneous Civil Activities LS Total B STRUCTURAL

B - 1 Structural Steel (Supply & Fabrication + Erection) MT B - 3 Sheeting (Supply & Erection) SQM B - 4 Iron Mesh (Supply & Erection) SQM

Total C MECHANICAL

C-1 Wagon Tippler (For 140T GVW Wagon, 165deg rotation) NO

C-2 SIDE ARM CHARGER (>50 T PULLING EFFORT) NO C-3 Apron Feeder (1.8m width, 18 m long) - 1700 TPH NO C-4 Dribble Conveyor (200 TPH) NO

C-5 Crusher (RGs) with Vibration Isolation system (1200 TPH) NO

C-6 Roller screen/ Vibrating feeder etc. (1200 TPH) Nos.

C-7 Conveyor (incl tech. structure, bearings, instruments etc)- 1700 TPH RM

C-8 Pipe Conveyor (incl tech. structure, bearings, instruments etc)- 1700 TPH RM

C-9 ILMS System NO C-10 Metal detector NO C-11 Rod Gate NO C-12 Surge Hopper NO C-13 Coal sampling unit (with Jeoffrey crusher) NO

C-14 In-motion rail Weigh Bridges (2 by bidder) - for rakes and with Pit Nos

C-15 Flow Divider (1700 TPH can be divided in any ratio) and opening feed back to PLC at any point of time Nos

C-16 Flap Gate (0 / 50-50%/ 100% type) Nos

C-17 Belt Vulcaniser (Portable & movable one) Nos C-18 Belt Weigher Nos C-19 Hoists Lot C-21 Other Mechanical Items Lot

Total

D UTILITIES D-1 DE System & Ducting Lot D-2 DS & MVWS System & piping Lot D-3 Pumps Lot D-5 Valves Lot D-6 Fire Fighting System Lot D-7 P & V System (MCC + Tunnel) + ACs + Exhaust Lot D-8 Compressors & piping Lot

D-9 Other Utilities (New Pump house & to Service water system (FROM SOURCE 0.3 KM) + distribution & potable water

Lot

Total E ELECTRICAL & C&I

E-1 Power Cables Incl Lighting Cable RM E-2 Control/ SIGNAL Cables + LHS cable RM E-3 Transformer (6.6 kv/0.433 kv) ONAN - 630 Kva Nos E-4 I/c + O/g panel Nos E-4 Busduct (Electrolytic grade Copper) Lot E-5 Panels (LT switch board)- PMCC Nos

E-5.1 HT motor - Pipe Conv (3), Crusher (2), Conv 1A & 2A Nos E-5.2 LT motor - Conv (2) + others (25) Nos E-6 HT Sw. gear Set

E-6.1 Cable Tray & cover (power) + conduit etc. Lot E-6.2 Cable Tray & cover (C & I) Lot E-7 Earthing and Lighting Material Lot E-8 Fire Detection & Alarm System Lot E-9 Lighting (illumination inclusive high mast 3 nos.) Lot

E-10 PLC Lot E-11 PA system (20 point) Lot

E-12 Instruments & Equipment(Guages, Switches, Sensors, etc) Lot

E-13 Installation work Lot

E-13 Others (C & I) Lot Others (Elect) Lot

E-14 UPS (3kVA x 2) Set

E-15

Hardware (Marshalling Panels, JB, LCP,TB, Glands,Fittings,Housing's, Metallic flexible conduits, Nuts-n-bolts. .etc)

Lot

VFD(6 Pulse) Nos VFD(12 Pulse)with transformer 11KV/690V Nos Change of CT for Incoming Supply Set

Spare VCB with trolley etc. , 1250 A, S/ckt 40 kA for 1 sec(For 11 KV switchgear) Set

Total F Miscellaneous Works

F - 1 Area Grading & Levelling CUM F-2 Raw Water Line Rerouting- 2.7 Kms LS

F-3 Construction of Raw Water Reservoir + Pump and other peripheral items LS

F-4 C Type Diversion-Temporary Raw water line shifting for WT Excavation- RM 140 Mtr LS

F-5 Railway Level Crossing + Gumti with barrication + LEVEL CROSSING etc. LS

F-6 Protection of Transmission towers - 16 Nos (approx. 1000 CuM) LS

F - 7 Drains from New Entry Gate to crusher house and WT and other bldg LS

F - 8 Drains for the WT system

F 10 Coordination with Local Authority, Govt Authority Etc LS

F 11 DM Plant Retaining Wall + associated jobs- 330 mtr long as per technical agreement and drawing LS

Total Total Supply/Service

F-15 Taxes & Duties TOTAL

2. PRICE BID FORMAT IMPORTED INDEGENOUS

Sl. No. Item Description USD Equiv Rs. Rs. Total

Supply : Equipment & Spares

1

Supply of equipment including commissioning and mandatory spares. [F.O.B for imported / EX Works for indegenous]

2

Ocean freight (for Imported only)

3 Transit Insurance

4

Cost of 2 years O&M Spares (List to be attached)

5 Inland Transportation 6 Subtotal (1+2+3+4+5) 7 Excise Duty & CVD incl. Ed. Cess extra as

actuals 8

Sales Tax extra at actuals 9 Subtotal (6+7+8)

10 Custom Duty extra at actuals

11

Port Clearance excl. Customs Duty (Estimated)

12

Entry Tax on Supply Contract

13 Total Supply Price (9+10+11+12)

Civil & Structural Work

14 Civil work 15 Structural Work 16

Works Contract - VAT (included above)

17 Entry Tax on Supply Part of Works Contract extra on proof of submission

18 Total Civil & Structural Price (14+15+16+17)

Services 19

Unloading, Storage, Handling, Installation, Testing, Commissioning & PAT etc.

20 Training 21

Supervision of Erection & Commissioning 22

Service Tax incl. Ed. Cess Extra

23 Total Services Price (19+20+21+22)

24

Storage Cum Erection Insurance' And 'Contractor All Risk Insurance'

25

Total of Supply + Civil/Structural Work + Services (13+18+23+24)

26 (a) Less Export Benefit available (Refer Note No. 2 below)

26 (b)

Less DEPB / Other Benefits available (Refer Note No. 2 below)

27

Net Cost to Company (25 - 26)

28 Net Cost to Company (In Rs. Lacs)